ML16357A304: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-1 Rev 3 9 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of the Auxiliary Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in a table in each section. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this chapter has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.  
{{#Wiki_filter:San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of the Auxiliary Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in a table in each section. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this chapter has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.
9.1 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING Structures / Systems / Components                              Status New Fuel Storage                                              Partially Removed from Service Spent Fuel Storage                                            Available Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (ISFPCS)          Available Fuel Pool Make Up System (FPMUS)                              Available Fuel Handling System                                          Partially Removed from Service Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI)          Available A separate fuel-handling building (FHB) is provided for each reactor unit. Plant General Arrangement Drawings (Controlled Drawings 40000 through 40010) show the locations of the fuel storage facilities in the station complex.
See Appendix 9A for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 alignment with NUREG-1738, Technical Study of Spent Fuel Pool Accident Risk at Decommissioning Plants.
9.1.1 NEW FUEL STORAGE San Onofre Units 2 and 3 have permanently ceased operation and removed all fuel from both units reactor vessels. Even though this system is titled New Fuel Storage, no new fuel is stored at SONGS in the permanently defueled condition. However, this system is only partially removed from service to allow for activities during the decommissioning process not related to new fuel storage. New fuel storage racks and equipment classifications are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
Non-fuel items stored in the new fuel storage racks may include fuel inserts, dummy fuel assemblies, and items with approximate dimensions of, and weighing less than, a fuel assembly, such as underwater trash cans, four-finger CEA carriers, and spent fuel cell blocking devices.
November 2016                                    9-1                                        Rev 3


9.1 of Spent Fuel Pool Accident Risk at Decommissioning Plants.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The New Fuel Area (FHB Room 408) is the location of the primary loop of the Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (ISFPCS) (See Section 9.1.3).
9.1.2 SPENT FUEL STORAGE 9.1.2.1 Design Bases The spent fuel storage racks and spent fuel pool provide for storage of spent fuel assemblies in appropriate regions of the spent fuel pool, while maintaining a coolable geometry, preventing criticality, and protecting the fuel assemblies from excess mechanical or thermal loadings.
Westinghouse 14 x 14 fuel assemblies with a maximum enrichment of 4.0 wt% U235 from San Onofre Unit 1 and Combustion Engineering 16 x 16 type fuel assemblies with a maximum enrichment of 4.8 wt% U235 from San Onofre Units 2 and 3 may be stored in either Unit 2 or Unit 3 spent fuel racks. The design characteristics of the Spent Fuel Racks are shown in Table 9.1-1A.
Fuel storage is divided into two regions within each pool. Region I (312 locations) uses a water gap between storage cells and can be used to store high reactivity (i.e., high initial enrichment, low burnup) assemblies. Region II (1230 locations) consists of high density fuel assembly spacing (no water gap between cells).
Placement of fuel in Regions I and II is determined by burnup calculations and is controlled administratively. Soluble boron is credited and the following storage patterns and guide tube (GT) inserts are used as needed:
(1)    Unrestricted storage, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (2)    Peripheral storage, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (3)    2x2 storage patterns, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (4)    3-out-of-4 storage patterns, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (5)    3x3 storage patterns, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (6)    Credit for inserted Control Element Assemblies (CEAs),
(7)    Credit for cooling time (Pu-241 decay), and, (8)    Credit for borated stainless steel GT inserts.
November 2016                                    9-2                                          Rev 3


====9.1.1 stored====
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
at SONGS in the permanently defueled condition. However, this system is only partially removed from service to allow for activities during the decommissioning process not related to new fuel storage. 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-1A DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS OF SPENT FUEL RACKS Fuel Rod Array      Centerline            Enrichment Region        (No. Of Arrays)    Spacing (In.)        (Wt % U235)                Keff Region I          12 X 13            10.40        Credit For:
 
Burnup,              k-eff < 1.00, no Cooling Time,        boron Storage Patterns,    k-eff < 0.95, Erbia, and          with boron Inserted CEAs (Note 1)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-2 Rev 3 9.1.2  9.1.2.1 Design Bases
Region II        14 X 15              8.85        Credit For:
 
13 X 15                            Burnup,              k-eff < 1.00, no Cooling Time,        boron Storage Patterns,    k-eff < 0.95, Inserted CEAs,      with boron and GT Inserts (Note 2)
(1)  (2)  (3)  (4)  (5)  (6)  (7)  (8)
NOTES:
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-3 Rev 3           
(1)
 
C-E (16 X 16) TYPE WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 2.47 W% U235.
NOTES: (1) C-E (16 X 16) TYPE WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 2.47 W% U235.
(2)
(2) (A) C-E (16 X 16) TYPE WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 1.23 W%
(A) C-E (16 X 16) TYPE WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 1.23 W%
(B) W (14 X 14) WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 4.00 W% U235 if:
(B) W (14 X 14) WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 4.00 W% U235 if:
(1) burnup greater than 26,300 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 20 years (2) burnup greater than 27,100 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 15 years (3) burnup greater than 28,200 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 10 years
(1) burnup greater than 26,300 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 20 years (2) burnup greater than 27,100 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 15 years (3) burnup greater than 28,200 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 10 years When three GT inserts are placed in a fuel assembly, the orientation shall be as shown in Licensee Controlled Specifications (LCS). Either three or five GT inserts may be placed in a fuel assembly. The GT inserts are made from borated stainless steel, type 304 B7, grade A in accordance with ASTM specification A 887 and A 484. The possibility of accidentally withdrawing a GT insert is minimized because special tooling is required to remove it, and it will be completely contained within the guide tubes of the designated assemblies. Potential misloading of the GT inserts is minimized due to the design of the installation equipment, procedural controls, and the double verification requirement that will be in place to ensure the GT inserts are installed properly.
 
The possibility of accidentally withdrawing a CEA is minimized because specialized tooling is required for withdrawing a CEA from a fuel assembly. It is physically possible for the spent fuel handling tool to bind on a CEA after ungrappling from a fuel assembly and raising the tool.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-4 Rev 3 
However, existing SONGS procedures require that the operator validate tool weight only on November 2016                                   9-3                                         Rev 3
 
(1)
(2) 
 
(1)
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-5 Rev 3  1)  2)  3)
: 1)          2)
: 3)
(2) 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-6 Rev 3    (3)
(4) 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-7 Rev 3 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-8 Rev 3 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-9 Rev 3                                      
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-10 Rev 3 9.1.2.2 Facilities Description


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-11 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS the spent fuel handling machine's load cell read out after ungrappling from a fuel assembly and raising the hoist slightly, and to report this information to the engineer directing fuel movement.
When checkerboard or 3-out-of-4 storage patterns are used in Region II, the empty storage locations must be blocked to prevent the inadvertent placement of a fuel assembly. A cell blocking device shall be used which contains no fuel material (U or Pu) and whose materials of construction are compatible with the spent fuel pool environment. Acceptable devices for blocking cells in the Region II racks include dummy fuel assemblies, devices containing no fissile material and having approximately the same dimensions as a San Onofre Units 2 and 3 fuel assembly (e.g., underwater trash cans, four finger CEA carriers, surveillance capsule holders, empty rod storage baskets and empty fuel assembly cages or facsimile) and plugs which block the top of the spent fuel pool cell.
Requirements for unrestricted storage in Region I and II and additional storage patterns are addressed in applicable LCS.
A reconstitution station is permitted in Region II and is a checkerboard pattern (Figure 9.1-9d).
In a checkerboard pattern, vacant spaces surrounding the assembly will be blocked to prevent inadvertent assembly insertion.
No physical barrier is necessary between the two regions. The racks meet the requirements of:
(1)    The NRC OT position for Review and Acceptance of Spent Fuel Storage and Handling Applications, dated April 14, 1978, and modified January 18, 1979, and, (2)    WCAP-14416-NP-A as amended by the SER in NRC to SCE letter dated September 27, 2007.
Criticality of fuel assemblies in the spent fuel storage racks is prevented by the design of the racks (the water gap in Region I) which limits fuel assembly interaction, and by fuel storage patterns based on discharge burnup, cooling time, erbia in fresh assemblies, inserted CEAs, and GT inserts (borated stainless steel rods).
The presence of a minimum of 2000 ppm boron in the pool water will decrease reactivity by approximately 20% k. Postulated accidents involving misplacement and damage to fuel assemblies may cause a reactivity increase. In all cases Keff would remain less than or equal to 0.95 due to the dissolved boron.
The licensing basis of the spent fuel pool is in compliance with 10 CFR 50.68.
(1)    San Onofre plant procedures prohibit the handling and storage at any one time of more fuel assemblies than have been determined to be safely subcritical under the most adverse moderation conditions feasible (unborated water).
November 2016                                     9-4                                        Rev 3


9.1.2.3 Safety Evaluation
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Movement and storage is limited to analyzed conditions using approved methodology.
Based on the physical design at SONGS described in Section 9.1.5, fuel is handled and stored in three areas in the fuel storage building:
: 1)  New fuel elevator pool
: 2)  Storage rack pool
: 3)  Cask pool The pools are physically separated by walls with gates to allow fuel transfer using the spent fuel handling machine between them. The new fuel storage room is located in a separate room. A single rail connects the new fuel storage room to the up-ender and new fuel elevator pool via the new fuel crane but it is no longer used to handle fuel.
The restrictions on handling and storage for each area are as follows:
: 1)  New fuel elevator pool:
Movement: One fuel assembly to be moved at one time with spent fuel handling machine Storage:      One fuel assembly may be in the pool at a time.
: 2)  Storage rack pool:
Movement: One fuel assembly to be moved at one time with spent fuel handling machine Storage:      Assemblies may be stored in spent fuel storage racks in accordance with applicable Technical Specifications and LCS.
: 3)  Cask pool:
Movement: One fuel assembly with the spent fuel handling machine or approved cask with the cask crane to be moved at one time. Fuel loading into the cask is per approved cask loading procedure.
Storage:      One Fuel assembly or approved cask configurations.
SONGS may move assemblies simultaneously in each of the three areas as restricted above since motions are limited to separate and distinct physical locations by crane and pool designs.
(2)  Credit is taken for soluble boron. Therefore, the k-effective of the Region I and Region II spent fuel storage racks loaded with fuel of the maximum fuel assembly reactivity does not exceed 0.95, at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with borated water, and the k-effective remains below 1.0 (subcritical), at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with unborated water.
November 2016                                  9-5                                          Rev 3


(1)  (2)  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The criticality analysis of the Dry Shielded Canisters (24 PT1 and 24 PT4) in the Cask Pool assumes no soluble boron in the spent fuel pool/cask pool water, and the cask fully loaded with fresh fuel assemblies (no burnup) with maximum permitted enrichment. The result of this analysis is k-effective less than 0.95 at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level.
(3The quantity of Special Nuclear Material (SNM), other than nuclear fuel stored onsite, is less than the quantity necessary for a critical mass.
(4)  Radiation monitors are provided in storage and associated handling areas when fuel is present to detect excessive radiation levels and to initiate appropriate safety actions.
The single area radiation monitor for direct gamma radiation in each of the Units 2 and 3 fuel handling buildings functions to: immediately alert personnel entering or working in the area of increasing or abnormally high radiation levels which, if unnoticed, could result in inadvertent overexposure; inform the Control Room /
Command Center operator of the abnormal radiation increase in the area; and, comply with the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria 63, for monitoring fuel and waste storage and handling areas.
This single area radiation monitor in each fuel handling area is of a non-saturating design so it can register full scale if exposed to radiation levels up to 100 times full-scale indication. The monitor consists of a gamma-sensitive radiation detector transmitting to an alarm-readout unit in the Control Room / Command Center.
Indicating alarm units (both audible and visual) are also mounted near the detector location to alert personnel in the area. This monitor views the cask lay down area, the cask hatch area, and a portion of the spent fuel pool. It is located approximately 30 feet from the nearest corner and approximately 90 feet from the farthest corner of the spent fuel pool. The alarm setpoint is fully adjustable throughout the entire range of the rate meter. The setpoint is set high enough to avoid spurious alarms yet set low enough to provide an early warning detection of any significant increase in radiation such as from a fuel handling accident. The nominal setpoint is 2.5 mr/hr; however, this may be increased to avoid spurious alarms if the background increases such as when spent fuel is moved. In addition to a high-level alarm, the detector is provided with an instrument failure alarm to alert the loss of monitoring capability. The radiation level is trended on CDAS.
Shielding is provided for protection during all phases of spent fuel transfer and storage.
Operations requiring the shielding of personnel include spent fuel storage and spent fuel shipping cask loading prior to transportation. All spent fuel operations are performed in borated water.
Travel stops in the spent fuel handling machine restricts withdrawal of the spent fuel assemblies.
Combined with the travel stops, administrative controls in effect during fuel movement provide the means of maintaining water cover greater than 8 ft-5 in. over a raised fuel assemblys active portion. For a fuel assembly raised with the spent fuel handling machine, 8 ft-5 in. of water November 2016                                      9-6                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-12 Rev 3      
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS cover over the active portion of the fuel assembly equates to approximately 27 ft-2 in. of water over the top of the stored fuel assemblies or a water level of 60 ft-2 in. plant elevation. The shielding afforded by the 8 ft-5 in. of water cover, in addition to that of the handling tool, will ensure that the radiation level at the waters surface above a raised fuel assembly will be less than 8 mrem/hr.
A minimum depth of 23 feet of water over the stored spent fuel assemblies, the water surrounding the stored spent fuel assemblies, and the concrete walls of the fuel transfer pool and spent fuel storage pool, limit the maximum continuous radiation dose levels in working areas to less than 8 mrem/hr.
The spent fuel storage racks are designed to provide protection against damage to the fuel and to prevent fuel assemblies from being inserted into other than the prescribed locations. Structural deformations of the racks are limited and edge-to-edge spacing is maintained to preclude the possibility of criticality. The spent fuel storage racks are designed to prevent significant lateral movement of the racks when loaded with any combination of fuel assemblies under anticipated loading conditions, including the design basis earthquake. Lateral movement is restricted to maintain safe geometry margins.
Design of the spent fuel storage facility ensures adequate convective cooling for the removal of decay heat, even in the event a fuel assembly is dropped and lies horizontally across the top of the racks.
The spent fuel is protected against the design wind loadings and tornado-generated missiles for the design tornado conditions specified in Chapter 3.
Spent fuel storage racks and equipment classification are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
The spent fuel storage racks are fabricated of stainless steel and contain Boraflex. Boraflex was initially installed as a neutron absorbing material, but is no longer credited in the safety analysis due to its degradation.
The walls and floor of the spent fuel pool have a stainless steel liner to ensure the watertight integrity of the spent fuel pool.
The spent fuel pool is interconnected with the fuel transfer pool and the spent fuel cask loading pit (refer to Figure 9.1-3) by connecting canals. These canals allow underwater transfer of spent fuel assemblies between each area. These canals can be sealed by movable gates to enable draining of adjacent areas without affecting the water level in the spent fuel pool.
A cask pool cover is used to provide additional working space, typically during fuel inspection and reconstitution. The load restrictions involving the use of the cask pool cover have been analyzed in accordance with the guidance of NUREG 0612. These load restrictions prevent the postulated load drops from resulting in perforation of the cover and unacceptable leakage from the pool. These load restrictions also prevent loads from rolling into the spent fuel pool.
November 2016                                     9-7                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-13 Rev 3      
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The cask pool cover consists of four segments, which will be bolted together with installation beams (strong-backs) to create one complete assembly prior to its placement over the cask pool.
The cover assembly will be lifted by the Cask Handling Crane, then lowered over the cask pool until it rests on the cask pool curbs. Once in place, the strong-backs would normally be removed, and the confining nature of the cask pool walls would hold the cover in place.
November 2016                                   9-8                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-14 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The spent fuel storage facility was designed consistent with the following.
Document                                            Description ASME Section III              Nuclear Power Plant Components 1986 Edition up to and including A-86 Addenda ASME Section III              Code Data Reports and Code Symbol Stamping are not required ASME Section IX                Welding and Brazing Qualifications ASME Section V                Nondestructive Examination AISC                          American Institute of Steel Construction Specification, Eighth Edition ANSI/ANS 8.17-84              Criticality Safety Criteria for the handling, Storage, and Transportation of LWR fuel Outside Reactors ANSI N8.1-83                  Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials Outside Reactors USNRC Position Paper,          OT Position for Review and Acceptance of Spent Fuel Storage April 14, 1978, Revised        and Handling Applications January 18, 1979 ANSI N16.9-75                  Validation of Calculational Methods for Nuclear Criticality Safety ANSI N18.2-73                  Nuclear Safety Criteria for Stationary Pressurized Water Reactors ANSI N45.2.2-72                Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants (During the Construction Phase)
ANSI N210-76                  Design Objectives for Light Water Reactor Spent Fuel Storage Facilities at Nuclear Power Stations USNRC RG 1.13 Rev. 1,          Spent Fuel Storage Facility Design Basis Dec 1975 USNRC RG 1.124 Rev 1,          Service Limits and Loading Combinations for Class I Linear-Type Jan 1978                      Component Supports USNRC RG 3.4 Rev 2, April      Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials 1986                          at Fuels and Materials Facilities USNRC SRP 3.8.4 Rev 1,        Other Category I Structures, Appendix D, Technical Position on July 1981                      Spent Fuel Racks Spent fuel may also be stored in the Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI). See Section 9.1.6 for the location and description of this storage facility.
November 2016                                     9-9                                        Rev 3


(1(2)   (3)   (4)   (5)  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.2.2 Facilities Description The spent fuel storage facility is part of the fuel handling building, a Seismic Category I structure. Spent fuel assemblies are stored under water in spent fuel storage racks in the spent fuel pool. For storage of the initial core of new fuel the spent fuel pool was dry.
Two types/sizes of spent fuel storage racks are used (Region I and Region II). The two Region I racks each contain 156 storage locations each spaced 10.40 in. on center in a 12 x 13 array. Each storage location consists of Type 304LN stainless steel square cell 8.64 inches in inside dimension, with 0.110 in. thick walls. The spent fuel assembly is located within the stainless steel cell.
The six Region II storage racks are similar to Region I except that four of the Region II racks contain 210 storage locations in a 14 x 15 array. The remaining two Region II racks contain 195 storage locations in a 13 x 15 array. All locations are spaced 8.85 in. on center. Type 304LN stainless steel is used for the square cells and the principal structural members.
The Region I storage rack modules are composed of individual storage cells made of stainless steel. These racks contain a neutron absorbing material, Boraflex, which is held in place along the outer cell walls by a 0.20 in. thick wrapper. The neutron absorber rack design includes a Boraflex verification view-hole in the cell or wrapper wall so that the presence of Boraflex material may be visually confirmed at any time and acts as a vent hole for off gassing. However, the Boraflex is degrading and is no longer credited in the safety analysis. The cells within a module are interconnected by grid assemblies to form an integral structure (Figure 9.1-2a). Each rack module is provided with leveling pads which contact the spent fuel pool floor or pool floor plates and are remotely adjustable from above, through the cells, at installation. The modules are neither anchored to the floor nor braced to the pool walls. They also are not connected to each other. Also, the pool floor plates are not attached to the pool floor.
The Region II storage rack modules consist of stainless steel cells assembled in a checkerboard pattern by welding the individual cells together at the cell corners (Figure 9.1-2a). Each cell is of the same basic design as described for Region I including the presence of Boraflex. However, the Boraflex is degrading and is no longer credited in the safety analysis. The cells are welded to a base support assembly and to one another to form an integral structure without use of grids as used in Region I racks. Around the periphery of each rack assembly, stiffener plates, which are located adjacent to the base plate, are welded against all cells and cover plates. This design is also provided with leveling pads which contact the spent fuel pool floor or pool floor plates (same as Region Is) and are remotely adjustable from above, through the cells, at installation.
The modules are neither anchored to the floor nor braced to the pool walls or each other. The fuel rack assembly consists of two major sections which are the base support assembly and the cell assembly.
Region II high density spent fuel storage rack cells are also used to perform spent fuel reconstitution. Figure 9.1-9d shows the storage pattern restrictions for a typical reconstitution station. A small work platform is installed over the spent fuel pool to access fuel assemblies in their storage cells. The reconstitution work station is arranged to permit the spent fuel handling November 2016                                    9-10                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-15 Rev 3
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS machine to position a spent fuel assembly adjacent to the work platform for removal of the upper-end-fitting (UEF) to gain access to the individual fuel rods for replacement and inspection purposes. Rack spacers (up to 24 in. in size) may be used to raise the spent fuel assembly in the storage cell so that the UEF flow plate is aligned approximately with the top of the racks and the tops of the fuel rods can be seen with the TV camera.
The spacer length is selected to assure that the fuel rods do not extend above the spent fuel racks.
Special tooling is used to remove the UEF, remove and replace defective fuel rods, and install and torque the UEF. Figure 9.1-9f displays the dimensions and location of a spent fuel assembly in the reconstitution work station.
Figure 9.1-4 shows the relative positions of the spent fuel rack modules in the spent fuel pool.
Figures 9.1-5 and 9.1-6 show the details of the spent fuel rack modules.
The minimum edge-to-edge separation between fuel assemblies is maintained under all anticipated service conditions, including conditions arising during and after seismic events.
Failures of systems or structures not designed to Seismic Category I standards located in the vicinity of the spent fuel storage racks were considered in ensuring that the minimum edge-to-edge separation was maintained.
The Units 2 and 3 spent fuel storage facilities may be used for storage of spent fuel from San Onofre Unit 1.
The Unit 1 fuel assembly can be stored without the use of any spacers or adapters in any of the spent fuel rack locations. The weight of the Unit 1 fuel assembly is less and its center of gravity is located at a lower elevation than that of a Unit 2 or 3 fuel assembly. These effects result in lower rack stresses imposed by Unit 1 fuel than the stresses from Unit 2 or Unit 3 fuel.
Figure 9.1-9c shows the general arrangement of a fuel assembly in the spent fuel rack.
9.1.2.3 Safety Evaluation San Onofre has been approved for soluble boron credit. The criticality acceptance criteria specified in 10 CFR 50.68(b)(4) are:
(1)      The k-effective of the spent fuel storage racks loaded with fuel of the maximum fuel assembly reactivity must not exceed 0.95, at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with borated water, and (2)      The k-effective must remain below 1.0 (subcritical), at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with unborated water.
The following are the conditions that are assumed in meeting this design basis:
A.      The fuel assembly is modeled without control rods or non-contained burnable poison and is assumed to be at its most reactive point in life. For the Region I November 2016                                     9-11                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-16 Rev 3
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS racks, a CE 16x16 fuel assembly with equivalent fresh enrichment of 2.47 wt%
U235 was modeled. For the Region II racks, a CE 16 x 16 fuel assembly with equivalent fresh fuel enrichment of 1.23 wt% U235 was modeled.
The CE 16 x 16 fuel assembly is more reactive than the W 14 x 14 fuel from San Onofre Unit 1 as stored in San Onofre Units 2 or 3 pools.
The assembly is conservatively modeled with water replacing the assembly grid volume with no U-234 or U-236 in the fuel pellet.
B. The storage cell nominal geometry is shown on Figure 9.1-2a for Region I and II.
C. The moderator is pure (1 gm/cm3) water at the temperature and density within the design limits of the pool which yields the largest reactivity. No dissolved boron is included in the water.
D. The calculation is infinite in lateral extent.
E. Mechanical uncertainties and biases due to mechanical tolerances during construction are treated by either using worst case conditions or by performing sensitivity studies and obtaining appropriate values. The items included in the analysis are:
Stainless steel thickness Cell inner diameter Center-to-center spacing Asymmetric assembly positioning Enrichment F. Credit is taken for the neutron absorption in the full length SS storage cell wall and SS Boraflex wrapper.
G. No credit is taken for the Boraflex in the Region I and Region II racks.
H. The most adverse delta-k from a pool temperature range from 68 deg F to 160 deg F is included. This delta-k bounds the reactivity change for temperature change from 68 deg F to 50 deg F.
The calculation methods and computer codes employed in the criticality analysis of the various fuel and fuel handling configurations, including the spent fuel racks, are as follows:
Regions I and II A. CELLDAN calculates the atoms/barn-cm of U235, U238, and Oxygen in the UO2 fuel. CELLDAN also calculates the atoms/barn-cm of Hydrogen, Oxygen, B10, November 2016                                   9-12                                        Rev 3


9.1.3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS and B11 in the water. Finally, CELLDAN calculates the Dancoff factor, and U235 and Oxygen scattering cross-sections per U238 atom for NITAWL-II.
B. NITAWL-II generates a binary cross-section library for KENO V.a. The library contains 27 group cross-sections data for every nuclide in the KENO V.a problem.
Using the U238 number density, Dancoff factor, and U235/Oxygen scattering cross-sections per U238 atom from CELLDAN, NITAWL-II uses the Nordheim Method to do resonance shielding of the U238 cross-section.
C. KENO V.a is the nuclear industry standard program for criticality analyses.
KENO V.a is a three-dimensional, multi-group, Monte Carlo program.
D. CASMO-3 is a multi-group two-dimensional transport theory program for calculations on BWR and PWR fuel assemblies. It is extensively used by utilities in the U.S. In these analyses, CASMO-3 is used for two purposes. First, CASMO-3 is used to evaluate the reactivity variations (k) due to enrichment uncertainty, the rack manufacturing tolerances, and pool temperature variations.
Second, CASMO-3 is used to generate the initial enrichment versus discharge burnup criteria for Region I and Region II storage.
The bias and 95/95 uncertainty in the bias for CELLDAN, NITAWL-II, KENO V.a, and the 27 group cross-section library are 0.00814 and 0.00172, respectively. The bias and uncertainty were determined by analyses of 16 B&W critical experiments.
Reactivity Equivalencing and Cooling Time Spent fuel storage, in the Region I and Region II spent fuel storage racks, is achievable by means of the concept of reactivity equivalencing. The concept of reactivity equivalencing is predicated upon the reactivity decrease associated with fuel depletion. A series of reactivity calculations are performed to generate a set of enrichment-fuel assembly discharge burnup ordered pairs which yield the equivalent Keff when the fuel is stored in the Region II racks.
Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure II-1 shows the constant Keff contour generated for the San Onofre Unit 2 or 3 Region II racks when storing CE 16 x 16 fuel in the interior cells. Note in Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure II-1, the endpoint at 0 GWD/T where the enrichment is 1.23 wt% and at 5.0 wt% where the burnup is 53.76 GWD/T (0 years cooling), 47.77 GWD/T (5 years cooling), 44.75 GWd/T (10 years cooling), 43.00 GWD/T (15 years cooling), and 41.86 GWD/T (20 years cooling). The interpretation of the endpoint data is as follows: the reactivity of the Region II racks containing fuel at 53.76 GWD/T (0 years cooling), 47.77 GWD/T (5 years cooling), 44.75 GWd/T (10 years cooling), 43.00 GWD/T (15 years cooling), and 41.86 GWD/T (20 years cooling) burnup which had an initial enrichment of 5.0 wt% is equivalent to the reactivity of the Region II racks containing fresh fuel having an initial enrichment of 1.23 wt%. The decrease in equivalent burnup with cooling time is due to the decay of Pu-241. Storage requirements for San Onofre Unit 1 UO2 fuel assemblies initially enriched to 4.0 wt% are shown in Table 9.1-1A.
November 2016                                    9-13                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-17 Rev 9.1.3.1 Design Bases
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The data points on the reactivity equivalence curve were generated with a transport theory computer code, CASMO-3. CASMO-3 is a depletable, two-dimensional, multigroup, discrete ordinates, transport theory code.
A study was done to examine fuel reactivity as a function of time following discharge from the reactor. Fission product decay was accounted for using CINDER. CINDER is a point-depletion computer code used to determine fission product activities. The fission products were permitted to decay for 30 years after discharge. The fuel reactivity was found to reach a maximum at approximately 100 hours after discharge. At this point in time, the major fission product poison Xe135, has nearly completely decayed away. Furthermore, the fuel reactivity was found to decrease continuously from 100 hours to 30 years following discharge. Therefore, the most reactive point in time for a fuel assembly after discharge from the reactor can be conservatively approximated by removing the Xe135.
In the Region I and II calculation method, the CASMO-3 code has been validated by comparisons with experiments where isotopic fuel composition has been examined following discharge from a reactor.
Credit for Soluble Boron SONGS has been approved for soluble boron credit. Therefore, the Region I and II racks have a non-accident k-eff less than 1.0 including all uncertainties at a 95/95 probability/confidence level assuming no soluble boron. The minimum soluble boron concentration that results in k-eff less than or equal to 0.95 under accident conditions, including all uncertainties is:
(1)    370    ppm   (reduce k-eff from 1.0 to < 0.95)
(2)    730    ppm  (fuel miss-loading accident, maintain k-eff < 0.95)
(3)    396    ppm  (equivalencing and burnup uncertainties)
(4)      50    ppm  (boron measurement uncertainty)
(5)    154    ppm  (future contingencies) 1,700    ppm  Total The spent fuel pool boron concentration is maintained at or above 2,000 ppm. A boron dilution analysis has been performed which shows that it is not credible to dilute from 2000 ppm to 1700 ppm.
As a further conservatism, San Onofre Units 2 and 3 calculated discharge assembly burnups will be reduced 6.6% before comparison with the storage pattern burnup acceptance criteria in Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure I-1 and Figure II-1 and other criteria in Licensee Controlled Specification 4.0.100. San Onofre Unit 1 calculated discharge assembly burnups will be reduced 10.0%.
The fuel-handling building is a Seismic Category I, reinforced concrete, shear wall structure with a wall thickness that provides the necessary radiation shielding and protection for the spent fuel storage facility against design wind loadings and tornado-generated missiles for design tornado conditions as specified in Chapter 3.
November 2016                                    9-14                                        Rev 3


The ISFPCS is a Quality Class III-AQ, Seismic Category III system as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No.226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (ISFPCS) is designed to remove the decay heat produced in the fuel and to permit storage of spent fuel assemblies in the fuel pool as of June 30, 2014 (see Table 9.1-1B) until it is placed in dry cask ISFSI storage (see Section 9.1.6) and then ultimately shipped offsite. The ability of the fuel pool cooling system to ensure continuous cooling (except during testing) is discussed in Section 9.1.3.
The Spent Fuel Pool Makeup System (FPMUS) maintains the spent fuel storage pool water inventory to ensure spent fuel pool safety functions are met. The FPMUS is fully discussed in Section 9.1.5.
Temperature gradients for the fuel pool are established giving full consideration to the short-and long-term temperature effects. Even under the adverse conditions of a prolonged outage of the ISFPCS (an extremely unlikely event based on its design) the maximum temperature of the spent fuel pool water will not exceed 212&#xba;F (see Section 9.1.3.3). The reinforced concrete temperature differences and gradients are determined based on an inside face temperature of 230&#xba;F (water temperature of 212&#xba;F and gamma heating of 18&#xba;F). For the liner plate, the temperature of 216&#xba;F was used. This lower temperature is used because the effect of gamma heating on the liner plate is minimal due to the liner plate thickness and the cooling effect of the surrounding pool water.
Structural design of the pool accounts for these gradients by using a cracked-section, inelastic analysis.
This analysis indicates that the spent fuel pool walls have sufficient structural capability to accommodate this highly unlikely thermal loading. A stainless steel liner is installed along the interior surface of the spent fuel pool to ensure the leak tight integrity of the pool, even in the presence of minor inherent concrete cracking of the spent fuel pool walls.
The fuel handling system provides for the safe handling of fuel assemblies, CEAs, and spent fuel shipping casks under foreseeable conditions. Design and construction of this system includes interlocks, travel and load-limiting devices, and other protective measures to minimize the possibility of mishandling or equipment malfunction that could damage safety-related equipment or fuel assemblies and cause fission product release. The specific provisions designed to avoid accidental dropping of heavy objects on the spent fuel assemblies are discussed in Section 9.1.4.
The spent fuel storage racks are constructed entirely of stainless steel and contain a Boraflex panel. The Boraflex used in the spent fuel rack construction was manufactured by Brand Industrial Services, Inc. Typical Boraflex material has a density of about 1.7 gm/cm3 and consists of the following:
B - 38.0 wt%                  SI - 20.5 wt%                  O - 18.5 wt%
C - 20.7 wt%                  H - 2.3 wt%.
The Boraflex panels in the Region I and II racks are degrading. SONGS has been tracking the silica in the spent fuel pools which has been on the increase since the installation of the Boraflex racks. Increased silica is an indication of the degradation of the Boraflex. Since the Boraflex is degrading, Boraflex is not credited in the safety analysis described above.
November 2016                                    9-15                                            Rev 3


Table 9.1-2A lists the principal parameters of the ISFPCS componen ts. For seismic classification of system components and piping refer to Q-List  ISFPCS design features include the following:
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS After reactor shutdown, dose rates in working areas above elevation 45 feet are less than 2.5 mrem/hr, except as noted below. In accessible areas below 45 feet, dose rates are less than 15 mrem/hr. Areas above elevation 63 feet 6 inches near the spent fuel pool experience approximately 8 mrem/hr while a spent fuel assembly is in transit and/or as a result of unusually high spent fuel pool liquid source terms. In order not to exceed the integrated doses specified in 10CFR20, the radiation levels are closely monitored during fuel handling operations to establish the allowable exposure times.
The minimum water depths and concrete walls, as discussed in Section 9.1.2.1, provide shielding for stored spent fuel assemblies. The maximum continuous radiation dose level from fuel assemblies in working areas is less than 8 mrem/hr.
As discussed in Section 9.4.3.1.2.3, the fuel handling building and spent fuel area normal ventilation system exhausts to the two plant vent stacks. This system normally operates continuously.
Units 2 and 3 have separate spent fuel storage facilities. Therefore, there are no safety implications related to sharing.
The cask loading area of the spent fuel storage pool is designed to withstand the impact loading of a dropped fuel shipping cask from a maximum height of 28 feet 6 inches. Any leakage caused by localized damage shall be within the limits of the FPMUS (discussed in Section 9.1.4), and shall be confined to the leak chase system.
Except for two SFP exhaust registers located adjacent to the SFP gates which have been blocked off, all exhaust registers in the pool perimeter are provided with seismic wave protection buoyancy dampers to minimize fuel pool water spillage. All exhaust ductwork serving the pool registers is sloped such that pool water spillage is collected through the contaminated drain system.
Any spillage of the fuel pool water due to splashing or other causes drains to the miscellaneous liquid waste system via the FHB floor drains and FHB sump, precluding flooding of vital equipment.
Control of liquid leakage from the spent fuel pool is maintained by a system of leak chases which are placed behind the spent fuel pool liner plates. The leak chases are connected to drain lines that terminate in the leak detection compartment which drains to the FHB sump. The FHB sump high level alarm would inform the Control Room / Command Center personnel of potential spent fuel pool liner leakage. Observance of leakage from a specific drain line will allow identification of the general location of the leak in the pool liner.
9.1.3 INDEPENDENT SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING SYSTEM San Onofre Unit 2 and Unit 3 has permanently ceased operation and removed all nuclear fuel from both units reactor vessels. The irradiated fuel is stored in the spent fuel pool (SFP) and in November 2016                                    9-16                                          Rev 3


The primary/secondary plate heat exchanger is designed to remove spent fuel pool heat load of 3.0 MBTU/hr. The primary loop is designed for a minimum flow rate of 500 gallons per minute.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS the Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) until it is shipped offsite. In this configuration, the SFP and its systems are dedicated principally to spent fuel storage.
9.1.3.1 Design Bases Units 2 and 3 have separate and independent fuel pool cooling systems. Each system is designed to provide continuous cooling for spent fuel assemblies stored in the fuel pool. There is sufficient margin in the heatup rate such that occasional outages for testing and maintenance activities can be accommodated with minimal effect on pool temperature.
The ISFPCS is a Quality Class III-AQ, Seismic Category III system as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No.226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).
Table 9.1-1B lists the maximum decay heat load for each units SFP. The heat load values reflect the irradiated fuel inventories at the time of permanent cessation of power operation. There were 1318 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 2 SFP and 1350 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 3 SFP after plant shutdown.
Table 9.1-2A lists the principal parameters of the ISFPCS components. For seismic classification of system components and piping refer to Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
ISFPCS design features include the following:
The primary/secondary plate heat exchanger is designed to remove spent fuel pool heat load of 3.0 MBTU/hr.
The primary loop is designed for a minimum flow rate of 500 gallons per minute.
Each 200 ton chiller unit has the capability of removing 2.4 MBTU/hr, for a total of 4.8 MBTU/hr heat removal capacity.
Each 200 ton chiller unit has the capability of removing 2.4 MBTU/hr, for a total of 4.8 MBTU/hr heat removal capacity.
The secondary loop is designed for a minimum flow rate of 700 gallons per minute.
The secondary loop is designed for a minimum flow rate of 700 gallons per minute. The surge tank maintains system volume during thermal expansion and ensures that the secondary system remains at a higher pressure than the primary loop.
The surge tank maintains system volume during thermal expansion and ensures that the secondary system remains at a higher pressure than the primary loop.
One air compressor provides pressure to the ion exchanger column air operated valves.
One air compressor provides pressure to the ion exchanger column air operated valves.
A purification loop provided to maintain pool water purity (chemistry), when needed.
A purification loop provided to maintain pool water purity (chemistry), when needed.
The ISFPCS relies on the essential bus via the off-site-powered 12kV Ring Bus System and a manually-initiated on-site backup diesel generator.  
The ISFPCS relies on the essential bus via the off-site-powered 12kV Ring Bus System and a manually-initiated on-site backup diesel generator.
 
The maximum decay heat load as of June 30, 2016 was 2.360 MBTU/hr. The heat load values include a contingency Dry Storage Canister (DSC) offload of 0.127 MBTU/hr (37.2 kW). This November 2016                                   9-17                                        Rev 3
The maximum decay heat load as of June 30, 2016 was 2.360 MBTU/hr. The heat load values include a contingency Dry Storage Canister (DSC) offload of 0.127 MBTU/hr (37.2 kW).
This San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-18 Rev 3 heat load is bounded by the design basis heat load of 3.00 MBTU/hr that can be transferred by the ISFP CS to the atmosphere.
This is based on a conservative air temperature of 120&#xba;F (Reference 8).
 
9.1.3.2 System Description


The ISFPCS consists of two loops, a primary cooling loop, and a secondary cooling loop. There is also a purification loop attached to the primary loop that can be placed in service as necessary.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
The ISFPCS is controlled manually from local control panels. Command Center / Control Room CDAS alarms for high fuel pool temperature, high and low liquid level in the fuel pool, and high radiation (described in Section 9.1.2) in the fuel pool area, are provided to alert the operator to abnormal circumstances. A local alarm for low liquid level in the fuel pool is also provided.  
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS heat load is bounded by the design basis heat load of 3.00 MBTU/hr that can be transferred by the ISFPCS to the atmosphere. This is based on a conservative air temperature of 120&#xba;F (Reference 8).
 
9.1.3.2 System Description The fuel pool cooling system is shown on the following controlled drawings.
The ISFPCS is a Quality Class III-AQ, Seismic Category III system as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No. 226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5). The ISFPCS primary loop consists of two 100% capacity pumps (one in standby) and one 100% capacity heat exchanger. The ISFPCS primary loop pumps are connected to a common suction header and a common return header. The primary loop also consists of appropriate piping, valves, and instrumentation. Portions of the piping, including that within the spent fuel pool, the primary loop return line, and distribution sparger at elevation 17 feet (adjacent and beneath spent fuel racks) are Seismic Category I piping (repurposed original piping).
40122D          40122E 40122DSO3        40122ESO3 The ISFPCS consists of two loops, a primary cooling loop, and a secondary cooling loop. There is also a purification loop attached to the primary loop that can be placed in service as necessary.
After ISFPCS startup, the primary cooling pump will maintain the required NPSH and the priming pump can be secured. (The priming pump is used to fill the pump suction line prior to system startup.) Spent fuel pool water is circulated by the primary loop cooling pumps through the primary loop heat exchanger where it is cooled. The heat is rejected to the ISFPCS secondary loop. Differential pressure is monitored at the heat exchanger to ensure that the secondary side system operates at a higher pressure than the primary side system to control any cross contamination in case of plate failure (see Section 9.1.2.3 for boron concentration requirements).
The ISFPCS is controlled manually from local control panels. Command Center / Control Room CDAS alarms for high fuel pool temperature, high and low liquid level in the fuel pool, and high radiation (described in Section 9.1.2) in the fuel pool area, are provided to alert the operator to abnormal circumstances. A local alarm for low liquid level in the fuel pool is also provided.
Prior to entering the primary loop heat exchanger, a portion of the SFP water can be diverted, filtered, and processed through a set of ion exchange columns containing a mix ed bed of resin in order to maintain water chemistry requirements.  
The ISFPCS is a Quality Class III-AQ, Seismic Category III system as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No. 226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).
 
The ISFPCS primary loop consists of two 100% capacity pumps (one in standby) and one 100%
The ISFPCS purification loop consists of two ion exchangers (IX), one resin trap, appropriate piping, valves, and instrumentation. The ISFPCS purification flow is drawn off the primary loop pump common discharge prior to the primary loop heat exchanger. Resin will be placed in the ion exchanger as necessary to improve water chemistry or clarity. It is possible to operate the San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-19 Rev 3 primary loop system with either or both ion exchangers bypassed. Local sample points are provided to permit analysis of ion exchanger efficiencies. 
capacity heat exchanger. The ISFPCS primary loop pumps are connected to a common suction header and a common return header. The primary loop also consists of appropriate piping, valves, and instrumentation. Portions of the piping, including that within the spent fuel pool, the primary loop return line, and distribution sparger at elevation 17 feet (adjacent and beneath spent fuel racks) are Seismic Category I piping (repurposed original piping).
 
After ISFPCS startup, the primary cooling pump will maintain the required NPSH and the priming pump can be secured. (The priming pump is used to fill the pump suction line prior to system startup.) Spent fuel pool water is circulated by the primary loop cooling pumps through the primary loop heat exchanger where it is cooled. The heat is rejected to the ISFPCS secondary loop. Differential pressure is monitored at the heat exchanger to ensure that the secondary side system operates at a higher pressure than the primary side system to control any cross contamination in case of plate failure (see Section 9.1.2.3 for boron concentration requirements). Prior to entering the primary loop heat exchanger, a portion of the SFP water can be diverted, filtered, and processed through a set of ion exchange columns containing a mixed bed of resin in order to maintain water chemistry requirements.
The ISFPCS secondary loop consists of two 100% capacity pumps and two 200 ton chillers per unit. The second pump acts as a built-in spare for redundancy.
The ISFPCS purification loop consists of two ion exchangers (IX), one resin trap, appropriate piping, valves, and instrumentation. The ISFPCS purification flow is drawn off the primary loop pump common discharge prior to the primary loop heat exchanger. Resin will be placed in the ion exchanger as necessary to improve water chemistry or clarity. It is possible to operate the November 2016                                   9-18                                          Rev 3
Maximum secondary loop operating temperature is 108&deg;F (Reference 8) and secondary chilled water temperature is maintained by adjustment of the primary loop flow through the primary/secondary heat exchanger and chiller outlet temperature setpoints. The secondary loop also consists of one surge tank, piping, valves, and instrumentation. The chiller inlet and outlet manifolds are design ed for cross connecting the Unit 2 and Unit 3 secondary cooling loops if desired.
This allows using 3 of the 4 chillers to remove the total heat load for both units and provides redundancy/operating margin in the event that one chiller is taken out of service.
One air compressor per unit is installed to provide motive force for the priming pump, the IX column air operated valves and pressurize the secondary loop surge tank bladder.


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS primary loop system with either or both ion exchangers bypassed. Local sample points are provided to permit analysis of ion exchanger efficiencies.
The ISFPCS secondary loop consists of two 100% capacity pumps and two 200 ton chillers per unit. The second pump acts as a built-in spare for redundancy. Maximum secondary loop operating temperature is 108&deg;F (Reference 8) and secondary chilled water temperature is maintained by adjustment of the primary loop flow through the primary/secondary heat exchanger and chiller outlet temperature setpoints. The secondary loop also consists of one surge tank, piping, valves, and instrumentation. The chiller inlet and outlet manifolds are designed for cross connecting the Unit 2 and Unit 3 secondary cooling loops if desired. This allows using 3 of the 4 chillers to remove the total heat load for both units and provides redundancy/operating margin in the event that one chiller is taken out of service.
One air compressor per unit is installed to provide motive force for the priming pump, the IX column air operated valves and pressurize the secondary loop surge tank bladder.
The Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System is powered by the essential electrical system and a back-up diesel generator (see Chapter 8).
The Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System is powered by the essential electrical system and a back-up diesel generator (see Chapter 8).
Command Center Data Acquisition System (CDAS) displays in the Control Room / Command Center provide alarms for high fuel pool temperature, and high and low liquid level in the fuel pool. The separate Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Human-Machine-Interface (HMI) display panels provide primary pump status, primary flow alarm, secondary pump status and chiller unit status in the Control Room / Command Center, Fuel Handling Building 63ft (New Fuel Room 408) and in the Secondary Pump Station (outdoors on East Road).  
Command Center Data Acquisition System (CDAS) displays in the Control Room / Command Center provide alarms for high fuel pool temperature, and high and low liquid level in the fuel pool. The separate Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Human-Machine-Interface (HMI) display panels provide primary pump status, primary flow alarm, secondary pump status and chiller unit status in the Control Room / Command Center, Fuel Handling Building 63ft (New Fuel Room 408) and in the Secondary Pump Station (outdoors on East Road).
 
Instrumentation provided in the ISFPCS includes:
and remote indication for primary and secondary loop temperatures.
A. Temperature Instrumentation is provided to measure the temperature of the water, and to provide a local and remote indication for primary and secondary loop temperatures.
CDAS pool temperature alarms, HMI panel indications and administrative controls are relied upon to protect the ion exchanger resin from high temperature.
CDAS pool temperature alarms, HMI panel indications and administrative controls are relied upon to protect the ion exchanger resin from high temperature.
Instrumentation is provided to measure primary, ion exchanger, and secondary loop flows.
B. Pressure Instrumentation is provided to give local and remote indication of the pressure in the primary and secondary loop.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-20 Rev 3   Instrumentation is provided in the ISFPCS suction piping to measure SFP level to approximately six feet from the surface. SFP level can be read locally and in the Control Room/Command Center.
C. Flow Instrumentation is provided to measure primary, ion exchanger, and secondary loop flows.
Additional instrumentation taps off of the FPMUS (see Section 9.1.4 for FPMUS description) discharge piping to correlate SFP level down to 23 feet above the top of the spent fuel assemblies. This local SFP level indication is located on FHB elevation 17 ft. in Room 107 which is adjacent to the SFP Makeup control panel.
November 2016                                   9-19                                        Rev 3


9.1.3.3 Safety Evaluation  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. SFP Level Instrumentation is provided in the ISFPCS suction piping to measure SFP level to approximately six feet from the surface. SFP level can be read locally and in the Control Room/Command Center.
Additional instrumentation taps off of the FPMUS (see Section 9.1.4 for FPMUS description) discharge piping to correlate SFP level down to 23 feet above the top of the spent fuel assemblies. This local SFP level indication is located on FHB elevation 17 ft. in Room 107 which is adjacent to the SFP Makeup control panel.
Table 9.1-2A lists the principal parameters of the ISFPCS components. For seismic classification of system components and piping see Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
9.1.3.3 Safety Evaluation San Onofre Unit 2 and Unit 3 has permanently ceased operation and removed all nuclear fuel from both units reactor vessels. The irradiated fuel will be stored in the spent fuel pool (SFP) and in the Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) until it is shipped offsite. In this configuration, the SFP and its systems are dedicated principally to spent fuel storage.
The NUREG-0800 Branch Technical Position (BTP) ASB 9-2, Residual Decay Energy for Light Water Reactors for Long Term Cooling, is utilized to compute the heat dissipation requirements in the pool. An uncertainty factor of 10% is used to conservatively bound the decay heat.
Reference 5 provides approved exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29, and 1.76 and allowed the Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System to be Seismic Category III and permits exceptions for the protection of the secondary cooling side, support systems, and power supply from tornado missiles.
Table 9.1-1B provides maximum decay heat load for each units SFP. The heat load values reflect the irradiated fuel inventories at the time of permanent cessation of power operation.
There are 1318 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 2 SFP and 1350 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 3 SFP. The heat load values include a contingency Dry Storage Canister (DSC) offload of 0.127 MBTU/hr (37.2 kW).
November 2016                                      9-20                                        Rev 3


Reference 5 provides approved exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29, and 1.76 and allowed the Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System to be Seismic Category III and permits exceptions for the protection of the secondary cooling side, support systems, and power supply from tornado missiles.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-1B SFP Heat Loads SFP Decay Heat Load + one DSC offload Date                    (max 37.2 kW / 0.127MBTU/hr)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-21 Rev 3 two secondary chiller units (2.4 MBTU/hr design capacity per unit). This is based on a conservative maximum sustained outside air temperature of 120&deg;F and maximum sustained humidity of 100% (Reference 8).
Unit 2 SFP (BTU/hr)          Unit 3 SFP (BTU/hr) 6/30/2013              3.859E+06                    3.879E+06 12/31/2013              3.260E+06                    3.254E+06 6/30/2014              2.912E+06                    2.895E+06 12/31/2014              2.686E+06                    2.663E+06 6/30/2015              2.538E+06                    2.512E+06 12/31/2015              2.434E+06                    2.407E+06 6/30/2016              2.360E+06                    2.332E+06 12/31/2016              2.304E+06                    2.276E+06 12/31/2021              2.014E+06                    1.988E+06 12/31/2026              1.801E+06                    1.778E+06 12/31/2031              1.612E+06                    1.591E+06 12/31/2036              1.445E+06                    1.426E+06 12/31/2043              1.241E+06                    1.226E+06 The maximum decay heat load as of June 30, 2016 was 2.360 MBTU/hr which is within the capacity of a single chiller unit. This spent fuel heat load is bounded by the design basis heat load of 3.0 MBTU/hr that can be transferred by the ISFPCS to two secondary chiller units (2.4 MBTU/hr design capacity per unit). This is based on a conservative maximum sustained outside air temperature of 120&deg;F and maximum sustained humidity of 100% (Reference 8).
 
The secondary chillers and the outdoor atmosphere provides ultimate heat sink for rejecting spent fuel assembly decay heat from the spent fuel pool cooling system (Section 9.2.2 Ultimate Heat Sink).
The secondary chillers and the outdoor atmosphere provides ultimate heat sink for rejecting spent fuel assembly decay heat from the spent fuel pool cooling system (Section 9.2.2 Ultimate Heat Sink).  
Inadvertent draining of the SFP, including siphoning, below approximately 23 feet above the stored fuel is prevented by design features (e.g., siphon breaker) and Administrative Controls.
 
Leakage from the fuel pool cooling system is detected by a drop in SFP level. The spent fuel pools are equipped with local, remote, and CDAS level indications. Control Room / Command Center CDAS indication has level trending and High / Low level CDAS alarms. Makeup to the spent fuel storage pool is via the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Pumps from the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank (see Section 9.1.4). The FHB sump with adequate capacity is provided to collect system leakage. A high level alarm is provided to annunciate in the Control Room / Command Center CDAS when a high sump level is reached.
The spent fuel pools are equipped with local, remote, and CDAS level indications. Control Room / Command Center CDAS indication has level trending and High / Low level CDAS alarms.  
November 2016                                   9-21                                        Rev 3
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-22 Rev 3 NRC Safety Evaluation Report (Reference 5) identifies the spent fuel pool system safety functions as:


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS NRC Safety Evaluation Report (Reference 5) identifies the spent fuel pool system safety functions as:
Maintaining spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.
Maintaining spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.
Maintaining spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.
Maintaining spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.
The SER identified that the safety importance of decay and residual heat removal is related to the magnitude of the decay heat produced by the stored fuel. In the event of a sustained loss of forced cooling, that over 7 days would be necessary for the decay heat to increase the SFP coolant temperature from nominal conditions to 212&deg;F. The Chapter 15 SFP boiling event bounds the consequences of an extended loss of SFP forced cooling during decommissioning, so a boiling SFP does not immediately challenge safety limits, provided that coolant inventory is maintained.  
The SER identified that the safety importance of decay and residual heat removal is related to the magnitude of the decay heat produced by the stored fuel. In the event of a sustained loss of forced cooling, that over 7 days would be necessary for the decay heat to increase the SFP coolant temperature from nominal conditions to 212&deg;F. The Chapter 15 SFP boiling event bounds the consequences of an extended loss of SFP forced cooling during decommissioning, so a boiling SFP does not immediately challenge safety limits, provided that coolant inventory is maintained.
 
The ISFPCS does not have a credited safety function based on:
The ISFPCS does not have a credited safety function based on:
: 1) The normal SFP coolant inventory that provides the capacity to withstand long periods of leakage or evaporation related to design basis accidents or events without substantial degradation of the key fuel cooling and shielding safety functions (Reference 5).
: 1) The normal SFP coolant inventory that provides the capacity to withstand long periods of leakage or evaporation related to design basis accidents or events without substantial degradation of the key fuel cooling and shielding safety functions (Reference 5).
: 2) The ample time would be available to correct loss of forced cooling events (Reference 5).
: 2) The ample time would be available to correct loss of forced cooling events (Reference 5).
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-23 Rev 3 located entirely within the Fuel Handling Building Operating Deck Elevation 63 ft. will result in a minimal loss of normal spent fuel pool level (Elevation 60 ft.). Loss of level is limited by the anti-siphon break in the pump discharge piping at  - -. A primary loop piping break will not preclude maintaining spent fuel storage safety functions of water inventory and radiation shielding (minimum 23 ft. above the top of spent fuel assemblies; see Section 9.1.2.1
November 2016                                   9-22                                        Rev 3
). In the event of a loss of all normal cooling capability of the SFP cooling system, at least 79 hours would elapse before the pool temperature would rise from 132&#xba;F (high temperature alarm setpoint) to 212&#xba;F. This allows time in which to effect repairs and restore cooling.


ISFPCS active component failures are addressed by use of the redundant component(s) and cross-tie to opposite secondary cooling loop. Passive component failures are address by timely repair, the large pool water inventory, and the diverse makeup methods. Common-mode failures are addressed by either the on-site backup diesel generator or use of a diverse makeup method.  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-2A PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS OF THE ISFPCS Component Description                  Parameter Primary Loop Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump Quantity                                        2 Design flow (minimum)                          500 gal/min Design head                                    150 feet Secondary Loop Cooling Pump Quantity                                        2 Design flow (minimum)                          700 gal/min Design head                                    175 feet Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger Quantity                                        1 Primary side flowrate (minimum)                500 gal/min Secondary side flowrate (minimum)              700 gal/min Total design heat load                          3 MBTU/h Spent Fuel Pool Ion Exchanger Quantity                                        2 Design flowrate (per Ion Exchanger Column) 150 gal/min Secondary Loop Chiller Quantity                                        2 Max evaporator flow                            883 gal/min Total heat load per unit                        2.4 MBTU/h The failure of portions of the ISFPCS piping which are not designed to Seismic Category I standards that are located entirely within the Fuel Handling Building Operating Deck Elevation 63 ft. will result in a minimal loss of normal spent fuel pool level (Elevation 60 ft.).
Loss of level is limited by the anti-siphon break in the pump discharge piping at elevation 58-11 in Unit 2 and 59-0 in Unit 3. A primary loop piping break will not preclude maintaining spent fuel storage safety functions of water inventory and radiation shielding (minimum 23 ft. above the top of spent fuel assemblies; see Section 9.1.2.1).
In the event of a loss of all normal cooling capability of the SFP cooling system, at least 79 hours would elapse before the pool temperature would rise from 132&#xba;F (high temperature alarm setpoint) to 212&#xba;F. This allows time in which to effect repairs and restore cooling.
ISFPCS active component failures are addressed by use of the redundant component(s) and cross-tie to opposite secondary cooling loop. Passive component failures are address by timely repair, the large pool water inventory, and the diverse makeup methods. Common-mode failures are addressed by either the on-site backup diesel generator or use of a diverse makeup method.
November 2016                                    9-23                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-24 Rev 3     9.1.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Those diverse spent fuel pool makeup capabilities are discussed in Section 9.1.4, and Appendix 9A, and related to the SONGS commitments related to Unit 2 License Condition 2.C.(26) and Unit 3 License Condition 2.C.(27).
====9.1.4 SPENT====
9.1.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component was inspected and cleaned prior to installation into the system. Demineralized water was then used to flush the entire system. The system was tested initially with regard to flow paths, flow capacity, and mechanical operability. Instruments were calibrated, alarms were verified to be functional, and setpoints were verified during testing.
FUEL POOL MAKEUP SYSTEM 9.1.4.1 Design Bases  
The ISFPCS is routinely running. Pumps are rotated on a regular period. Daily operator rounds verify that critical system parameters are meeting requirements.
 
9.1.4 SPENT FUEL POOL MAKEUP SYSTEM 9.1.4.1 Design Bases Units 2 and 3 have separate spent fuel pool makeup systems (FPMUS) designed to Seismic Category I and Quality Class III-AQ as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No. 226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).
Units 2 and 3 have separate spent fuel pool makeup systems (FPMUS) designed to Seismic Category I and Quality Class III-AQ as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No. 226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).
The manually-operated FPMUS provides low-flow and high-flow capability for makeup to the SFP. In addition to the normal function of makeup for evaporation and leakage losses, the NRC Safety Evaluation Report (Reference 5) identifies the spent fuel pool system safety functions as:
The manually-operated FPMUS provides low-flow and high-flow capability for makeup to the SFP. In addition to the normal function of makeup for evaporation and leakage losses, the NRC Safety Evaluation Report (Reference 5) identifies the spent fuel pool system safety functions as:
Maintaining spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.
Maintaining spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.
Maintaining spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.
Maintaining spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.
Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks have on-site hose-fed manual replenishment from non-seismic  
Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks have on-site hose-fed manual replenishment from non-seismic non-safety-related tanks and one seismically-qualified non-safety-related tank.
 
9.1.4.2 System Description Spent fuel pool makeup inventory for the low-flow makeup pumps and the high-flow pump is from the dedicated Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank, designed as Seismic Category I with a 300,000 gallon nominal capacity. Formerly titled Primary Plant Makeup Storage Tanks, T055 and T056 are located in vaults at Elevation 9 ft. within the Seismic Category I Auxiliary Radwaste Building.
non-safety-related tanks and one seismically-qualified non-safety-related tank.
November 2016                                  9-24                                        Rev 3
9.1.4.2 System Description  
 
Spent fuel pool makeup inventory for the low-flow makeup pumps and the high-flow pump is from the dedicated Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank, designed as Seismic Category I with a 300,000 gallon nominal capacity. Formerly titled Primary Plant Makeup Storage Tanks, T055 and T056 are located in vaults at Elevation 9 ft. within the Seismic Category I Auxiliary Radwaste Building.  


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-25 Rev 3 Table 9.1-2B, Principal Parameters of the FPMUS, lists the design capacities of the major system components.  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-2B, Principal Parameters of the FPMUS, lists the design capacities of the major system components.
Each unit-specific FPMUS is powered from the essential 480V Bus which is supplied from the off-site powered 12kV Ring Bus System (see Chapter 8). The essential bus is supported by a backup diesel generator.
The makeup pumps are controlled at a local panel in Penetration Building Elevation 17 ft. In addition to the normal makeup path from Tanks T055 and T056, alternate makeup sources are available. These sources can be manually aligned locally in the Penetration Building (adjacent to FHB Room 107).
Table 9.1-2B PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS OF THE FPMUS Component Description                    Parameter Spent Fuel Pool Low Flow Rate Makeup Pump            (P-1018, P-1019)
Quantity per Unit                                2 Design flow                                      45 gal/min Design head                                      198 feet Spent Fuel Pool High Flow Rate Makeup Pump          (P-015)
Quantity per Unit                                1 Design flow                                      500 gal/min Design head                                      300 feet Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank                          (T055, T056)
Quantity per Unit                                1 Total Volume                                    300,000 gal On-site demineralized water supplies are available to manually replenish the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks (T055, T056). The four on-site demineralized water storage tanks (DWST) and an associate supply header are credited with the following remaining non-safety functions:
Manual replenishment of Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks (T055, T056)
Contingency water source for a Mitigating Strategies event (See Appendix 9A)
The on-site demineralized water storage tanks are available for manual replenishment of the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks. The nominal capacities are shown in Table 9.1-2C.
November 2016                                    9-25                                      Rev 3


Each unit-specific FPMUS is powered from the essential 480V Bus which is supplied from the off-site powered 12kV Ring Bus System (see Chapter 8).
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
The essential bus is supported by a backup diesel generator.
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-2C FPMUS REPLENSHMENT TANKS Demineralized Water Storage Tank(a)                     Nominal Capacity, Gallons T-266                               535,000 T-267                               535,000 T-268                               535,000 T-351                               150,000 (a)
 
Controlled Document 90034, Q-List, controls the quality and seismic designations.
The makeup pumps are controlled at a local panel in Penetration Building Elevation 17 ft. In addition to the normal makeup path from Tanks T055 and T056, alternate makeup sources are available. These sources can be manually aligned locally in the Penetration Building (adjacent to FHB Room 107).
The three large capacity DWSTs are located on the elevated bluff (south of Unit 3) allowing gravity-fed replenishment. The supply header has hose connections to allow use of a portable-engine-driven pump.
 
The seismically-qualified DWST, located in the North Industrial Area (Elevation 20 ft.), has a seismically-qualified diesel-driven trailer-mounted fire pump to provide the required motive force for replenishment. Dedicated suction and discharge hoses are stored on-site to reach either SFP Makeup Tanks (T055, T056).
Table 9.1-2B PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS OF THE FPMUS Component Description Parameter Spent Fuel Pool Low Flow Rate Makeup Pump Quantity per Unit Design flow Design head (P-1018, P-1019) 2 45 gal/min 198 feet Spent Fuel Pool High Flow Rate Makeup Pump Quantity per Unit Design flow Design head (P-015) 1 500 gal/min 300 feet Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank Quantity per Unit Total Volume (T055, T056) 1 300,000 gal On-site demineralized water supplies are available to manually replenish the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks (T055, T056). The four on-site demineralized water storage tanks (DWST) and an associate supply header are credited with the following remaining non-safety functions:
9.1.4.3 Safety Evaluation Spent fuel Pool inventory in the SFP and connected pools is sufficient to maintain the coolant inventory more than three feet above the stored fuel for over one month with no forced cooling and no make-up water addition as described in the March 11, 2016 NRC Safety Evaluation Report (SER -- Reference 5)
 
That SER credits the FPMUS to manually maintain the pool inventory to ensure the following spent fuel pool safety functions:
Manual replenishment of  Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks (T055, T056)
Contingency water source for a Mitigating Strategies event (See Appendix 9A)
 
The on-site demineralized water storage tanks are available for manual replenishment of the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks. The nominal capacities are shown in Table 9.1-2C.
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-26 Rev 3 Table 9.1-2C FPMUS REPLENSHMENT TANKS Demineralized Water Storage Tank(a) Nominal Capacity, Gallons T-266 535,000 T-267 535,000 T-268 535,000 T-351 150,000 (a) Controlled Document 90034, -controls the quality and seismic designations
.
The three large capacity DWSTs are located on the elevated bluff (south of Unit 3) allowing gravity-fed replenishment. The supply header has hose connections to allow use of a portable-engine-driven pump.  
 
The seismicallyqualified DWST, located in the North Industrial Area (Elevation 20 ft.), has a seismically-qualified diesel-driven trailer-mounted fire pump to provide the required motive force for replenishment. Dedicated suction and discharge hoses are stored on-site to reach either SFP Makeup Tanks (T055, T056).
9.1.4.3 Safety Evaluation Spent fuel Pool inventory in the SFP and connected pools is sufficient to maintain the coolant inventory more than three feet above the stored fuel for over one month with no forced cooling and no make-up water addition as described in the March 11, 2016 NRC Safety Evaluation Report (SER  
-- Reference 5) That SER credits the FPMUS to manually maintain the pool inventory to ensure the following spent fuel pool safety functions:
Spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.
Spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.
Spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.
Spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.
The maximum SFP decay heat load in Table 9.1-1B allows sufficient time in which to align makeup water to the pool, effect repairs and restore pool cooling. Reference 5 concludes that in the event of a creditable liner leak that 70 hours is available before the affected spent fuel pool level would drop to 10 ft above top of fuel assemblies.
The maximum SFP decay heat load in Table 9.1-1B allows sufficient time in which to align makeup water to the pool, effect repairs and restore pool cooling. Reference 5 concludes that in the event of a creditable liner leak that 70 hours is available before the affected spent fuel pool level would drop to 10 ft above top of fuel assemblies.
The seismically-qualified FPMUS along with multiple and diverse alternate make-up paths provide reasonable assurance that adequate make-up would be provided well before a substantial San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-27 Rev 3 loss of SFP coolant inventory that could challenge the spent fuel pool safety functions (Reference 5). 
The seismically-qualified FPMUS along with multiple and diverse alternate make-up paths provide reasonable assurance that adequate make-up would be provided well before a substantial November 2016                                       9-26                                            Rev 3
 
Spent Fuel Pool Makeup pumps are powered from the essential 480V Bus which is powered from off-site 220kV sources and an on-site diesel generator providing manual backup power (see Chapter 8).


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS loss of SFP coolant inventory that could challenge the spent fuel pool safety functions (Reference 5).
Spent Fuel Pool Makeup pumps are powered from the essential 480V Bus which is powered from off-site 220kV sources and an on-site diesel generator providing manual backup power (see Chapter 8).
FPMUS active component failures are addressed by use of the redundant component(s), gravity feed, or diverse pumps. Passive component failures are address by timely repair, the large pool water inventory, and the diverse makeup methods. Common-mode failures are addressed by either the on-site backup diesel generator or use of an on-site diverse makeup methods and storage tank(s).
FPMUS active component failures are addressed by use of the redundant component(s), gravity feed, or diverse pumps. Passive component failures are address by timely repair, the large pool water inventory, and the diverse makeup methods. Common-mode failures are addressed by either the on-site backup diesel generator or use of an on-site diverse makeup methods and storage tank(s).
Those diverse spent fuel pool makeup capabilities are discussed in Appendix 9A and are related to the SONGS commitments related to Unit 2 License Condition 2.C.(26) and Unit 3 License Condition 2.C.(27).  
Those diverse spent fuel pool makeup capabilities are discussed in Appendix 9A and are related to the SONGS commitments related to Unit 2 License Condition 2.C.(26) and Unit 3 License Condition 2.C.(27).
 
The quality assurance measures applied to the design provide reasonable assurance that procedures to recover spent fuel pool level with make-up capability will be both available and effective (Reference 5).
The quality assurance measures applied to the design provide reasonable assurance that procedures to recover spent fuel pool level with make-up capability will be both available and effective (Reference 5).  
9.1.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected and cleaned prior to installation into the system. The system is operated and tested initially with regard to flow paths, both low flow and high flow capacity, and mechanical operability. Instruments are calibrated.
 
Data are taken periodically during normal plant operation to confirm normal makeup capabilities, Routine inspections verify pump alignment, material condition, and electrical power to the makeup pump motor controls.
9.1.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements  
The High Flow and Low Flow Spent Fuel Makeup pumps are momentarily started on a quarterly basis to verify motor and pump operation.
 
Each component is inspected and cleaned prior to installation into the system. The system is operated and tested initially with regard to flow paths, both low flow and high flow capacity, and mechanical operability. Instruments are calibrated.
 
Data are taken periodically during normal plant operation to confirm normal makeup capabilities, Routine inspections verify pump alignment, material condition, and electrical power to the makeup pump motor controls.  
 
The High Flow and Low Flow Spent Fuel Makeup pumps are momentarily started on a quarterly basis to verify motor and pump operation.  
 
The spent fuel pool makeup operation to replace evaporative losses actively demonstrates the pool refill capability of the High Flow Make Pumps.
The spent fuel pool makeup operation to replace evaporative losses actively demonstrates the pool refill capability of the High Flow Make Pumps.
9.1.5 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM  
9.1.5 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM Fuel handling equipment is located both in the Containment Building and in the Fuel Handling Building. The fuel handling equipment in the Containment Building has been removed from service. The fuel handing related equipment in the Fuel Handling Building remains in service.
November 2016                                    9-27                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-28 Rev 3 9.1.5.1 Design Bases 9.1.5.1.1 System
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.1 Design Bases 9.1.5.1.1 System The fuel handling system is designed for handling and storage of fuel assemblies, control element assemblies (CEAs), and Guide Tube (GT) inserts. As appropriate, the fuel handling equipment includes interlocks, travel limiting features, and other protective devices to minimize the possibility of mishandling or equipment malfunction that could result in inadvertent damage to a fuel assembly and potential fission product release. GT inserts are borated stainless steel rods which may be placed in the guide tubes of fuel assemblies to reduce the required burnup for storage.
The fuel pool water provides the coolant medium during spent fuel transfer. The spent fuel pool is provided with a spent fuel pool cooling and cleanup system, which is discussed in detail in Section 9.1.3.
All spent fuel transfer and storage operations are designed to be conducted underwater to ensure adequate shielding during fuel handling operations and to permit visual control of the operation at all times.
The general arrangement of the fuel handling system is shown in Figure 9.1-3.
9.1.5.1.2 Fuel, CEA, and GT Insert Handling Equipment The principal design criteria for the spent fuel handling machine are:
A. For non-seismic operating conditions, the bridges, trolleys, hoist units, hoisting cable, grapples, and hooks conform to the requirements of Crane Manufacturing Association of America Specification No. 70. All other components meet the requirements of the Manual of Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction.
B. For seismic design, the combined dead loads, live loads, and seismic loads do not cause any portion of the equipment to disengage from its mountings or fail in a manner that would result in its falling into the spent fuel pool. The dead weight, live, and design basis earthquake (DBE) seismic loadings are combined in calculating material stress.
C. Grapples and mechanical latches that carry fuel assemblies, CEAs, or GT inserts are mechanically interlocked against inadvertent opening.
D. Equipment is provided with locking devices, appropriate foreign materials controls, or restraints to prevent parts, fasteners, or limit switch actuators from becoming loose. In those cases where a loosened part or fastener can drop into, or is not separated by a barrier from, or whose rotary motion may propel it into the November 2016                                    9-28                                            Rev 3


9.1.5.1.2 Fuel, CEA, and GT Insert Handling Equipment
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS water of the spent fuel pool, these parts and fasteners are lock-wired or otherwise positively secured.
E. The spent fuel handling tool length provides the mechanism which precludes raising fuel above the minimum safe water cover depth. With the hoist at the upper limit, the grappled fuel assembly is suspended below the minimum safe water cover depth at all times and will not cause damage or distortion to the fuel or the spent fuel handling machine when engaged at full operating hoist speed.
F. The fuel hoist is provided with load measuring devices and interlocks to interrupt hoisting if the load increases above the overload setpoint and interrupt lowering if the load decreases below the underload setpoint.
G. In the event of loss of power, the brakes are actuated and the load is held in position.
H. Interlocks are provided to ensure the readiness of system components, to simplify the performance of sequential operations, and to limit travel and loads so that design conditions are not exceeded. In no case are they utilized to prevent inadvertent criticality or reduce the minimum water coverage for personnel protection. No single interlock failure will result in a condition that allows equipment malfunction, damage to the fuel, or reduces shielding water coverage.
Where these results are considered possible, redundant switches, mechanical restraints, and physical barriers are employed, as well as hoist motor electrical overload protection. These features ensure loading capability to values below those that would result in damage to the fuel.
9.1.5.1.3 Cask Handling Crane The principal design criteria for the cask handling crane are as follows:
A. For non-seismic operating conditions, the bridge, trolley, hoist units, hoisting cable, and hook conform to the requirements of The Crane Manufacturing Association of America Specification No. 70, which also refers to the applicable portions of the Manual of Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction. All the components of the crane shall conform to the following codes: ASTM, AISC, AGMA, IEEE, NEMA, NEC, NFPA, ANSI, and OSHA.
B. Positive means such as restraining lugs are provided on the crane to prevent bridge, trolley, or any other part from becoming dislodged and falling on structures situated below the crane in the event of a DBE.
C. A basic stress criteria for structural steel is that the allowable flexural stress is the least of 0.9 times yield strength or 0.9 times the stress obtained from the ultimate capacity calculated with due regard to the elastic stability of the member.
November 2016                                    9-29                                              Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-29 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D.      In the event of loss of power, the equipment, and its load will remain in a safe condition.
E.      The Unit 2&3 Cask Handling Crane is single-failure-proof in accordance with Ederers X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.
9.1.5.2 System Description 9.1.5.2.1 System The fuel handling system is an integrated system of equipment, tools, and procedures for handling and storing spent fuel assemblies. The system provides for handling and storage of fuel assemblies to shipping of spent fuel. The equipment is designed to handle the spent fuel underwater until it is placed in a cask for shipment from the site. Underwater transfer of spent fuel provides a transparent radiation shield as well as a cooling medium for the removal of decay heat. Boric acid is added to the water in the quantity required to ensure subcritical conditions during fuel handling and storage.
Major components of the system are the spent fuel handling machine and the cask handling crane. CEAs are moved from one fuel assembly to another by utilizing the Spent Fuel Handling machine with the five finger CEA handling tool. GT inserts are moved into and out of fuel assemblies with the GT insert handling tool. The spent fuel handling machine moves fuel between the fuel storage racks in the spent fuel pool and the spent fuel shipping cask.
Major tools and servicing equipment required for handling fuel and fuel inserts are listed in Table 9.1-4.
Major components of the fuel handling system, are shown in Figure 9.1-3 and are described below. The seismic category, quality class, design codes, and standards used for design, manufacture, testing, maintenance, and operation of these principal components are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
Where possible in the design of this equipment, mechanical stops and positive locks were provided to prevent damage to, or dropping of, the fuel assemblies.
The following identifies and defines the function of the interlocks contained in the fuel handling equipment. In no case has a method been provided to directly inform the operator that an interlock is inoperative; however, in most cases a redundant device is provided to perform the same function as the interlock or to present information to the operator to deduce that an interlock has malfunctioned.
November 2016                                   9-30                                          Rev 3


9.1.5.1.3 Cask Handling Crane
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-4 MAJOR TOOLS AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR HANDLING FUEL AND FUEL INSERTS Description
: 1.          Source Handling Tool
: 2.          CEA Transfer Basket (Four Finger CEA Carriers)
: 3.          CEA Handling Tool (Four Finger)
: 4.         Cask Handling Crane
: 5.          Spent Fuel Handling Machine (Fig 9.1-21)
: 6.          New Fuel Elevator (Fig 9.1-22)
: 7.          Spent Fuel Handling Tool (Units 2 & 3) (Fig 9.1-23)
: 8.          New Fuel Handling Tool (Fig 9.1-23)
: 9.          CEA Handling Tool
: 10.        Spent Fuel Handling Tool (Unit 1)
: 11.        Five Finger CEA Handling Tool
: 12.        TRI-NUC Pump Canisters
: 13.        Dummy Fuel Assembly
: 14.        GT Insert Handling Tool 9.1.5.2.1.1 Spent Fuel Handling Machine The following identifies and describes the functions of the interlocks that are part of the spent fuel handling machine:
A. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Hoist Interlock Interrupts hoisting if the load increases above the overload setpoint. Since the tool is manually controlled by the operator, failure of the tool to move or reduction in tool speed as a result of an overload can be sensed by the operator if the interlock becomes operative.
B. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Hoist Interlock Interrupts hoisting if the load decreases to cable slack.
Since the tool is manually controlled, a slack cable condition can be visually determined by the operator and hoisting can be terminated.
November 2016                                    9-31                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-30 Rev 3      9.1.5.2 System Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS C. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Translation Interlock Provides speed restriction on bridge and trolley translation unless the load is in the full up position, at which time fast speed is allowed.
If this interlock fails, the mandatory slow speed restriction is removed. However, since the translation speed controls are infinitely variable, the operator can run at slow speed when the interlock malfunction is recognized.
D. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Translation Interlock Protects, by means of zone switches, against running the load into walls or the gate of the storage area.
No backup or additional circuitry is provided for this interlock. However, the operator can directly observe the tool and the attached load so that translation can be terminated if an interlock fails to operate.
E. The Spent Fuel Handling Tool Length Provides the mechanism which precludes raising fuel above the minimum safe water cover depth. With the hoist at the upper limit, the grappled fuel assembly is suspended below the minimum safe water cover depth at all times and will not cause damage or distortion to the fuel or to the spent fuel handling machine when engaged at full operating hoist speed.
9.1.5.2.1.2 New Fuel Elevator1 The following identifies and describes the functions of the interlocks that are part of the new fuel elevator:
A. New Fuel Elevator Hoist Interlock Stops the elevator motor should the cable become slack.
If this interlock fails, the operator can stop the elevator motion from the spent fuel handling machine console.
1 Even though this subsection is titled New Fuel Elevator, no new fuel is stored at San Onofre Units 2 and 3 in the permanently defueled condition. However, this system is only partially removed from service to allow for activities during the decommissioning process not related to new fuel storage.
November 2016                                      9-32                                              Rev 3


9.1.5.2.1 System 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B. New Fuel Elevator Hoist Interlock Prevents raising of the elevator with a fuel assembly in the elevator box. This interlock is a backup for the administrative control, which precludes the placement of a spent fuel assembly in the new fuel elevator.
The fuel handling machines do not fall within the definition of an overhead or gantry crane as described in OSHA subpart N, Materials Handling and Storage, or 29CFR1910, Section 1910.179. However, considerable importance has been attached to meeting the standard as well as operator, equipment, and facility safety. In those cases where the fuel handling machine does not conform to the OSHA regulations, additional features to protect the safety of the operator and facility have been installed and are a part of appropriate operational procedures.
9.1.5.2.2 Components 9.1.5.2.2.1 Fuel Transfer Tube and Valve A fuel transfer tube extends through the containment wall and connects the refueling pool to the transfer pool.
The 36-inch diameter transfer tube is contained in a 42-inch diameter penetration that is sealed to the containment. The transfer tube and penetration sleeves are sealed to each other by welding rings and bellows-type expansion joints.
The 36 inch transfer tube valve is attached to the spent fuel pool end of the transfer tube. The valve is closed and the manual operator for the valve has been removed. The transfer tube is also sealed by means of a blind flange located inside the containment.
9.1.5.2.2.2 Fuel, CEA, and GT Insert Handling Equipment Two fuel handling tools, as shown on Figure 9.1-23 are used to move Units 2 and 3 fuel assemblies in the spent fuel pool area. Long tools are provided for underwater handling of Units 2 and 3 fuel in the spent fuel pool. The tools are operated manually. Irradiated CEAs are handled underwater by long CEA handling tools. GT inserts are handled by the GT insert handling tool.
9.1.5.2.2.3 Spent Fuel Handling Machine The spent fuel handling machine, as shown on Figure 9.1-21, is a traveling bridge and trolley that rides on rails over the spent fuel pool, fuel transfer pool, and cask loading pit. Motors on the bridge and trolley position the machine over the spent fuel assembly storage racks, the new fuel elevator, and the fuel shipping cask. Access to the new fuel elevator is blocked by ISFPCS piping. End stops on the spent fuel handling machine bridge rail prevent the machine from impacting plant structures and equipment.
November 2016                                    9-33                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-31 Rev 3      1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 9.1.5.2.1.1 Spent Fuel Handling Machine
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The spent fuel handling machine hoist supports the handling tool for grappling fuel assemblies.
This tool is operated manually from the operator's platform on the trolley. Once a fuel assembly is grappled, a cable and hoist winch raise the fuel assembly. The spent fuel handling machine can transfer a spent fuel assembly from one spent fuel cell to another or from the spent fuel racks to the fuel shipping cask loading area.
The controls for the spent fuel handling machine are mounted on a console located on the spent fuel handling machine trolley.
The coordinate locations of the bridge, hoist, and trolley are indicated in inches by digital indicators on the control panel. In addition, visual indication of bridge and trolley position is provided by index markers located on the bridge and trolley festooned cable tracks. The index markers are color-coded to differentiate between Region I and Region II storage cells.
During withdrawal or insertion of a fuel assembly, the load on the hoist cable is monitored to ensure that movement is not being restricted. Set-points are such that damage to the assembly is prevented.
Positive locking is provided between the grappling tool and the fuel assembly to prevent inadvertent uncoupling. The drives for both the bridge and the trolley provide close control for accurate positioning, and brakes are provided to maintain the position once achieved. In addition, interlocks are installed so that movement of the spent fuel handling machine is not possible when the hoist is withdrawing or inserting an assembly.
Hand-wheels are provided for bridge, trolley, and winch motions in the event of a power loss.
9.1.5.2.2.4 New Fuel Elevator A fuel elevator, as shown on Figure 9.1-22, is used to lower non-fuel items, such as blocking devices, from the operating level at the top of the fuel transfer pool to the bottom of the pool where it is grappled by the spent fuel handling tool. The fuel elevator can also be used to remove non-fuel items from the spent fuel pool. The elevator is powered by a cable winch, and non-fuel items are contained in a simple support structure whose wheels are captured in two rails. Non-fuel items are loaded into and removed from the elevator by means of the new fuel crane monorail and the new fuel handling tool. Access to the new fuel elevator has been blocked by ISFPCS piping.
9.1.5.2.2.5 Irradiated Fuel Inspection Cladding breaches have historically been the primary cause for classifying a fuel as damaged.
When required, fuel assemblies may be examined for cladding defects. The presence of damaged fuel in fuel assemblies, including lead fuel, lead use, and test assemblies, is determined by inspections. Inspections may utilize various techniques, including review of Reactor Coolant System (RCS) activity records, canister sipping, ultrasonic testing, visual inspection, and Eddy current testing. Inspections are performed in the spent fuel pool.
November 2016                                    9-34                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-32 Rev 3    
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A sipping system associated with in-pool operations may be used to detect leaking fuel assemblies. With canister sipping a fuel assembly is placed inside a sealed canister. A vacuum is drawn to force the gaseous radioactive fission products out of the failed fuel rod and into the canister water where they may be sampled.
Ultrasonic testing of a fuel assembly identifies the individual fuel rod that is damaged by detecting liquid water in a failed fuel rod. The water is introduced into the failed fuel rod via a cladding defect or breach. The advantages of ultrasonic testing are that the fuel assembly does not have to be dismantled, individual failed fuel rods can be detected, and whole rows of fuel rods can be examined simultaneously. This method will locate the axial location of breach site on a failed fuel rod.
Visual inspection of a fuel assembly may also be used to assess the degree of damage in more detail. If the damage is located inside the fuel assembly, the assembly may be disassembled to inspect single fuel rods.
To disassemble a fuel assembly requires that the fuel assembly be placed on a pedestal in the spent fuel rack in order to raise the top of the fuel assembly above the top of the spent fuel racks for access and visibility. Upon removal of the fuel assembly upper end fitting, the tops of all fuel rods in the assembly become accessible for inspection and replacement, if needed.
Individual fuel rods are removed by pulling vertically until the fuel rod is completely withdrawn from the fuel assembly. The withdrawn fuel rod may be passed through Eddy current coils. Eddy current techniques allow the axial location of a fuel cladding defect to be determined. The technique is very sensitive and can also be used to detect non-penetrating cracks and an estimate of through-wall wear.
Fuel rods exhibiting non-penetrating cracks or cladding wear may be rotated such that the area of worn cladding is no longer adjacent to the cause of the wear. Fuel rods exhibiting through-wall wear may be swapped out for intact fuel rods from a different fuel assembly, or they may be replaced with a filler rod. Limited substitutions of zirconium alloy or stainless steel filler rods for fuel rods, in accordance with approved applications of fuel rod configurations, may be used as part of a fuel reconstitution effort. The use of replacement rods is addressed in Reference 4.
After the desired fuel rods have been inspected and replaced, the fuel assembly is reassembled.
9.1.5.2.2.6 Cask Handling Crane The cask handling crane is a 125-ton capacity bridge crane.
The cask handling crane, including all supports, is designed as Seismic Category I systems and equipment. The cask handling crane transfers the spent fuel cask between the shipping-receiving area, the cask decontamination pit, and cask loading pit. The heaviest load to be handled by the cask handling crane is a loaded spent fuel cask with a maximum weight of 125 tons.
The Unit 2&3 Cask Handling Crane is single-failure-proof in accordance with Ederer X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.
November 2016                                   9-35                                            Rev 3


9.1.5.2.1.2 1
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.2.2.7 Spent Fuel Pool Water Seals The spent fuel storage pool has two water seals that separate the spent fuel storage area and the (1) spent fuel cask handling pool and, (2) fuel transfer/upender pool. Each spent fuel storage pool water seal consists of a bulkhead gate with two independent pressurized bladders which provide redundant seals between the bulkhead gate and the spent fuel pool walls. These pressurized seals are constructed of heavy radiation resistant reinforced fabric. Normal seal operating pressure is 20 psig.
9.1.5.2.2.8 Pneumatic Seal Pressurization The pressurization source for the spent fuel pool pneumatic seals is supplied by redundant gas cylinders.
9.1.5.2.3 System Operation 9.1.5.2.3.1 Spent Fuel Transfer The spent fuel handling machine transfers the spent fuel assemblies from the storage racks to the spent fuel shipping or transfer cask. The cask loading area is connected to the pool by a canal and a sliding gate sized to allow passage of a spent fuel assembly suspended from the spent fuel handling machine. The spent fuel cask arrives in a specially built transporter at the loading area that is serviced by an overhead cask handling crane. The main hoist of the crane lifts the cask to the operating floor and transfers the cask to the wash-down / lay-down area.
After the cask is serviced and washed, it is transferred over the operating floor to the cask loading pit. Positioning the cask into the cask loading pit is a two-step hoisting operation governed by administrative controls as well as by crane interlocks. The first hoisting step sets the cask on an intermediate ledge of the pit to interrupt the single lift over the full depth of the pool. The second hoisting step lowers the cask to the bottom of the cask loading pit. These steps are designated as positions B and C on Figure 9.1-25 and positions B and C on Figure 9.1-26.
The spent fuel assemblies are then transferred underwater and are loaded into the cask, using the spent fuel handling machine. Removal of the now loaded cask is accomplished by a reversal of the two-step hoisting operation described above. In this manner, the potential for a cask drop in excess of 30 feet is avoided.
The loaded cask is lifted to the wash-down area of the operating floor where radioactive materials and residual coolants are removed. After the wash-down is complete and the area is drained, the spent fuel cask is loaded into the transporter, and is ready for shipment.
With the sliding gate secured, a submersible pump is required to drain the spent fuel cask loading pit. The pump takes suction from the pit and discharges the fluid to the spent fuel pool.
November 2016                                    9-36                                            Rev 3


1 San Onofre Units 2 and 3 in the permanently defueled condition. However, this system is only partially removed from service to allow for activities during the decommissioning process not related to new fuel storage.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.2.3.2 Placement and Orientation of Fuel Assemblies and GT Inserts 9.1.5.2.3.2.1 Placement and Orientation of Fuel Assemblies The fuel enrichment within a fuel assembly is identified by a coded serial number marked on the assemblys upper end fitting. This serial number is used as a means of positive identification for each assembly in the plant. A Certified Fuel Handler has the oversight and responsibility for fuel movement and to ensure that the assemblies are moved to the correct locations.
Prior to movement of fuel data sheets are prepared. These data sheets detail the order in which fuel assemblies are moved. The data sheets are verified as correct by a minimum of two independent reviewers.
9.1.5.2.3.2.2 Placement and Orientation of GT Inserts Either three or five GT inserts may be placed in a fuel assembly. When three GT insets are placed in a fuel assembly, the orientation shall be as shown in Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure II-23. To preclude inadvertent removal of a GT insert, the top of the GT inserts shall be below the top of the fuel assembly in which they are inserted.
9.1.5.2.3.3 NUREG-0612 Heavy Load Handling System Table 9.1-5 identifies cranes and hoists which handle heavy loads in the vicinity of irradiated fuel. The cranes and hoists listed in this table are subject to administrative controls that satisfy guidelines for heavy load handling established in NUREG-0612 (Ref. 1).
Table 9.1-5 NUREG-0612 HEAVY LOAD HANDLING SYSTEMS Handling System          Design Capacity (tons)            Location Cask Handling Crane                    125/10            Fuel Handling Bldg.
New Fuel Handling Crane                    5            Fuel Handling Bldg.
These guidelines consist of the following criteria from Section 5.1.1 of NUREG-0612:
: 1. Definition of safe load paths
: 2. Development of load handling procedures
: 3. Periodic inspection and testing of cranes
: 4. Qualifications, training and specified conduct of operators
: 5. Special lifting devices should satisfy the guidelines of ANSI N14.6 November 2016                                    9-37                                            Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-33 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
: 6. Lifting devices that are not specially designed should be installed and used in accordance with the guidelines of ANSI B30.9
: 7. Design of cranes to ANSI B30.2 or CMAA-70 Other station cranes and hoists have been evaluated as exempt from NUREG-0612 guidelines.
9.1.5.3 Safety Evaluation 9.1.5.3.1 Cask Handling Crane The cask handling crane is a Seismic Category I component as described in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List, and Section 9.1.5.2.2.6. The cask handling crane, including all supports, are analyzed for the operating basis and design basis earthquakes to ensure complete stability under loaded and unloaded conditions. Where analytical means do not give positive assurance that the crane or any part of it will not fall off the rails, the stability of the crane components is ensured by a system of restraining devices that remain effective during crane operating motion. The cask handling crane is restrained by upkick lugs which engage the trolley and the bridge trucks to their rails. The cask handling crane was upgraded to single-failure-proof criteria.
Failure of any part of the cask handling cranes, or any other crane capable of carrying major loads, does not cause any damage to spent fuel or safety-related equipment. Positive protection against dropping the spent fuel cask into the spent fuel storage pool is provided by the basic layout of the spent fuel storage pool, fuel transfer system, and fuel handling arrangement which make it impossible to pass the cask over the spent fuel storage racks. The cask is assigned to a separate laydown area, designated as the cask loading pit, in the spent fuel pool. The cask is physically isolated from movement over the spent fuel storage area or new fuel storage racks because the cask handling crane does not extend across these areas. The fuel handling building layout is designed to prevent damage to essential equipment or release of radioactivity as a result of a fuel handling cask drop.
Cask drops were analyzed using the guidelines of NUREG-0612, Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants, July 1980. The analysis considered the approach and orientation of the cask with respect to the pool, maximum impact loads from a rigid cask dropping on exposed structural members, and the restricted travel path of the cask. The cask cannot fall into the spent fuel pool by basic layout and credit is not taken for energy absorbing devices.
Design features that prevent damaging spent fuel and essential equipment are:
A.      During cask handling operations, the spent fuel cask cannot travel over the spent fuel pool where spent fuel is stored due to physical limitations in crane travel (refer to Figure 9.1-24). There are no conceivable cask drops, including a tilted cask that hits the edge of the spent fuel pool that could result in dropping a cask directly into the spent fuel pool.
November 2016                                     9-38                                            Rev 3


9.1.5.2.2 Components 9.1.5.2.2.1
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B.      Exposure to cask drop exists only in the spent fuel cask storage pool which is adjacent to the spent fuel pool. A 4-foot thick reinforced concrete wall separates the spent fuel pool from the spent fuel cask storage pool. This concrete wall ensures that a cask dropped into the spent fuel cask storage pool will not damage the spent fuel racks in the spent fuel pool. In addition, a postulated drop of the cask in the cask handling pool will not cause perforation or spalling of the concrete slab which forms the floor of the pool.
C.      The east-west direction of cask approach and regress into the spent fuel cask storage pool ensures that a dropped or tilted cask will not directly impact the 4-foot-thick separation wall. Refer to Figures 9.1-24, 9.1-25, and 9.1-26. The prescribed east-west direction of travel for the crane is dictated by critical path limit switches provided in the cask handling crane. Operation of the crane with travel path restricted by critical path limit switches is enforced by administrative control. In addition, physical obstructions consisting of 10-inch square removable steel posts and a 1-ft thick, 20-ft high concrete wall are provided to preclude operator-initiated movement of the cask along paths other than the prescribed east-west direction of travel. The 10-inch square steel posts may be removed and stored when there are no cask operations in progress. The physical obstructions are not crash barriers but are effective to preclude crane movement of the cask over unauthorized paths in the event that administrative controls failed to enforce operation of the crane under critical path mode.
D.      During handling operations, the cask does not travel over essential equipment.
There is no essential equipment located on the operating floor of the fuel handling building. The operating floor is designed to withstand a cask drop of 6 inches. This provides a protective barrier for the spent fuel pool heat exchanger and cooling pumps which are located at the lower elevations below the operating floor of the fuel handling building.
E      The Unit 2&3 Cask Handling Crane is single-failure-proof in accordance with NUREG-0554, NUREG-0612, Appendix C, and the X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.
An analysis of the consequences of dropping a spent fuel assembly during handling operations is given in Chapter 15. An analysis of the consequences of a loaded transfer cask falling from the upper shelf of the cask pool is given in Chapter 15. As shown, there is no undue exposure to the general public or personnel. Chapter 15 provides a summary of a spent fuel pool gate drop analysis that credits the administrative controls to preclude damage to the fuel stored in the racks.
Chapter 15 describes the evaluation of the radiological consequences of the drop of a fuel assembly during handling. The analysis conservatively assumes that both the dropped assembly and the impacted assembly (two assemblies worth of fuel) are damaged.
November 2016                                    9-39                                            Rev 3


9.1.5.2.2.2
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.3.2 Fuel Handling A failure mode and effects analysis of the fuel handling equipment is not required. The results of the analysis provided in Chapter 15 demonstrate that applicable dose limits are not exceeded as a result of the design basis fuel handling accident. No component or subsystems of the fuel handling equipment are required to either prevent or mitigate the consequences of the postulated fuel handling accident.
The presence of approximately 2000 ppm boron in the pool water will decrease reactivity by about 20% k. For all postulated accidents involving misloading and damage to fuel assemblies, should there be a reactivity increase, Keff would be less than or equal to 0.95 due to the dissolved boron and thus meets the acceptance criteria of no criticality.
Operability of the fuel handling equipment, including the bridge and trolley, the lifting mechanisms and the associated instrumentation and controls, is assured through the implementation of preoperational tests. In addition to the interlocks described in Section 9.1.5.2.1, the equipment has the following special features:
A. The major components of the fuel handling system are electrically interlocked with each other to assist the operator in properly conducting the fuel handling operation.
Failure of any of these interlocks in the event of operator error will not result in damage to more than one fuel assembly. The radiological consequences associated with the activity release from an entire assembly are discussed in Chapter 15.
B. Miscellaneous special design features that facilitate handling operations include:
backup hand operation of the spent fuel handling machine bridge, trolley, and hoist in the event of power failure.
C. Travel stops in the spent fuel handling machine restrict withdrawal of the spent fuel assemblies. The spent fuel handling tool length provides for minimum water cover.
This provides for a minimum water cover of 8 ft-5 in. feet over the active portion of the fuel assembly limiting the radiation level to approximately 8 mrem/hr or less at the surface of the water.
D. The structural design of the fuel storage racks incorporate provisions to withstand uplift forces as defined below:
Spent Fuel Storage Racks            6,000 lb New Fuel Storage Racks              3,000 lb These uplift forces are governed by crane-installed load cells and represent the maximum pull that the spent fuel handling machine can exert on the racks through a fuel assembly stuck within a storage cell. Sustained or repeated application of the uplift forces will not compromise the structural integrity of the racks or their anchorage and will not result in an increase of the Keff associated with the racks.
November 2016                                    9-40                                            Rev 3


9.1.5.2.2.3 Spent Fuel Handling Machine
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS E. The new and spent fuel storage area is not exposed to overhead handling of the spent fuel cask. In those areas, the only objects that travel overhead are the fuel assemblies, spent fuel pool gate and spent fuel pool test equipment. A fuel assembly drop due to failure of the spent fuel handling machine is a remote occurrence that would result in a limited fall. The spent fuel storage racks are designed so that impact from accidental dropping or side swinging of a fuel assembly will not damage the stored assemblies.
F. The potential drop of the spent fuel pool gate or test equipment skid is discussed in Chapter 15.
G. High and low pressure protection is provided to assure continuous gate seal pressurization. High pressure protection is provided by a relief valve (QCIII, SCII/I).
Local audible alarm and pressure indicator are provided to indicate less than normal operating pressure. Check valves (QCIII, SCII/I) prevent the rapid loss of the gate seal if its primary pressurization system fails. Upon loss of the primary pressurization system the backup pressurization system is automatically placed in service.
Administrative controls and physical limitations imposed on fuel handling operations to preclude the possibility of a fuel handling accident are discussed previously in this subsection (9.1.5).
9.1.5.4 Testing and Inspection Requirements of Refueling Equipment During manufacture at the vendor's plant, various in-process inspections and checks are required, including certification of materials and heat treating, and liquid-penetrant or magnetic-particle inspection of critical welds. Following completion of manufacture, compliance with design and specification requirements is determined by assembling and testing the equipment in the vendor's shop. Utilizing a dummy fuel assembly having the same weight, center of gravity, exterior size and end geometry as an actual assembly, all equipment is run through several complete operational cycles. In addition, the equipment is checked for its ability to perform under the maximum limits of load, fuel mislocation, and misalignment. All traversing mechanisms are tested for speed and positioning accuracy. All hoisting equipment is tested for vertical functions and controls, rotation, and load misalignment.
Hoisting equipment is also tested to 125% of specified hoist capacity. Setpoints are determined and adjusted and the adjustment limits are verified. Equipment interlock function and backup systems operations are checked. Those functions having manual operation capability are exercised manually. During these tests, the various operating parameters such as motor speed, voltage and current, hydraulic system pressures, and load measuring accuracy and setpoints are recorded. At the completion of these tests the equipment is checked for cleanliness and the locking of fasteners by lock-wire or other means is verified.
November 2016                                    9-41                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-34 Rev 3
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Equipment installation and testing at the plant site is controlled by approved installation procedures and pre-operational test procedures designed to verify conformance with specification. Each component is inspected and cleaned prior to installation into the system.
9.1.5.2.2.4 New Fuel Elevator
Recommended maintenance, including any necessary adjustments and calibrations, is performed approximately every two years or when in use. Periodic inservice tests also include checks of all control circuits including interlocks and alarm functions.
 
9.1.5.5 Instrumentation Requirements The refueling system instrumentation and controls are described in paragraph 9.1.5.2. Analysis provided in Chapter 15 demonstrates that applicable dose limits are not exceeded as a result of the design basis fuel handling accident. No credit is taken for instrumentation or interlocks on components of the fuel handling equipment to either prevent or mitigate the consequences of the postulated accident. Thus, safety-related interlocks are not provided.
9.1.5.2.2.5
9.1.6 INDEPENDENT SPENT FUEL STORAGE INSTALLATION (ISFSI)
 
The ISFSI is a fenced, protected area located within the Unit 1 north Industrial Area, dedicated to the storage of dry spent fuel from Units 1, 2, and 3. The ISFSI was initially sized to empty the Unit 1 Spent Fuel Pool and to create enough room in the Unit 2 and 3 Spent Fuel Pools to permit operation through the end of San Onofre Units 2 and 3 licensed plant life.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-35 Rev 3 
The final ISFSI configuration will consist of multiple rows of NUHOMS Advanced Horizontal Storage Modules (AHSM) and an additional pad containing Holtec UMAX MSE storage systems. See the respective Dry Fuel Storage FSARs for more detailed information.
 
The ISFSI is protected by a security fence and features described in the SONGS Physical Security Plan. Lightning protection is provided for the modules and the security light towers.
9.1.5.2.2.6
Except for periods of facility expansion (adding additional modules), routine inspections, and during actual fuel loading operations, the ISFSI will be empty of vehicles, extraneous equipment, and personnel. Transient combustibles are controlled by administrative procedure.
 
9.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-36 Rev 3  9.1.5.2.2.7
 
9.1.5.2.2.8 Pneumatic Seal Pressurization
 
9.1.5.2.3 System Operation
 
9.1.5.2.3.1
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-37 Rev 3  9.1.5.2.3.2
 
9.1.5.2.3.2.1
 
9.1.5.2.3.2.2 9.1.5.2.3.3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-38 Rev 3        9.1.5.3 Safety Evaluation
==1.7 REFERENCES==
 
: 1. NUREG-0612 Control of Heavy Loads At Nuclear Power Plants, July 1980.
9.1.5.3.1 Cask Handling Crane
: 2. Ederers X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-39 Rev 3 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-40 Rev 3 9.1.5.3.2 Fuel Handling
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-41 Rev 3 
 
9.1.5.4 Testing and Inspection Requirements of Refueling Equipment
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-42 Rev 3
 
9.1.5.5 Instrumentation Requirements
 
9.1.6 
 
9.1.7  1. NUREG-0612 Control of Heavy Loads At Nuclear Power Plants, July 1980.
: 2. -SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.
: 3. (DELETED)
: 3. (DELETED)
: 4. CENPD-289-ENF Fuel Assemblies, September 1993.
: 4. CENPD-289-P, Use of Inert Replacement Rods in ABB CENF Fuel Assemblies, September 1993.
: 5. NRC SER to SCE dated March 11, 2016;  
: 5. NRC SER to SCE dated March 11, 2016;  


==SUBJECT:==
==SUBJECT:==
SONGS, Units 2 and 3 - Issuance of Amendments Modifying Licenses to Allow Changes to Specific Regulatory Guide Commitments (CAC NOS. L53073 AND L53074, PDSFPC)
SONGS, Units 2 and 3 - Issuance of Amendments Modifying Licenses to Allow Changes to Specific Regulatory Guide Commitments (CAC NOS. L53073 AND L53074, PDSFPC)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-43 Rev 3  6. SO23-V-5.100, SONGS Mitigating Strategies
November 2016                                  9-42                                          Rev 3
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
: 6. SO23-V-5.100, SONGS Mitigating Strategies
: 7. Design Calculation N-0220-0037 Rev.3, Spent Fuel Pool Time To Boil.
: 7. Design Calculation N-0220-0037 Rev.3, Spent Fuel Pool Time To Boil.
: 8. 1814-AA086-M0262 REV.0, San Onofre Spent Fuel Pool Island Design Plan.  
: 8. 1814-AA086-M0262 REV.0, San Onofre Spent Fuel Pool Island Design Plan.
 
November 2016                           9-43                                  Rev 3
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-44 Rev 3 9.2 WATER SYSTEMS
 
9.2.1  9.2.1.1 Design Bases
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-45 Rev 3 9.2.1.2 System Description


9.2.1.2.1 General Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2 WATER SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of Water Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.
Structures / Systems / Components                          Status Saltwater Cooling System                            Removed from Service Component Cooling Water System                      Removed from Service Makeup Demineralizer System                        Removed from Service Domestic Water System                              Partially Removed from Service Ultimate Heat Sink (Pacific Ocean)                  Removed from Service Ultimate Heat Sink (Atmosphere)                    Available Condensate Storage and Transfer System              Removed from Service Nuclear Service Water System                        Removed from Service Turbine Plant Cooling Water System                  Removed from Service Dilution System                                    Available 9.2.1 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 9.2.1.1 Design Bases The domestic water system serves no safety function and, therefore, has no safety design basis.
The domestic water system is designed to:
A. Prevent contamination due to potential radioactivity or due to backflow from cross-connected systems using water unfit for human consumption.
B. Provide a quantity of 50 gallons per person per day for permanent personnel, plus 25 gallons per person per day for nonpermanent personnel, for the largest number of persons expected to be at the station during a 24-hour period of plant refueling and maintenance operations.
C. Provide domestic water system outlets in compliance with the intent of Title 29 Part 1910 (Occupational Safety and Health Standards) of the Code of Federal Regulations.
November 2016                                    9-44                                        Rev 3


9.2.1.2.2 Component Description  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The domestic water system is designed to the equipment classification requirements indicated in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
9.2.1.2 System Description 9.2.1.2.1 General Description The domestic water system is shown in Controlled Drawings 40182A, 40182B, and 40182C.
The source of water for the domestic system is the local water agency, which normally furnishes adequate flow and pressure directly to the domestic system. Backflow preventers in the domestic and service water systems are provided to prevent possible contamination of the domestic system.
9.2.1.2.2 Component Description 9.2.1.2.2.1 Valves ASME Code rated and approved relief valves, but without ASME certification or N-stamping, are provided on all equipment and in all piping requiring temperature or pressure relief.
9.2.1.2.2.2 Piping Construction materials used in the domestic water distribution system prevent the introduction by the system piping of objectionable tastes, odors, discoloration, and toxic conditions into the system, and conform to the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code.
Piping is sized to limit flow velocity to 6 ft/s and thus minimize system shock and water hammer.
This is supplemented by the installation of approved water-hammer arresters at appropriate locations.
9.2.1.2.2.3 Protection Against Contamination No cross-connections exist between the domestic water system and any potentially radioactive system. A cross-tie connection with a backflow preventer is installed between Unit 2 and 3 common domestic water system and Unit 3 side of the service water. All branches of the system supplying the plumbing fixtures located in areas to which access is restricted due to a potential radiological hazard are provided with backflow prevention devices of the reduced pressure zone type.
Because of the above design features in the domestic water system, sharing of the domestic water system between Units 2 and 3 does not degrade contamination protection.
November 2016                                    9-45                                        Rev 3


9.2.1.2.2.1
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.1.2.2.4 Emergency Shower and Eyewash Station The domestic water system provides potable water for emergency shower and eyewash stations throughout the power block and outside areas.
9.2.1.2.2.2
9.2.1.3 Safety Evaluation The domestic water system has no safety functions. The malfunction or failure of a component has no adverse effect on any safety-related system or component.
 
9.2.1.4 Tests and Inspections The domestic water system is tested for leak tightness in conformance with Uniform Plumbing Code requirements. Inspection of the entire system for compliance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code is performed. Reworked or new piping is disinfected, flushed with potable water, and placed in service.
9.2.1.2.2.3
9.2.1.5 Instrumentation Applications Thermostats, high-temperature limit switches, and temperature gages are installed on hot water storage heaters. A pressure regulator downstream of the main water line prevents overpressurization of the system.
 
9.2.2 ULTIMATE HEAT SINK The ultimate heat sink provides a means for rejecting heat from the spent fuel pool to the atmosphere.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-46 Rev 3 9.2.1.2.2.4
9.2.2.1 Design Bases To ensure that adequate margin exists in the design, 100% of the SFP decay heat is assumed to be transported to the atmosphere via the ISFPCS primary to secondary side heat exchanger to the secondary side chillers. Calculations and equipment testing has demonstrated adequate capacity of the atmosphere / ISFPC as a heat sink.
 
See Table 9.1-1B (Section 9.1.3.3) for description of spent fuel heat loads.
9.2.1.3 Safety Evaluation  
9.2.3 DILUTION SYSTEMS 9.2.3.1 CIRCULATING WATER SYSTEM In the permanent defueled plant condition, portions of the Circulating Water System are required to support dilution. See P&IDs, One Line Diagrams, and General Arrangement drawings for current plant configuration.
 
November 2016                                 9-46                                        Rev 3
9.2.1.4 Tests and Inspections  
 
9.2.1.5 Instrumentation Applications  
 
9.2.2     9.2.2.1 Design Bases  
 
====9.2.3 DILUTION====
SYSTEMS 9.2.3.1 CIRCULATING WATER SYSTEM In the permanent defueled plant condition, portions of the Circulating Water System are required to support dilution. See P&IDs, One Line Diagrams, and General Arrangement drawings for current plant configuration.  
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-47 Rev 3 Structures
/ Systems / Co mponents S tatus Unit 2 and 3 Intake Conduits Available Unit 2 Discharge Conduit Available Unit 3 Discharge Conduit Removed from Service Unit 2 and 3 Gate Slots 1 and 2 Available Unit 2 Recirculating Gates 4 and 5 Available Unit 2 Circulating Water Pu mps Removed from Service Unit 3 Circulating Water Pumps Removed from Service
 
9.2.3.1.1 Design Bases
 
The circulating water system has no safety function.
The portions that supported the condenser, Salt Water Cooling System, and Turbine Plant Cooling Water System have been removed from service. The portion required to support the functions of the Saltwater Dilution System remain available.
The following design bases apply to the circulating water system in the permanent defueled plant condition:


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Structures / Systems / Components                        Status Unit 2 and 3 Intake Conduits                          Available Unit 2 Discharge Conduit                              Available Unit 3 Discharge Conduit                              Removed from Service Unit 2 and 3 Gate Slots 1 and 2                      Available Unit 2 Recirculating Gates 4 and 5                    Available Unit 2 Circulating Water Pumps                        Removed from Service Unit 3 Circulating Water Pumps                        Removed from Service 9.2.3.1.1 Design Bases The circulating water system has no safety function. The portions that supported the condenser, Salt Water Cooling System, and Turbine Plant Cooling Water System have been removed from service. The portion required to support the functions of the Saltwater Dilution System remain available. The following design bases apply to the circulating water system in the permanent defueled plant condition:
A. Units 2 and 3 gates, slots 1 and 2, used to support the Saltwater Dilution System (SWDS) pump frames and pipe supports. Gate slots 1 and 2 are also required for dewatering the intake/outfall structures with the insertion of stop gates.
A. Units 2 and 3 gates, slots 1 and 2, used to support the Saltwater Dilution System (SWDS) pump frames and pipe supports. Gate slots 1 and 2 are also required for dewatering the intake/outfall structures with the insertion of stop gates.
B. Units 2 and 3 intake conduits used for drawing Pacific Ocean water for dilution.
B. Units 2 and 3 intake conduits used for drawing Pacific Ocean water for dilution.
C. Unit 2 discharge conduit used for discharging diluted effluents to the Pacific Ocean.  
C. Unit 2 discharge conduit used for discharging diluted effluents to the Pacific Ocean.
 
D. Unit 2 Recirculating gates, in the closed position, to prevent recirculation of diluted effluents. No gate operators are required.
D. Unit 2 Recirculating gates, in the closed position, to prevent recirculation of diluted effluents. No gate operators are required.  
9.2.3.1.2 System Description and Operation 9.2.3.1.2.1 General Description The portion of the circulating water system that remains in-service consists of Units 2 and 3 intake conduits, Unit 2 discharge conduit, Unit 2 Recirculating Gates 4 and 5 (in closed position), and the Units 2 and 3 Gate Slots 1 and 2. The system is shown on the following SCE controlled drawings.
 
November 2016                                     9-47                                        Rev 3
9.2.3.1.2 System Description and Operation 9.2.3.1.2.1 General Description The portion of the circulating water system that remains in-service consists of Units 2 and 3 intake conduits, Unit 2 discharge conduit, Unit 2 Recirculating Gates 4 and 5 (in closed position), and the Units 2 and 3 Gate Slots 1 and 2.
The system is shown on the following SCE controlled drawings.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-48 Rev 3 40166A 40166C 40167B 40167D 40166ASO3 40166D 40167BSO3 40167DSO3 40166B 40167A 40167C  40166BSO3 40167ASO3 40167CSO3  9.2.3.1.2.2 Component Description


9.2.3.1.2.2.1 Intake and Discharge Structures  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 40166A                40166C                  40167B                40167D 40166ASO3              40166D                  40167BSO3            40167DSO3 40166B                40167A                  40167C 40166BSO3              40167ASO3              40167CSO3 9.2.3.1.2.2 Component Description 9.2.3.1.2.2.1 Intake and Discharge Structures The offshore circulating water conduits are of reinforced concrete construction. One intake and conduit is provided for each unit. Only the Unit 2 discharge conduit is used for dilution. Each unit has one 18-foot ID intake conduit approximately 3200 feet long. The Unit 2 discharge conduit is approximately 8400 feet long. Approximately the last 2500 feet (offshore end) of the discharge conduit consists of a diffuser containing 63 discharge nozzles evenly spaced at 40-foot intervals. The nominal throat diameters are approximately 2 feet. The nozzles are oriented at a vertical angle of 20&deg; above the horizontal and direct the discharge offshore alternatively at angles of 25&deg; to the right and 25&deg; to the left of the diffuser section centerline. The diffuser portion is progressively stepped down in diameter to balance the hydraulics of the flow in the diffusers and to produce a uniform discharge at each nozzle. The smallest diameter of the main conduit is 10 feet ID.
The offshore circulating water conduits are of reinforced concrete construction. One intake and conduit is provided for each unit. Only the Unit 2 discharge conduit is used for dilution. Each unit has one 18-foot ID intake conduit approximately 3200 feet long. The Unit 2 discharge conduit is approximately 8400 feet long. Approximately the last 2500 feet (offshore end) of the discharge conduit consists of a diffuser containing 63 discharge nozzles evenly spaced at 40-foot intervals. The nominal throat diameters are approximately 2 feet. The nozzles are oriented at a vertical angle of 20&deg; above the horizontal and direct the discharge offshore alternatively at angles of 25&deg; to the right and 25&deg; to the left of the diffuser section centerline. The diffuser portion is progressively stepped down in diameter to balance the hydraulics of the flow in the diffusers and to produce a uniform discharge at each nozzle. The smallest diameter of the main conduit  
 
is 10 feet ID.
Circulating water system offshore intake structures are designed and constructed to withstand maximum uprush and withdrawal velocities of the current associated with the postulated tsunami discussed in Chapter 2.
Circulating water system offshore intake structures are designed and constructed to withstand maximum uprush and withdrawal velocities of the current associated with the postulated tsunami discussed in Chapter 2.
Design and construction of the onshore intake structure is based on the maximum and minimum water levels at offshore intake structures associated with the postulated tsunami discussed in Chapter 2 with appropriate consideration given to head losses through the offshore conduit and intake structure.  
Design and construction of the onshore intake structure is based on the maximum and minimum water levels at offshore intake structures associated with the postulated tsunami discussed in Chapter 2 with appropriate consideration given to head losses through the offshore conduit and intake structure.
 
9.2.3.1.2.3 Large Organism Exclusion Device (LOED)
9.2.3.1.2.3 Large Organism Exclusion Device (LOED)  
 
A Large Organism Exclusion Device (LOED) is installed at the Primary Offshore Intake Structure (POIS) and Auxiliary Offshore Intake Structure (AOIS) as required by the State Water Resource Control Board (SWRCB) to prevent large marine organisms from entering the plant intake structures. The LOED uses a 9-in. x 9-in. netting constructed from ultra-high molecular weight (UHMW) polymer braided ropes.
A Large Organism Exclusion Device (LOED) is installed at the Primary Offshore Intake Structure (POIS) and Auxiliary Offshore Intake Structure (AOIS) as required by the State Water Resource Control Board (SWRCB) to prevent large marine organisms from entering the plant intake structures. The LOED uses a 9-in. x 9-in. netting constructed from ultra-high molecular weight (UHMW) polymer braided ropes.
9.2.3.1.2.4 System Operation  
9.2.3.1.2.4 System Operation The portions of the Circulating Water System that support the Saltwater Dilution System are structures and have no active operation.
November 2016                                    9-48                                          Rev 3


The portions of the Circulating Water System that support the Saltwater Dilution System are structures and have no active operation.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.3.1.2.5 Safety Evaluation The portions of the Circulating Water System that support the Saltwater Dilution System is not safety related and therefore no safety evaluation is provided.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-49 Rev 3 9.2.3.1.2.5 Safety Evaluation The portions of the Circulating Water System that support the Saltwater Dilution System is not safety related and therefore no safety evaluation is provided.  
9.2.3.2 SALTWATER DILUTION SYSTEM The Saltwater Dilution System (SWDS) provides saltwater from the Pacific Ocean to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall for diluting radiological and non-radiological effluents. The saltwater dilution system is common to both units. Two 50% capacity pumps are located in the Unit 2 circulating water system intake and two 50% capacity pumps are located in the Unit 3 circulating water system intake. However, all four pumps discharge to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall gate slot #1. The pump discharge heads are located approximately 4-feet below 30-ft elevation in the gate slot #2 on the west road. The gate slots are also used for inserting stop gates to dewater the circulating water system intake structures. In the permanently defueled condition, the circulating water system is no longer in operation but portions of the circulating water system support the SWDS.
 
9.2.3.2.1 Design Bases The design bases for the saltwater dilution system is as follows:
9.2.3.2 SALTWATER DILUTION SYSTEM  
A. The saltwater dilution system is designed so that the dilution water flows may return to the Pacific Ocean via the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall through Unit 2 and Unit 3 independent piping systems. The circulating water system is discussed in Section 9.2.3.1.
 
B. The saltwater dilution system is designed to provide the minimum flow rate to meet the dilution factors. Dilution is discussed in Chapters 2 and 11 but controlled by the ODCM and NPDES permits.
The Saltwater Dilution System (SWDS) provides saltwater from the Pacific Ocean to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall for diluting radiological and non-radiological effluents. The saltwater dilution system is common to both units. Two 50% capacity pumps are located in the Unit 2 circulating water system intake and two 50% capacity pumps are located in the Unit 3 circulating water system intake. However, all four pumps discharge to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall gate slot #1. The pump discharge heads are located approximately 4-feet below 30-ft elevation in the gate slot #2 on the west road. The gate slots are also used for inserting stop gates to dewater the circulating water system intake structures. In the permanently defueled condition, the circulating water system is no longer in operation but portions of the circulating water system support the SWDS.  
C. The saltwater dilution system is also designed to provide dilution water supply for radiological effluent releases. Radiological effluent release point is discussed in Chapter 11.
 
D. The saltwater dilution system is designed to provide dilution water supply for non-radiological effluent releases. Non-radiological effluent releases consists of the North Industrial Area (NIA) sump discharge, the Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) discharge, and the Unit 2 Oily Waste Holding Sump discharge. The NIA sump, STP, and Unit 2 Oily Waste Holding Sumps are discussed in Section 9.3.1.
9.2.3.2.1 Design Bases  
November 2016                                   9-49                                        Rev 3
 
The design bases for the saltwater dilution system is as follows:  
 
A. The saltwater dilution system is designed so that the dilution water flows may return to the Pacific Ocean via the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall through Unit 2 and Unit 3 independent piping systems. The circulating water system is discussed in Section 9.2.3.1. B. The saltwater dilution system is designed to provide the minimum flow rate to meet the dilution factors. Dilution is discussed in Chapters 2 and 11 but controlled by the ODCM and NPDES permits.
C. The saltwater dilution system is also designed to provide dilution water supply for radiological effluent releases. Radiological effluent release point is discussed in Chapter 11. D. The saltwater dilution system is designed to provide dilution water supply for non-radiological effluent releases. Non-radiological effluent releases consists of the North Industrial Area (NIA) sump discharge, the Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) discharge, and the Unit 2 Oily Waste Holding Sump discharge. The NIA sump, STP, and Unit 2 Oily Waste Holding Sumps are discussed in Section 9.3.1
.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-50 Rev 3 9.2.3.2.2 System Description 9.2.3.2.2.1 General Description
 
The saltwater dilution system is shown schematically in Controlled Drawings 40166B and 40166BSO3 which also shows a diagram of the intake structure and associated piping. The piping layout is shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369.
The saltwater dilution system for each unit consists of two completely independent piping systems (one for each unit) that discharge into a common point, the Pacific Ocean via the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall. Each piping system consist of two 50% capacity pumps, two check valves, two pressure gauges, and one ultrasonic flowmeter. One pump on each unit is required for liquid radwaste releases.
 
9.2.3.2.2.2 Component Description
 
9.2.3.2.2.2.1 Saltwater Dilution Pumps S2(3)1401MP128/129
 
Each 50% capacity pump is capable of providing a minimum required flowrate of 7,000 gal/min of dilution flow, taking into consideration low-low tide level, in the permanently defueled condition. The pumps are the vertical turbine type and are installed in the intake structure gate slot #2, two pumps per gate slot. All four pumps are powered by the same ring bus load center, LDC04.


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.3.2.2 System Description 9.2.3.2.2.1 General Description The saltwater dilution system is shown schematically in Controlled Drawings 40166B and 40166BSO3 which also shows a diagram of the intake structure and associated piping. The piping layout is shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369.
The saltwater dilution system for each unit consists of two completely independent piping systems (one for each unit) that discharge into a common point, the Pacific Ocean via the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall. Each piping system consist of two 50% capacity pumps, two check valves, two pressure gauges, and one ultrasonic flowmeter. One pump on each unit is required for liquid radwaste releases.
9.2.3.2.2.2 Component Description 9.2.3.2.2.2.1 Saltwater Dilution Pumps S2(3)1401MP128/129 Each 50% capacity pump is capable of providing a minimum required flowrate of 7,000 gal/min of dilution flow, taking into consideration low-low tide level, in the permanently defueled condition. The pumps are the vertical turbine type and are installed in the intake structure gate slot #2, two pumps per gate slot. All four pumps are powered by the same ring bus load center, LDC04.
The saltwater dilution pump packing and bearings are self-cooled and lubricated by the saltwater passing through the pump internals. The pump characteristics are:
The saltwater dilution pump packing and bearings are self-cooled and lubricated by the saltwater passing through the pump internals. The pump characteristics are:
Table 9.2-1 SALT WATER DILUTION PUMPS CHARACTERISTICS Type Vertical turbine Design Flow 7,350 gal/min at 76&deg;F Design Head 50 feet Performance Standard ANSI/HI 14.6 14.6 Grade 1B
Table 9.2-1 SALT WATER DILUTION PUMPS CHARACTERISTICS Type                     Vertical turbine Design Flow               7,350 gal/min at 76&deg;F Design Head               50 feet Performance Standard     ANSI/HI 14.6 14.6 Grade 1B The saltwater dilution pumps are made of 316L stainless steel (impeller, columns, discharge head, bowl, bell, and strainer). The majority of the 316L components are coated to extend the life of the pump. The pump internals (shafts, shaft couplings, and shaft keys) are made of a duplex 2205 alloy. The pump bearings are made of thermoplastic with the exception of the suction bearing that is made of bronze packed in grease. The pump hardware is made of Monel K-500. The pump materials were carefully selected in order to meet a design life of 15 years while taking into consideration the severe corrosive environment and intermittent service.
 
November 2016                                   9-50                                          Rev 3
The saltwater dilution pumps are made of 316L stainless steel (impeller, columns, discharge head, bowl, bell, and strainer). The majority of the 316L components are coated to extend the life of the pump. The pump internals (shafts, shaft couplings, and shaft keys) are made of a duplex 2205 alloy. The pump bearings are made of thermoplastic with the exception of the suction bearing that is made of bronze packed in grease. The pump hardware is made of Monel K-500. The pump materials were carefully selected in order to meet a design life of 15 years while taking into consideration the severe corrosive environment and intermittent service.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-51 Rev 3 9.2.3.2.2.2.2 Saltwater Dilution Motors S2(3)P128/129
 
Each saltwater dilution pump is coupled to an electric motor capable of providing 125 hp. The electric motors are equipped with a 120V space heater to keep the windings free of moisture during standby. 
 
Table 9.2-2 SALT WATER DILUTION PUMPS MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS Motor hp 125 Motor Speed 1200 rpm Motor 60hz/460VAC/3phase Enclosure IP55 (TEFC)
Service Factor 1.15 Rotation Both Insulation Class F Temperature Rise (K) 80  9.2.3.2.2.2.3 Check Valves S2(3)1401MU374/375


Each saltwater dilution pump has a check valve at the discharge to prevent backflow when one pump is operating and the other is in standby. The check valves are made of 316L stainless steel to extend the life of the pump due to corrosion.  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.3.2.2.2.2 Saltwater Dilution Motors S2(3)P128/129 Each saltwater dilution pump is coupled to an electric motor capable of providing 125 hp. The electric motors are equipped with a 120V space heater to keep the windings free of moisture during standby.
9.2.3.2.2.2.4 Piping The saltwater dilution piping is made from 316L (seamless) stainless steel to extend the life of the piping due to corrosion. 317L weld filler material was used to enhance the weld chemical properties with the higher chromium content. Each pair of pumps discharge into independent .
Table 9.2-2 SALT WATER DILUTION PUMPS MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS Motor hp                    125 Motor Speed                  1200 rpm Motor                        60hz/460VAC/3phase Enclosure                    IP55 (TEFC)
where it then opens into the intake structure gate slot #1, approximately 3-feet below the grating.
Service Factor              1.15 Rotation                    Both Insulation Class            F Temperature Rise (K)        80 9.2.3.2.2.2.3 Check Valves S2(3)1401MU374/375 Each saltwater dilution pump has a check valve at the discharge to prevent backflow when one pump is operating and the other is in standby. The check valves are made of 316L stainless steel to extend the life of the pump due to corrosion.
9.2.3.2.2.2.4 Piping The saltwater dilution piping is made from 316L (seamless) stainless steel to extend the life of the piping due to corrosion. 317L weld filler material was used to enhance the weld chemical properties with the higher chromium content. Each pair of pumps discharge into independent 16 diameter piping and combine downstream into a double 16 tee connection.
Immediately upstream of the double 16 tee, the piping expands to a single 20 diameter piping where it then opens into the intake structure gate slot #1, approximately 3-feet below the grating.
The piping layout is shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369.
The piping layout is shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369.
9.2.3.2.2.2.5 Supports The saltwater dilution piping supports are shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369. The pipe supports are made from A36 carbon steel, and coated with a marine grade epoxy coating to San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-52 Rev 3 extend the life of the pipe support due to corrosion. The pipe supports are shared between both units; with the exception of pipe supports only required for Unit 3 piping.
9.2.3.2.2.2.5 Supports The saltwater dilution piping supports are shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369. The pipe supports are made from A36 carbon steel, and coated with a marine grade epoxy coating to November 2016                                   9-51                                        Rev 3
 
The saltwater dilution pump frames are shown on Drawing 28813. The pipe supports are made from A36 carbon steel, and coated with a marine grade epoxy coating to extend the life of the frames due to corrosion.
 
The pipe supports and pump frame were design ed to the 2013 California Uniform Building Code and ASCE 7-10 as documented in calculation 1814-AA021-C0145 and C0140, respectively.
 
9.2.3.2.2.2.6 Ultrasonic Flowmeters 2(3)FIT5767 Each independent piping system consists of an ultrasonic flowmeter with local indication at panel HL04. Each flowmeter has an upstream and downstream transducer mounted on the diameter pipe and is used to measure flowrate using acoustic technology. The flowmeters ar e sensitive to flow disturbances and may read inaccurate during transient conditions, such as initial pump start, air trapped in the line, two phase bubbly flow, and air slug flow. During conditions when the flowmeter is unavailable, the pressure gauge is used to estimate the dilution flowrate.
 
Each saltwater dilution pump has a discharge pressure gauge used to estimate flowrate when the ultrasonic flowmeter is unavailable. The pressure gauges are equipped with a damper and the dial face is angled upward in order to make it easier to read without traversing into the gate slot pit area. 9.2.3.2.2.3 System Operation The saltwater dilution system was not an original system to San Onofre. The SWDS was installed under the Cold and Dark modifications for dilution effluents in the permanently defueled condition. In the permanently defueled condition, two saltwater dilution pumps are required to dilute radiological effluents, but only one is required for non-radiological effluents.


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS extend the life of the pipe support due to corrosion. The pipe supports are shared between both units; with the exception of pipe supports only required for Unit 3 piping.
The saltwater dilution pump frames are shown on Drawing 28813. The pipe supports are made from A36 carbon steel, and coated with a marine grade epoxy coating to extend the life of the frames due to corrosion.
The pipe supports and pump frame were designed to the 2013 California Uniform Building Code and ASCE 7-10 as documented in calculation 1814-AA021-C0145 and C0140, respectively.
9.2.3.2.2.2.6 Ultrasonic Flowmeters 2(3)FIT5767 Each independent piping system consists of an ultrasonic flowmeter with local indication at panel HL04. Each flowmeter has an upstream and downstream transducer mounted on the 20 diameter pipe and is used to measure flowrate using acoustic technology. The flowmeters are sensitive to flow disturbances and may read inaccurate during transient conditions, such as initial pump start, air trapped in the line, two phase bubbly flow, and air slug flow. During conditions when the flowmeter is unavailable, the pressure gauge is used to estimate the dilution flowrate.
Each saltwater dilution pump has a discharge pressure gauge used to estimate flowrate when the ultrasonic flowmeter is unavailable. The pressure gauges are equipped with a damper and the dial face is angled upward in order to make it easier to read without traversing into the gate slot pit area.
9.2.3.2.2.3 System Operation The saltwater dilution system was not an original system to San Onofre. The SWDS was installed under the Cold and Dark modifications for dilution effluents in the permanently defueled condition. In the permanently defueled condition, two saltwater dilution pumps are required to dilute radiological effluents, but only one is required for non-radiological effluents.
Each saltwater dilution pump motor is started using a hand switch located in load center LDC04.
Each saltwater dilution pump motor is started using a hand switch located in load center LDC04.
The pump has no throttling valve. A check valve prevents flow from being diverted back into the suction through the other pump on the same piping system. The same hand switch is used to secure the pump. The pumps are normally rotated to prevent aggravated pitting corrosion on the submerged components of the pumps. While in standby condition, the 120V motor space heaters keep moisture out of the motor windings. The space heater push buttons are located in panel HL04, adjacent to load center LDC04.  
The pump has no throttling valve. A check valve prevents flow from being diverted back into the suction through the other pump on the same piping system. The same hand switch is used to secure the pump. The pumps are normally rotated to prevent aggravated pitting corrosion on the submerged components of the pumps. While in standby condition, the 120V motor space heaters keep moisture out of the motor windings. The space heater push buttons are located in panel HL04, adjacent to load center LDC04.
9.2.3.2.2.4 Safety Evaluation The saltwater dilution system is not safety related and therefore no safety evaluation is provided.
November 2016                                    9-52                                          Rev 3


9.2.3.2.2.4 Safety Evaluation
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.


The saltwater dilution system is not safety related and therefore no safety evaluation is provided.  
==2.4 REFERENCES==
: 1. Wilson, Dr. B. W., Estimate of Tsunami Effects at San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station, Units 2&3, December 1972.
: 2. Letter from Peter T. Dietrich to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Docket No. 50-361 Permanent Removal of Fuel from the Reactor Vessel San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 2, dated July 22, 2013.
: 3. Letter from Peter T. Dietrich to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Docket No. 50-362 Permanent Removal of Fuel from the Reactor Vessel San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 3, dated June 28, 2013.
November 2016                                  9-53                                    Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-53 Rev 3 9.2.4   
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.3 PROCESS AUXILIARIES Not all subsystems of Process Auxiliaries are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.
System                                  Status Compressed Air System                      Removed from Service Process Sampling System                    Removed from Service Sump and Drain Systems                    Partially Removed from Service Chemical and Volume Control System        Removed from Service Hydrogen System                            Removed from Service Post-Accident Sampling System              Removed from Service Reactor Coolant Gas Vent System            Removed from Service 9.3.1 SUMP AND DRAIN SYSTEMS Portions of the Sump and Drain Systems are required in the permanently defueled condition.
The sumps and drains systems consist of collection piping, equipment drains, floor drains, vents, traps (in nonradioactive systems only), cleanouts, oil separators, and the collection sumps.
Portions of the Sump and Drain Systems have been removed from service. The applicable operational information has been removed to indicate that the system performs no licensing bases or design bases function. Although portions of the system do not support operation, the system may still contain fluids, gases or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See P&IDs, One Line Diagrams, and General Arrangement drawings for current plant configuration.
Structures / Systems / Components                              Status Diesel Generator Building Sump (Non-Radioactive)                          Available Intake Structure Area Sump (Non-Radioactive)                              Available Oily Waste Sump (Non-Radioactive)                                        Available Storm Drainage (Non-Radioactive)                                          Available Sanitary Drainage and Sewage Treatment Plant (Non-Radioactive)            Available South Yard Facility Interceptor (Non-Radioactive)                        Available November 2016                                   9-54                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-54 Rev 3 9.3 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Structures / Systems / Components                                Status East and West Oily Waste Holding Sump (Non-Radioactive)                    Available MSIV Area Sump [Rain Water] (Non-Radioactive)                              Available Component Cooling Water Area Sump (Radioactive)                            Partially Removed from Service*
Containment Area Sump (Radioactive)                                        Partially Removed from Service*
Fuel Handling Building Area Sump (Radioactive)                            Available Penetration Building Area Sump (Radioactive)                              Available Safety Injection Area Sump (Radioactive)                                  Available Storage Tank Area Sump (Radioactive)                                      Partially Removed from Service*
Auxiliary (Control) Building Area Sump (normally non-radioactive)          Available Radwaste Area Sump (Radioactive)                                          Available East Turbine Building Area Sump (normally non-radioactive)                Available West Turbine Building Area Sump (normally non-radioactive)                Available North Industrial Area Sump (normally non-radioactive)                      Available BPS Neutralization Sump [Holding] (normally non-radioactive)              Available South Yard Facility Decon Tank and Sump (normally non-                    Available radioactive)
*Since collection of fluids in these sumps is unlikely, the pumps have been removed.
9.3.1.1 Design Bases The design bases for the sump and drain systems are as follows:
A. The design and arrangement of the nonradioactive drainage systems ensure that potentially radioactive materials will be diverted to the radioactive sumps if contamination should occur. In some cases this is ensured by administrative means.
B. The radioactive sumps and drain system collects potentially radioactive liquid wastes, at atmospheric pressure, from equipment and flood drainage of the radwaste building, fuel handling building, Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump (if contaminated), penetration area, and the safety injection area. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.
C. Systems that are not potentially radioactive are provided for the collection and disposal of storm drainage, oily waste, sanitary drainage, and clear water waste. Water is separated from oil and sediment using the East Oily Waste Holding Sump separator.
November 2016                                   9-55                                        Rev 3


9.3.1 SUMP AND DRAIN SYSTE MS 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. Sump pumps are designed to discharge at a flowrate adequate for preventing sump overflow during normally anticipated drainage periods. During heavy rain, the Turbine Building Sumps may overflow onto the condensate system pipe trench and water will accumulate temporarily on the floor of the 7 elevation of the turbine building. Flooding of the condensate system pipe trench and 7 elevation of the turbine building is inconsequential as there is no operating equipment that would be impacted by flooding (non-essential operating equipment protected by pedestals/berms) and/or there are no areas requiring access for operator action in the permanently defueled condition.
E. The sumps for potentially radioactive drainage are fitted with covers and liners (except as noted).
Codes and standards applicable to the floor drainage systems are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. Generally, equipment and floor drainage collection piping from the areas of potential radioactivity is constructed in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0. All other drainage systems comply with the requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code.
9.3.1.2 System Description 9.3.1.2.1 General Description The arrangement for nonradioactive drain systems is such that they only serve areas where no radioactivity is expected. The nature of the sanitary waste system makes it unlikely that radioactive wastes would enter through this path. The Unit 2 and 3 area storm drain system are conveyed to the Units 2 and 3 circulating water system intake.
In the permanently defueled condition, the MSIV sump is used for collection and discharge of rain water and does not have the potential to become radioactive, but discharges into the respective units East Turbine Building sump that has a monitored release path.
The North Industrial Area (NIA) Yard Sump effluents are only conveyed to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall. The NIA yard sump is normally non-radioactive. However, due to historical contamination events, the NIA discharge path is monitored as described in Section 9.3.1.2.3.2 G.
The arrangement for potentially radioactive drain systems is such that they serve areas where radioactivity is not normally expected, but has the potential to become contaminated. The radwaste area sump collects radioactive and potentially radioactive water from various sources.
Several non-radioactive and potentially radioactive drains and sumps discharge into the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump. The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump discharge is monitored for radioactivity with radiation monitor 2RE7821. If radioactivity is detected, the radiation monitor alarms to CDAS and trips the sump pumps. The contaminated water is manually diverted to the radwaste area sump for processing. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.
November 2016                                    9-56                                        Rev 3


The applicable operational information has been removed to indicate that the system performs no licensing bases or design bases function.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
Although portions of the system do not support operation, the system may still contain fluids, gases or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant.
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS If no radioactivity is detected, the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump normally discharges to the East Oily Waste Holding Sump where oil and sediment is separated [nonradioactive contaminants] and conveyed to the storm drains that discharge into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake.
See P&IDs, One Line Diagrams, and General Arrangement drawings for current plant configuration.  
9.3.1.2.2 Component Description 9.3.1.2.2.1 Cleanouts In all collection system piping from areas of potential radioactivity, cleanouts are provided, when practicable, at the base of each vertical riser, where the change of direction in horizontal runs is 90&#xba;, at offsets where the aggregate change is 135&#xba; or greater, and at maximum intervals of 50 feet. Cleanouts are welded directly to the piping and located with their access covers flush with the finished floor or wall.
9.3.1.2.2.2 Equipment Drains Drain lines from equipment that may be pressurized during drainage, and where the flow is by a direct or indirect connection to the floor drain system, are equipped with valves that may be throttled, so that the equipment discharge flow will not exceed the gravity flow capacity of the drainage header at atmospheric pressure.
9.3.1.2.2.3 Floor Drains All floor drains are installed with rims flush with the low-point elevation of the finished floor.
Floor drains in areas of potential radioactivity are welded directly to the collection piping. Floor drains in areas where there is no potential for radioactivity are provided with caulked or threaded connections.
9.3.1.2.2.4 Traps Inlets to all drainage systems, except those in areas of potential radioactivity and those in storm drainage and gravity collection service, are provided with a water seal in the form of a vented P-trap to minimize entry into the building of vermin, foul odors, and toxic, corrosive, or flammable vapors. Air pressure vent lines to the outside atmosphere are provided downstream of the P-traps to prevent excessive backpressures that could cause blowout or siphonage of the water seal. Traps are not installed at inlets in areas of potential radioactivity in order to preclude either a potential for an accumulation of radioactivity in the trap or difficult maintenance of seal water level.
9.3.1.2.2.5 Collection Piping In areas of potential radioactivity, the collection system piping for the liquid system is stainless steel. Potentially radioactive chemical waste and detergent waste collection system piping is stainless steel. Where necessary to vent potentially radioactive liquid waste collection systems, connections are provided to the gaseous radwaste system. Offsets in the piping are provided November 2016                                    9-57                                            Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-55 Rev 3                                   9.3.1.1 Design Bases
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS where necessary for radiation shielding. The fabrication and installation of the piping provides for a uniform slope that induces waste to flow in the piping at a velocity of not less than 2 ft/s.
Equipment drainage piping is terminated not less than one and one-half nominal pipe diameters above the finished floor or drain receiver at each location where the discharge from equipment is to be collected. The final connections are made after the equipment is installed in its proper location.
9.3.1.2.2.6 Pumps Redundant sump pumps are provided in the Unit 2 East Turbine Building and Fuel Handling Building sumps. Other area sumps are fitted with a single pump. Individual pump capacities are determined by the expected normal maximum inflow from the associated drainage subsystem.
Pumps are capable of starting eight times per hour for one day without damage. Pumps are submersible with local control (auto/manual/off).
9.3.1.2.2.7 Leakage Detection A. Spent Fuel Pool There are 59 separate 3/4-inch lines located on the spent fuel pool liner plate that discharge to the spent fuel pool leak detection compartment located inside the fuel handling building. This arrangement allows the operator to determine which area of the liner plate may be leaking and to take corrective action if warranted. The spent fuel pool leak detection compartment discharges to the fuel handling building sump.
B. Radwaste Area Each separate drain header in the radwaste area discharges to a leak detection compartment located in the radwaste area sump room. In addition there are local sumps located outside of tank and filter rooms.
9.3.1.2.2.8 Collection Sumps Portions of some systems, which are at too low an elevation-to-drain by gravity to the designated collection point, drain to a collection sump from which the waste is pumped to an elevation sufficient to enter the gravity drainage portion of that system from above.
The various sump parameters are tabulated in Table 9.3-4.
9.3.1.2.3 System Operation The various subsystems drain directly to the appropriate collection point by gravity. Sump pumps have two options; they can be started manually or automatically. The subsystems and their operation are described in subsequent paragraphs according to their classification as nonradioactive or potentially radioactive.
November 2016                                    9-58                                          Rev 3


The radioactive sumps and drain system collects potentially radioactive liquid wastes, at atmospheric pressure, from equipment and flood drainage of the radwaste building, fuel handling building, Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump (if contaminated), penetration area, and the safety injection area. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Manual operation of the sump pumps is maintained when needed for the following purposes:
Analysis for chemical and radioactivity contamination Prevent overflow of radwaste sump Prevent oil contamination of radwaste sump Leakage observation and leakage source determination The following sump pumps are normally controlled in automatic operation via a float-type switch. The control circuit provides the ability for manual operation. When the sump level rises to a preset point, action of the float switch (integral to the pump) starts the pump.
Diesel Generator Building Sump Intake Structure Area Sump Oily Waste Sumps Sanitary Drainage and Sewage Treatment Plant MSIV Area Sumps Fuel Handling Building Area Sump Penetration Building Area Sump Safety Injection Area Sump Auxiliary (Control) Building Area Sump Radwaste Area Sump East Turbine Building Area Sumps West Turbine Building Area Sumps BPS Neutralization Sumps (repurposed as an additional holding sump)
The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps do not have pumps. A temporary submersible pump is used and manually controlled for the West Oily Waste Holding Sump. The West sump is normally empty and only used for a few conditions as described in Section 9.3.1.2.3.1 H.
The North Industrial Area Yard Drain Sump pumps are operated automatically, as described in Section 9.3.1.2.3.2 G.
The Radwaste Area Sump, Unit 2 East Turbine Building Area sump, the Auxiliary Building Area Sump, the North Industrial Area Yard Drain sump, and the East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps are shared by Unit 2 and Unit 3. All other areas have identical sumps and sump pumps in each unit.
9.3.1.2.3.1 Nonradioactive Sumps A. Diesel Generator Building Sump (MW832)
The Diesel Generator Building Sumps are located just outside the diesel generator building. It collects normal equipment and floor drainage from this area. Each unit is provided with one submersible sump pump. The Unit 2 sump pump discharges to the November 2016                                    9-59                                      Rev 3


Water is separated from oil and sediment using the East Oily Waste Holding Sump separator.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS East Oily Waste Holding Sump. The Unit 3 sump pump discharges into the Unit 3 East Turbine Building Sump.
B. Intake Structure Area Sump (MW833)
The Intake Structure Area Sumps are located in the intake structure area and collects normal equipment and floor drainage. Each unit is provided with one submersible pump.
The sump pumps normally discharge to the East Oily Waste Holding Sumps but can also discharge to the West Oily Waste Holding Sump.
C. Oily Waste Sump (MW834)
The Oily Waste Sumps are located near the unit circulating water system gates on elevation 30-ft. The sump collects drainage from the following areas:
Area equipment and floor drains Clean and Dirty Lube Oil Storage Tank Area Each unit is provided with one submersible pump. Both units sump pumps normally discharge into the Unit 2 East Oily Waste Holding Sumps where it is processed of oil contaminants (nonradioactive) and released to the Unit 2 circulating water system intake via storm drains. Alternatively, the sump pumps can discharge into the Unit 2 West Oily Waste Holding sump.
D. Storm Drainage The Unit 2 and 3 storm drainage system collects water resulting from precipitation on all Unit 2 and 3 building roofs and areaways, paved and unpaved surfaces, and irrigation runoffs outside the buildings and conveys it to the intake structure.
E. Sanitary Drainage and Sewage Treatment Plant The sanitary drainage system collects liquid wastes and some entrained solids discharged by all plumbing fixtures located in areas not sources of potentially radioactive waste, and conveys them to the plant sanitary waste treatment system. The Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) is located in the North Industrial Area. The sewage treatment plant overflow is routed to the NIA sump. The STP discharges to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall.
November 2016                                9-60                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-56 Rev During heavy rain, the Turbine Building Sumps may overflow onto the condensate system pipe trench and water will accumulate temporarily on the floor of . Flooding inconsequential as there is no operating equipment that would be impacted by flooding (non-essential operating equipment protected by pedestals/berms) and/or there are no areas requiring access for operator action in the permanently defueled condition.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.3-4 SUMP PARAMETERS Project    Elevation                                  Pump              Gorman-Dimensions (ft)                    Pump Sump          Classifi-                                             Capacity            Rupp Pump          Remarks ft. in. Long x Wide x Deep                    Head (ft) cation                                              (gal/min)            Curve Nonradioactive:
Diesel generator building  32C*      30      0        4.5x5.5x6.0                95      20      S2F-E1-1  See Note 1 for Unit 3 S3B-1    Trapezoidal-plan Intake structure area      43C*      (-)7      5 (9.0x9.6x11.3x8.0)x15.0          275      58 dimensions, Note 1 S3A-1 Oily waste area sump      43C*      30      0      14.5x18.0x21.1              145      80                Note 1 South Yard Facility oil
                              -      104      6  21.25x13x13.25 (inches)            -        -        N/A    Dimensions are in inches Interceptor MSIV Area Sump            43C*      18      0          (trench)                105      50      S2E-1    Notes 1 and 3 East and West Oily Waste 43C*      30      0          multiple                N/A      N/A        N/A    Note 4 Holding Sumps Sewage Treatment Plant
                              -      14      0            N/A                  N/A      N/A        N/A    100,000 GPD capacity (STP)
Potentially radioactive:
Fuel handling building    32ND      17      6        4.5x5.5x6.0                95      20      S2F-E1-1  Note 1 Penetration area          32ND        9      0        4.5x5.5x6.0                85      25      S2F-E1-1  Note 1 Safety injection area      32ND    (-)15      6        9.5x7.5x9.0                45      65      S2E-1    Note 1 Auxiliary building        32C*        9      0        4.5x5.5x6.0                85      25      S2F-E1-1  Notes 1 and 2 BPS Neutralization Sump 43C*        7      0          12x30x8                  115      35      S2B-1    Notes 1 and 5 (holding)
Radwaste area              32ND        9      0      14.0x16.0x15.0              100      40      S2B-1    Note 1 November 2016                                                      9-61                                                              Rev 3


Codes and standards applicable to the floor drainage systems are listed in Controlled Document - Generally, equipment and floor drainage collection piping from the areas of potential radioactivity is constructed in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0. All other drainage systems comply with the requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.3-4 SUMP PARAMETERS (cont.)
9.3.1.2 System Description
Project   Elevation                            Pump                  Gorman-Dimensions (ft)                 Pump Sump             Classifi-                                     Capacity             Rupp Pump           Remarks ft. in. Long x Wide x Deep               Head (ft) cation                                      (gal/min)               Curve South Yard Facility decon
 
                                  -     105     0         6.0x6.0x4.0         80         12         N/A     Note 2 sump South Yard Facility decon Shower tank
9.3.1.2.1 General Description
                                  -     105     6       (100 gallons)       N/A       N/A         N/A Unit 2 East turbine plant 32C*     7     0         4.5x5.5x8.0         250         95       S4C-1     Notes 1 and 2 area Unit 3 East turbine plant 32C*     7     0         4.5x5.5x8.0         115         35       S2B-1     Notes 1 and 2 area Unit 2 and 3 West turbine 32C*     7     0         4.5x5.5x6.0         165         20       S2B-1     Notes 1 and 2 plant area North Industrial Area Yard                                                   2000        100                  Controls and discharge 43C*     15     0         19x43x14                                 N/A Drain Sump                                                                  4000        60                  piping are 32ND Notes:
 
: 1. Flow will vary depending on operating condition (variable system demand).
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-57 Rev 3
: 2. No liner is required.
 
: 3. MSIV area sump is for collection of rain water; non-radioactive sump that discharges into a monitored path 2RE7821.
9.3.1.2.2 Component Description
: 4. A temporary submersible sump is used to manually transfer to the east oily waste holding sump. Treated water from east sump empties into the Unit 2 storm drains by way of overflow. The storm drains empty into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake. Releases are unmonitored.
 
: 5. Repurposed as a holding sump for potentially radioactive liquids.
9.3.1.2.2.1
November 2016                                                       9-62                                                            Rev 3
 
9.3.1.2.2.2
 
9.3.1.2.2.3
 
9.3.1.2.2.4
 
9.3.1.2.2.5
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-58 Rev 3
 
9.3.1.2.2.6
 
9.3.1.2.2.7
 
9.3.1.2.2.8
 
9.3.1.2.3 System Operation
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-59 Rev 3           
 
The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps do not have pumps.
A temporary submersible pump is used and manually controlled for the West Oily Waste Holding Sump. The West sump is normally empty and only used for a few conditions as described in Section 9.3.1.2.3.1 H. 
 
9.3.1.2.3.1 (MW832)   Each unit is provided with one submersible sump pump.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-60 Rev 3    (MW833)  Each unit is provided with one submersible pump.      (MW834)  The Oily Waste Sumps are located near the unit circulating water system gates on elevation 30-ft. The sump collects drainage from the following areas:
Each unit is provided with one submersible pump. discharge into the Unit 2 East Oily Waste Holding Sumps where it is processed of oil contaminants (nonradioactive) and released to the Unit 2 circulating water system intake via storm drains. Alternatively, the sump pumps can discharge into the Unit 2 West Oily Waste Holding sump.
 
The sewage treatment plant overflow is routed to the NIA sump.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-61 Rev 3    Sump Project Classifi-cation Elevation Dimensions (ft)
Long x Wide x Deep Pump Capacity (gal/min) Pump Head (ft) Gorman-Rupp Pump Curve Remarks ft. in. Nonradioactive:
Diesel generator building 32 C* 30 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 95 20 S2F-E1-1 See Note 1 for Unit 3 Intake structure area 43C* (-)7 5 (9.0x9.6x11.3x8.0)x15.0 2 75 58 S3B-1 Trapezoidal
-plan dimensions, Note 1 Oily waste area sump 43C* 30 0 14.5x18.0x21.1 145 80 S3A-1 Note 1  South Yard Facility oil Interceptor
- 104 6 21.25x13x13.25 (inches)
- - N/A Dimensions are in inches MSIV Area Sump 43C* 18 0 (trench) 105 50 S2E-1 Note s 1 and 3 East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps 43C* 30 0 multiple N/A N/A N/A Note 4 Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) - 14 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A 100,000 GPD capacity Potentially radioactive:
Fuel handling building 32ND 17 6 4.5x5.5x6.0 95 20 S2 F-E1-1 Note 1 Penetration area 32ND 9 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 85 25 S2F-E1-1 Note 1 Safety injection area 32ND (-)15 6 9.5x7.5x9.0 45 65 S2E-1 Note 1 Auxiliary building 3 2 C* 9 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 85 25 S2F-E1-1 Note s 1 and 2 BPS Neutralization Sump (holding) 43C* 7 0 12x30x8 115 35 S2B-1 Note s 1 and 5 Radwaste area 32ND 9 0 14.0x16.0x15
.0 100 40 S2B-1 Note 1 San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-62 Rev 3    Sump Project Classifi-cation Elevation Dimensions (ft)
Long x Wide x Deep Pump Capacity (gal/min) Pump Head (ft) Gorman-Rupp Pump Curve Remarks ft. in. South Yard Facility decon sump - 105 0 6.0x6.0x4.0 80 12 N/A Note 2 South Yard Facility decon Shower tank
- 105 6 (100 gallons)
N/A N/A N/A Unit 2 East turbine plant area 32C* 7 0 4.5x5.5x8.0 250 95 S4C-1 Note s 1 and 2 Unit 3 East turbine plant area 32C* 7 0 4.5x5.5x8.0 115 35 S2B-1 Note s 1 and 2 Unit 2 and 3 West turbine plant area 32C* 7 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 165 20 S2B-1 Note s 1 and 2 North Industrial Area Yard Drain Sump 43C* 15 0 19x43x14 2000 4000 100 60 N/A Controls and discharge piping are 32ND Notes: 1. Flow will vary depending on operating condition (variable system demand)
. 2. No liner is required. 3. MSIV area sump is for collection of rain water; non
-radioactive sump that discharges into a monitored path 2RE7821
. 4. A temporary submersible sump is used to manually transfer to the east oily waste holding sump. Treated water from east sump empties into the Unit 2 storm drains by way of overflow. The storm drains empty into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake. Releases are unmonitored.
: 5. Repurposed as a holding sump for potentially radioactive liquids
.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-63 Rev 3 The South Yard Facility Oil Interceptor is not shown on drawings. See Controlled Drawing 48716 for aerial view of oil interceptor (OI-1).


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS F. South Yard Facility Oil Interceptor The oil interceptor is located in the cold machine shop. It collects floor water from this area. The oil is manually cleaned and the water is gravity discharged to the sewer system. The South Yard Facility Oil Interceptor is not shown on Control Room /
Command Center drawings. See Controlled Drawing 48716 for aerial view of oil interceptor (OI-1).
G. MSIV Area Sump (MW848)
G. MSIV Area Sump (MW848)
In the permanently defueled condition, the Units 2 and 3 MSIV Area Sumps do not have the potential to become contaminated. The MSIV Area sump is used for collection of rain water in the MSIV area. Each unit is provided with one submersible pump. The   H. East and West Oily Waste Holding Sump and Oil Separator (MW1251)
In the permanently defueled condition, the Units 2 and 3 MSIV Area Sumps do not have the potential to become contaminated. The MSIV Area sump is used for collection of rain water in the MSIV area. Each unit is provided with one submersible pump. The sump pump discharges into its respective units East Turbine Building Sump.
The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps are unique to Unit 2 and located in front of the Unit 2 Emergency Diesel Generator Building on elevation 30-ft. two incoming collection lines are equipped with commercial syphon breakers to prevent syphoning. The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps receive and hold liquids from the following:
H. East and West Oily Waste Holding Sump and Oil Separator (MW1251)
Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump (if not contaminated) Unit 2 Diesel Generator Building (east sump only)
The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps are unique to Unit 2 and located in front of the Unit 2 Emergency Diesel Generator Building on elevation 30-ft. The east sumps two incoming collection lines are equipped with commercial syphon breakers to prevent syphoning. The west sumps single collection line does not require a syphon breaker.
The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps receive and hold liquids from the following:
Either units Oily Waste Sumps Either units Intake Structure Sumps Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump (if not contaminated)
Unit 2 Diesel Generator Building (east sump only)
The East Oily Waste Holding sumps provide water separation from oil and sediments and discharge to:
The East Oily Waste Holding sumps provide water separation from oil and sediments and discharge to:
Storm drain that conveys to Unit 2 circulating water system intake (via overflow of treated water) Truck Disposal The West Oily Waste Holding Sump is not normally used and is intended for the temporary storage of oily waste water awaiting processing. The west sump is normally empty. It could be used in situations where processing facilities are not available or drainage exceeds processing capabilities. The west sump could also be used to store waste water that has emulsions or chemicals which cannot be treated. The west sump is San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-64 Rev 3 manually pumped, with temporary submersible pumps, to transfer water to the East Oily Waste Holding Sump.
Storm drain that conveys to Unit 2 circulating water system intake (via overflow of treated water)
Truck Disposal The West Oily Waste Holding Sump is not normally used and is intended for the temporary storage of oily waste water awaiting processing. The west sump is normally empty. It could be used in situations where processing facilities are not available or drainage exceeds processing capabilities. The west sump could also be used to store waste water that has emulsions or chemicals which cannot be treated. The west sump is November 2016                                 9-63                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS manually pumped, with temporary submersible pumps, to transfer water to the East Oily Waste Holding Sump.
The East Oily Waste Holding Sump is to provide for the normal processing of oily waste water. The sump has an oil water separator and is divided into multiple areas:
The East Oily Waste Holding Sump is to provide for the normal processing of oily waste water. The sump has an oil water separator and is divided into multiple areas:
Inlet pool is where oily waste water enters the system for processing. The inlet pool capacity is approximately 375 ga l/in. normally closed drain valve which is operated via reach rod to allow draining. The oil separator assemblies has three racks; one coalescer and two separators, all divided into six equal areas. Oil and water weir   Oil and water weirs are used in directing oil and water into the proper storage section. The oil weir is 1-maximum water capacity of 400 gpm. An oil storage section for separated oil is provided for transferring separated oil to a tanker truck for disposal. The oil storage section capacity is 10,500 gallons (875 gals/foot x 12 feet). Treated water is temporar ily stored and empties into the storm drain (by overflow). The storm drains convey into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake. The raw water containing oil and sediments passes in the horizontal direction between the closely spaced plates in the pack. Laminar flow conditions are established while the water flows across the pack from the inlet to the outlet side. Laminar flow conditions are essential conditions for the effective separation of the oil, water, and solids. In the course of passing from the pack inlet to pack outlet, the oil rises to the top of the plates and slides up the incline of the plate to the top of the process tank and the solids settle to the bottom of the plates and slide down the incline to the bottom of the process tank.
Inlet pool is where oily waste water enters the system for processing. The inlet pool capacity is approximately 375 gal/in. The inlet pools overflow weir has a normally closed drain valve which is operated via reach rod to allow draining.
The oil separator assemblies has three racks; one coalescer and two separators, all divided into six equal areas. Oil and water weir separator height is 95 with approximately 24 below for sludge storage.
Oil and water weirs are used in directing oil and water into the proper storage section. The oil weir is 1-1/2 higher than the water weir to provide a maximum water capacity of 400 gpm.
An oil storage section for separated oil is provided for transferring separated oil to a tanker truck for disposal. The oil storage section capacity is 10,500 gallons (875 gals/foot x 12 feet).
Treated water is temporarily stored and empties into the storm drain (by overflow). The storm drains convey into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake.
The raw water containing oil and sediments passes in the horizontal direction between the closely spaced plates in the pack. Laminar flow conditions are established while the water flows across the pack from the inlet to the outlet side. Laminar flow conditions are essential conditions for the effective separation of the oil, water, and solids. In the course of passing from the pack inlet to pack outlet, the oil rises to the top of the plates and slides up the incline of the plate to the top of the process tank and the solids settle to the bottom of the plates and slide down the incline to the bottom of the process tank.
9.3.1.2.3.2 Potentially Radioactive Sumps A. Fuel Handling Building Sump (MW841)
This sump is located in the fuel handling building and collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage. The pumps discharge to the radwaste area sump. Pump control switches are installed locally.
B. Penetration Area Sump (MW842)
This sump is located in the penetration area between the containment and the fuel handling building, and collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage. The pumps discharge to the radwaste area sump. Pump control switches are mounted locally.
November 2016                                    9-64                                            Rev 3


9.3.1.2.3.2 Potentially Radioactive Sumps (MW841)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
(MW842) 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS C. Safety Injection Area Sump (MW843)
 
This sump is located in the safety equipment building on the safety injection side. It collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage from this area plus some potential ground water intrusion. The pumps discharge to the radwaste area sump. Pump control switches are mounted locally.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-65 Rev 3    (MW843)
D Auxiliary Building Sump (SA2419AUXSUMP)
(SA2419AUXSUMP)
This sump is located on the Control Room / Command Center side of the auxiliary building, and collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage from the area. The pump discharges to Unit 2 East Turbine Plant Area Sump. Sump pump control switches are mounted locally.
(MW845) and from the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump if it becomes contaminated. The radwaste sump pumps discharge to the chemical waste tanks T-064. The chemical waste tank and processing of liquid radwaste is discussing in Chapter 11.   (MW835) (MW836)
E. Radwaste Area Sump (MW845)
Additionally, the Units 2 and 3 East Turbine Building sumps have been repurposed in the permanently defueled condition for the following functions.  
This sump is located in the radwaste building. It collects all normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage from the radwaste building, the discharge from all potentially radioactive sumps as discussed above, and from the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump if it becomes contaminated. The radwaste sump pumps discharge to the chemical waste tanks T-064. The chemical waste tank and processing of liquid radwaste is discussing in Chapter 11. Pump control switches are mounted locally.
 
F. East (MW835) and West (MW836) Turbine Plant Area Sumps These sumps collect all normal equipment and floor drainage from the turbine plant area.
The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump also collects drainage from the following:  
Additionally, the Units 2 and 3 East Turbine Building sumps have been repurposed in the permanently defueled condition for the following functions.
 
The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump also collects drainage from the following:
Unit 2 MSIV area sump Unit 2 BPS sump Unit 2 West Turbine Plant Area sump Common Auxiliary Building sump East Turbine Building sump also collects drainage from the   Unit 3 MSIV area sump Unit 3 BPS sump Unit 3 West Turbine Plant Area sump San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-66 Rev 3 Common Auxiliary Building sump  Unit 3 Diesel Generator Building sump In the permanently defueled condition, the Unit 3 East Turbine Building sump pump discharges into the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump. 
Unit 2 MSIV area sump Unit 2 BPS sump Unit 2 West Turbine Plant Area sump Common Auxiliary Building sump The Unit 3 East Turbine Building sump also collects drainage from the following:
Unit 3 MSIV area sump Unit 3 BPS sump Unit 3 West Turbine Plant Area sump November 2016                                 9-65                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Common Auxiliary Building sump Unit 3 Diesel Generator Building sump In the permanently defueled condition, the Unit 3 East Turbine Building sump pump discharges into the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump.
The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump pump normally discharges into the East Oily Waste Holding Sump for processing (nonradioactive). An alternate alignment would be to the West Oily Waste Holding Sump which is normally empty. The East Oily Waste Holding sump separates water from oil and sediments. Treated water overflows into the storm drains that empty into the Unit 2 circulating system intake.
The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump pump normally discharges into the East Oily Waste Holding Sump for processing (nonradioactive). An alternate alignment would be to the West Oily Waste Holding Sump which is normally empty. The East Oily Waste Holding sump separates water from oil and sediments. Treated water overflows into the storm drains that empty into the Unit 2 circulating system intake.
However, if the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump should become contaminated, radiation monitor 2RE7821 alarms on high radiation level to the CDAS and trips the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump pumps. The discharge is manually diverted to the Radwaste Area Sump for processing. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.
However, if the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump should become contaminated, radiation monitor 2RE7821 alarms on high radiation level to the CDAS and trips the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump pumps. The discharge is manually diverted to the Radwaste Area Sump for processing. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.
(MW828)
G. North Industrial Area Yard Drain Sump (MW828)
 
This sump collects water resulting from precipitation on paved and unpaved surfaces within the North Industrial Area (formerly Unit 1 yard area), areas near the AWS building, the sewage treatment plant overflow and dewatering of ground water from Unit 1 decommissioning. The sump normally discharges to the Unit 2 outfall. Because of contamination events at Unit 1, the yard drain sump is credited as a liquid radioactive effluent release point and equipped with a continuous radiation monitor. The sump radiation monitor alarms on high radiation level and stops the pump(s).
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-6 7 Rev 3 H. BPS Neutralization Sump (MW846)
The sump has two pumps of different capacity which do not run simultaneously. The smaller pump will manage normal rainfall. The larger pump will manage up to a 50 year storm. The pumps are normally controlled in automatic operation. An ultrasonic-type level indicating controller controls the sump pumps. When the sump level rises to a preset point, actuation of the first ultrasonic level controller setpoint starts the small pump. When the pump lowers the sump level to a point just above the pump volute, the ultrasonic level setpoint resets, stopping the pump. If the level continues to rise, a second ultrasonic level controller setpoint starts the larger pump and stops the smaller pump. If the level still continues to rise, a third setpoint of the ultrasonic level controller actuates an alarm in the Control Room / Command Center which advises the operators of a potential flooding condition. After the pump lowers the sump level to a preset point, the ultrasonic level setpoint resets, stops the large pump and restarts the small pump. The ultrasonic level switch is configured such that a loss of instrument power or instrument failure will cause a trouble alarm, alerting the operators of a malfunction.
November 2016                                     9-66                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The sump is a reinforced concrete structure designed in accordance with Uniform Building Code. It has a cover and is not lined. The sump inlet piping is PVC and the discharge is Stainless Steel.
H. BPS Neutralization Sump (MW846)
In the permanent defueled condition, the Units 2 and 3 BPS neutralization sumps have been repurposed as additional holding sumps for storing potentially radioactive water if the normal process sumps are full or unavailable. The sump has an operating volume of approximately 17,000 gallons, 2 HP pump motors, and sump pumps rated at approximately 180 gal/min at 10 feet of total developed head. The sump pumps discharge to the East Turbine Plant Sump. As additional sump volume is required, other sumps will discharge into this sump using portable submersible pumps.
In the permanent defueled condition, the Units 2 and 3 BPS neutralization sumps have been repurposed as additional holding sumps for storing potentially radioactive water if the normal process sumps are full or unavailable. The sump has an operating volume of approximately 17,000 gallons, 2 HP pump motors, and sump pumps rated at approximately 180 gal/min at 10 feet of total developed head. The sump pumps discharge to the East Turbine Plant Sump. As additional sump volume is required, other sumps will discharge into this sump using portable submersible pumps.
I. South Yard Facility Decon Tank and Sump The South Yard Facility Decon Sump and pump are not shown on drawings. See Controlled Drawing 48717 for piping isometric of decon area sump, pump (P-1/P-001), and the connection to the sewer line.  
I. South Yard Facility Decon Tank and Sump The South Yard Facility Decon Sump and pump are not shown on Control Room /
 
Command Center drawings. See Controlled Drawing 48717 for piping isometric of decon area sump, pump (P-1/P-001), and the connection to the sewer line.
All potentially radioactive liquids generated in the South Yard Facility Building are routed to a sump located in the Decontamination Shop. Liquids from the areas of the building that are designed for processing radioactive materials reach the sump from the floor. Liquids from the Decon Shower are collected in a tank and trucked to the plant for release through a credited liquid effluent release point, such as the Turbine Plant Sump.
All potentially radioactive liquids generated in the South Yard Facility Building are routed to a sump located in the Decontamination Shop. Liquids from the areas of the building that are designed for processing radioactive materials reach the sump from the floor. Liquids from the Decon Shower are collected in a tank and trucked to the plant for release through a credited liquid effluent release point, such as the Turbine Plant Sump.
Water collected in the Decon Sump is mixed, sampled, and normally discharged to the sanitary sewer system in the South Yard. However, when activity is detected, the sump is drained and transported to a credited liquid effluent release point, such as the Turbine Plant Sump, for release.  
Water collected in the Decon Sump is mixed, sampled, and normally discharged to the sanitary sewer system in the South Yard. However, when activity is detected, the sump is drained and transported to a credited liquid effluent release point, such as the Turbine Plant Sump, for release.
9.3.1.3 Safety Evaluation An evaluation of radiological considerations for normal operation and postulated spills and accidents is presented in Chapters 11 and 15.
9.3.1.4 Tests and Inspections 9.3.1.4.1 Preoperational Testing All waste collection systems from areas of no radioactivity potential were tested for 15 minutes at a hydrostatic test pressure equal to a 10-foot head of water. All collection systems from areas with a radioactivity potential are hydrostatically tested to 15 lb/in.2g in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0.
November 2016                                    9-67                                          Rev 3


9.3.1.3 Safety Evaluation
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.3.1.4.2 Operational Testing Capability The operability of equipment and floor drainage systems dependent on gravity flow can be checked by normal usage. Portions of these systems, dependent upon pumps to raise liquid waste to gravity drains, may be checked through instrumentation and alarm registry in the Control Room / Command Center.
9.3.1.5 Instrumentation Applications For leak detection purposes, a level alarm is provided in the CDAS for the Fuel Handling Building Sump and the Radwaste Building Sump levels.
9.


9.3.1.4 Tests and Inspections
==3.2 REFERENCES==
: 1. National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit CA0109282, Order No. R9-2015-0073, December 16, 2015.
November 2016                                  9-68                                      Rev 3


9.3.1.4.1 Preoperational Testing
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4 HEATING, VENTILATING, COOLING, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of the Heating, Ventilating, Cooling, and Air Conditioning Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.
Systems                                        Status Containment Building Ventilation Systems                  Removed from Service Auxiliary Building Heating, Ventilating, and Air          Partially Removed from Service Conditioning Systems Support Building Ventilation Systems                      Partially Removed from Service This section describes the air conditioning, heating, cooling, and ventilation systems employed in the containment building, auxiliary building, and support buildings and structures. The outside ambient air temperatures used as the basis for all heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system designs are 36&deg;F minimum and 85&deg;F maximum except for the South Yard Facility building which uses 35&deg;F minimum.
9.4.1 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEMS The Containment Building Ventilation Systems have been removed from service as indicated in the table below.
Systems                                        Status Containment Normal Cooling System                              Removed from Service Large Volume Purge and Recirculation Cleanup System            Removed from Service CEDM Cooling System                                            Removed from Service Reactor Cavity Cooling System                                  Removed from Service Lower-Level Circulation System                                  Removed from Service Tendon Gallery Ventilation System                              Removed from Service Mini-Purge System                                              Removed from Service MSIV Enclosure and Penetration Area Cooling System              Removed from Service Containment Emergency Cooling Units                            Removed from Service Dome Air Circulating Units                                      Removed from Service November 2016                                    9-69                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-68 Rev 3 9.3.1.4.2 Operational Testing Capability
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2 AUXILIARY BUILDING HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS The normal and emergency auxiliary building HVAC systems are discussed in this subsection.
Normal auxiliary building HVAC systems include several subsystems and ducting that serve the various areas of the auxiliary building. Emergency auxiliary building ventilation systems include ventilating, and air conditioning subsystems that service the auxiliary building. Following is the status of these systems.
Systems                                      Status Normal Auxiliary Building HVAC Systems            Partially Removed from Service Emergency Auxiliary Building HVAC Systems          Partially Removed from Service Normal Chilled Water System                        Removed from Service Emergency Chilled Water System                    Removed from Service Chilled Water System (New)                        Available 9.4.2.1 Normal Operation - Auxiliary Building HVAC Systems The auxiliary building HVAC systems are described in this subsection.
9.4.2.1.1 Design Bases The auxiliary building normal HVAC system is designed to:
A. Maintain the ambient air temperature at a level which permits continuous personnel comfort and equipment safety and operation.
B. Minimize the possibility of exfiltration from the radwaste area, the turbine laboratory located in the Control Room / Command Center complex, the control access area located in the health physics and locker rooms, and the battery rooms.
C. Prevent combustible concentrations of hydrogen gas from accumulating within the battery rooms.
D. Not collapse and cause damage to safety-related equipment during a design basis seismic event.
E. Maintain the space design conditions presented in Table 9.4-4.
Codes and standards applicable to the auxiliary building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
November 2016                                    9-70                                          Rev 3


9.3.1.5 Instrumentation Applications
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-4 NORMAL OPERATION - AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SPACE DESIGN CONDITIONS Elevation                      Temperature (&deg;F)
Summer (Dry      Winter (Dry System                  (ft)      (in)  Type(a)
Bulb)          Bulb)
Control Room / Command Center          30          0    VAC      80 and 65%            68 Mezzanine Level                        39          2            RH(a) (max)*
Central Alarm Station                  30          0    VAC    80 and 65% RH          68 (max)*
Computer room                          30          0    VAC    80 and 65% RH          68 (max)*
Public Address and Radio Room and 9                0    VAC      85 (cooling          70 Communications Equipment Room                                          mode) 104 (max)
ESF(c) switchgear rooms,                50          0      V        104 (max)            50 Lobby/Corridors West, and Vital Power/Distribution rooms Radwaste area - General                                    V        104 (max)            50 Battery rooms                          9          0      V        104 (max)            77 50          0      V                            77(b)
Chiller rooms                          9          0      V            95              50 Health physics Zone I                  70          0    HVAC          80*              68 Health physics Zone II                  70          0    HVAC          80*              68 Communication Room                      70          0      AC      85(normal),          50 95(max) a) HVAC-Heating, ventilating, air conditioning; AC-Air conditioning; HV-Heating and ventilating; V-Ventilation; RH-Relative Humidity b) Max annual average battery temp = 77&deg;F.
c) The term Engineered Safety Feature (ESF - here and elsewhere in this chapter) is used for historical descriptive purposes only. In the permanently defueled condition there are no ESF systems.
* California Building Code.
November 2016                                    9-71                                        Rev 3


9.3.2  1.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-69 Rev 3 9.4 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2.1.2 System Description 9.4.2.1.2.1 General Description The auxiliary building HVAC systems are shown on the following controlled drawings.
40082                40099                  40174A                40177B 40083                40173A                40174ASO3            40177BSO3 40084                40173ASO3              40174B                40177C 40085                40173B                40174C                40178A 40095                40173C                40174CSO3            40178ASO3 40096                40173D                40177A                40178B 40097                40173DSO3              40177ASO3            40178BSO3 These HVAC systems consist of the following:
Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems for Health Physics Zones I and II.
Ventilating and air conditioning systems for the following areas:
          -    Control Room / Command Center complex
          -    Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room
          -    Communication Room
          -    Radwaste Room 337 on 37 ft elevation.
Ventilation systems for the following areas:
          -    ESF Switchgear Rooms
          -    Chiller Rooms
          -    Battery Rooms
          -    Radwaste Area Continuous exhaust system Following is a description by area.
A. Control Room / Command Center Complex The Control Room / Command Center complex includes the Control Room /
Command Center, Control Room / Command Center cabinet area, computer rooms, turbine lab, and other facilities at the 30 ft elevation needed to support operations personnel in their day to day activities, as well as in the event of an accident. The mezzanine area including all areas at elevation 39 ft-2 in., is also part of the Control November 2016                                     9-72                                          Rev 3


9.4.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Room / Command Center complex. The mezzanine area does not require operator access.
The Control Room / Command Center VAC system is common to both Units 2 and 3 and is arranged for ease of access, control, and monitoring. The VAC unit is located at the 9 ft elevation. There is also a duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit. The duct heater and ventilation unit are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.
The Control Room / Command Center is maintained at positive pressure compared to ambient and the other non-radioactive air conditioned areas are maintained at a slightly positive pressure compared to ambient while potentially contaminated areas are maintained at a slightly negative pressure compared to ambient. The turbine laboratory hood exhaust is directed to the plant vent stack through the plant continuous exhaust system.
B. Radwaste Area Two (2) air handling units and two (2) exhaust fans, located at elevation 85 ft, serve the radwaste area. The radwaste area is maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient to minimize the possibility of exfiltration of building air to the outside atmosphere. The radwaste area ventilating system is common for Units 2 and 3.
Two (2) water cooled fan coils provide cooling to the Radwaste Building Room 337 on 37 ft elevation to offset the heat loads from transformers and other electrical equipment installed as part of the Cold and Dark power distribution system.
C. Elevation 50 ft Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Switchgear rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms, Cable Spreading Galleries, Cable Riser Galleries, Battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, Lobby, Motor Control Center, Evacuation Shutdown Panel room, HVAC room and Corridors.
A separate ventilation system is provided for each unit. The supply fans are located on the roof at elevation 85 ft. The exhaust fans are located at elevation 68 ft of the intake structure. The air distribution system is a once-through system. The SWGR rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms and the general areas are maintained at a slight positive pressure compared to ambient. However, battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, which are being served by the previously classified Class 1E Battery rooms normal exhaust system, are maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient.
In addition to the areas listed above, the Unit 2 ventilation system serves the Evacuation Shutdown Panel room and the Job Ticket Dispersal area and the Respirator Test Booth at elevation 70 ft (unique to Unit 2).
November 2016                                9-73                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-70 Rev 3 9.4.2  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. Health Physics Zones I and II Health physics Zones I and II are located at elevation 70 ft. The air conditioning units are located at elevation 85 ft. Transfer fans and exhaust fans are located at elevation 70 ft of the auxiliary building.
The Health Physics Zone I area which includes the Hot Sample Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, Radio Chem Counting Rooms, and Multi-Channel Analyzer (MCA) Lab are served by one air conditioning. The air conditioning unit consists of an air cooled condensing unit and an air handling unit equipped with pre-filter HEPA filters, electric heating coils, Direct Expansion (DX) cooling coils and fan.
A portion of the air supplied to the MCA Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab and Hot Sample Lab including a small quantity of air from the ceiling space and the fume hoods in the Radio Chem Lab and Hot Sample Lab is exhausted through the continuous exhaust plenum to the plant vent stack.
A portion of the air supplied to the MCA Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, Radio Chem Counting Rooms and HP Counting Room is returned to the air conditioning unit and mixed with the outside air stream for further cooling or heating.
The Health Physics Zone II area which includes Office Areas, Chemical Storage Area, Toilets, Kitchen, and vestibules is served by one air conditioning unit. The air supplied by this unit is exhausted to the atmosphere through exhaust fans A-150, 151, 152, 153 and 155, and to the plant vent stack via a transfer fan, A-154 serving the continuous exhaust plenum.
E. Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room and the air handling unit serving these rooms are located at elevation 9 ft. The Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room are maintained at a slight positive pressure compared to ambient. This system is common to Units 2 and 3.
A communication room is located at elevation 70 ft and is served by two air handling units. One air handling unit is mounted in the room with the associated air cooled condenser mounted on the roof of the auxiliary building and the second air handling unit is mounted outside of the room (in the Cable Riser Gallery) with the associated air cooled condenser mounted on the roof of the auxiliary building. This system is common to Units 2 and 3.
F. Chiller Rooms The chiller rooms and the ventilating unit are located at elevation 9 ft. The exhaust fan is located at elevation 50 ft of the intake structure. The chiller rooms are maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient. This system is common to Units 2 and 3.
November 2016                                  9-74                                        Rev 3


9.4.2.1 Normal Operation - Auxiliary Building HVAC Systems
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS G. Battery Rooms The ESF battery rooms are located at elevation 50 ft and no longer contain battery banks. A separate ventilating system is provided for each unit. The ventilation unit is located at elevation 85 ft of the auxiliary building. The exhaust fan is located at elevation 68 ft of the intake structure. This exhaust fan also serves the battery room previously classified as non-Class 1E at elevation 50 ft. The ESF battery rooms are maintained at slight negative pressure compared to ambient.
H. Continuous Exhaust System The continuous exhaust system consists of a large plenum mounted on the auxiliary control building roof at elevation 98 ft. Two out of three fans are normally operating to provide the required boosting so that the plant gaseous effluent can be discharged to the plant vent stacks for dilution. This includes effluents coming from the Units 2 and 3 fuel handling buildings, from the Units 2 and 3 penetration buildings, radwaste building, control area turbine lab, control area fume hoods, and the control area health physics. The continuous exhaust plenum is maintained at a negative pressure, compared to ambient between (-) 3.0 to (-) 2.0 inches W.C. The plant vent stacks are continuously monitored for radioactivity.
I. Chilled Water There is no chilled water system remaining at SONGS. Three HVAC units utilize remotely located chillers. These chillers are located as follows:
E881 is a 45 ton chiller located on the roof of the Control Building. It services ME220 which cools the 70 ft. Control Building area.
E882 is a 45 ton chiller located on the roof of the Fuel Handling Building. It serves ME883 and ME884 which cools the Electrical Distribution Room which is located on 37 ft. elevation of the Radwaste area.
E888 is a 100 ton chiller located on the roof of the Unit 2 Salt Water Pump Building. It services ME295 which cools the Control Room / Command Center Complex and ME411 which cools the telecommunications rooms on the 9 ft.
elevation of the Control Building.
9.4.2.1.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of the normal HVAC systems are listed in Table 9.4-5.
November 2016                                    9-75                                          Rev 3


9.4.2.1.1 Design Bases
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A. Control Room / Command Center Complex The VAC system for the Control Room / Command Center complex consists of the following:
Two outside air intakes One air handling unit Dampers Associated ductwork The air handling unit consists of moderate- or high-efficiency pre-filters, a fan section, and a chilled water cooling coil. There is an electric duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit used (if required) during extreme cold temperatures. The duct heater and the ventilation unit are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.
Chilled water to the air handling unit for the Control Room / Command Center complex is provided by chiller E888.
B. Radwaste Area The ventilation system consists of two 50% air handling units and two 50% exhaust fans. Each air handling unit consists of moderate-efficiency pre-filters and fan section, backdraft and volume control dampers, and associated ductwork.
Two water cooled fan coils provide cooling to Radwaste Building Room 337 on 37 ft elevation. Chilled water is provided to the fan coils by an air-cooled chiller (E882) installed on the Fuel Handling Building roof. The cooling is sufficient to offset the heat loads from transformers and other electrical equipment installed as part of the Cold and Dark power distribution system.
The Truck Bay Area supply ducts and exhaust ducts are provided with motor operated dampers (8 total). These dampers are interlocked with the main truck door such that the truck door cannot be opened unless all dampers are closed.
C. Elevation 50 ft ESF Switchgear rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms, Cable Spreading Galleries, Cable Riser Galleries, Battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, Lobbies, Motor Control Center, Evacuation Shutdown Panel Room, HVAC rooms, and Corridors.
The ventilation system serving the above areas consists of one air handling unit, one exhaust fan, outside air intake with volume control dampers, and associated ductwork.
The air handling unit consists of a moderate efficiency pre-filter and fan section.
November 2016                                9-76                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-71 Rev 3                                                                                        a)  b)  c)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-72 Rev 3 9.4.2.1.2 System Description 9.4.2.1.2.1 General Description
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. Health Physics Zones I and II The HVAC system for the health physics area is divided into two zones. Zone I consists of one air conditioning unit. The air conditioning unit consists of an air cooled condensing unit and an air handling unit equipped with pre-filters, HEPA filters, electric heating coils, DX cooling coils and an air cooled condensing unit. The Zone I air conditioning system serves the Hot Sample Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, Radio Chem Counting Rooms, HP Counting Room and MCA Lab. A portion of the air supplied to the MCA Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab and Hot Sample Lab and the fume hoods in the Radio Chem Lab and Hot Sample Lab, including a small quantity of air from the ceiling space, is exhausted through the continuous exhaust plenum to the plant vent stacks by the transfer exhaust fan. The balance of the supply air distributed to the rooms is conveyed through ducting back to the air conditioning unit and mixed with the outside air stream for further cooling or heating. The dose assessment computers are located in Radio Chem Counting Room 420.
The Zone II HVAC system is served by one air handling unit, ductwork, and five exhaust fans. The air handling unit consists of pre-filters, electric heating coils, chilled water cooling coils, and supply air fan. The following rooms/groups of rooms are being served by one exhaust fan complete with ductwork, volume control dampers, and louvers which discharge directly to the atmosphere.
A-153          Kitchen A-150          REP and ALARA, Field Badge/TLD Issue, Electrical Test Admin and Electrical Test GRP A-151          Lobby, corridors, chem storage, women's toilet, and chem storage A-152          Radwaste and Decon, HP Tech work area, janitor, corridor, custodians, and men's toilet A-155          Electrical SWGR, chem storage, OSC staging and multipurpose area Transfer fan A-154 directs the air exhausted from the HP office, whole body counter, vestibule, corridor, chem storage, HP storage, HP and ICC, DPT, personnel decon and the space above the ceiling to the continuous exhaust plenum up to the plant vent stacks.
Chilled water to the air handling unit for the Health Physics Zone I is provided by chiller E881.
E. Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room The VAC system for the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room located at elevation 9 ft consists of one dual mode air handling/ventilation unit, supply and return ductwork, manually operated dampers, backdraft dampers, and relief dampers. The air handling units consist of moderate November 2016                                9-77                                          Rev 3


        - - - -     - - - -
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-73 Rev 3      
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS efficiency pre-filters, a chilled water cooling coil, and a fan. The Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room are maintained at a slight positive pressure compared to ambient. Dampers, backdraft dampers, and relief dampers are also provided so that air supplied to the rooms can be diverted to the adjacent corridors. The air handling unit can also be used as a ventilation unit. In the ventilation mode, ventilation air will be extracted from Room 107, distributed to the rooms and be diverted to the adjacent corridors. The normal positions of the dampers and backdraft dampers located in the air distribution system are changed in order to operate the air handling unit as a ventilation unit.
The communications room located at elevation 70 ft of the auxiliary building is cooled by two split type air conditioning system. Each system consists of an (one in the room and one outside of the room) air cooled condensing unit mounted on the auxiliary building roof at elevation 85 ft, ductwork and controls. Each air handling unit consists of a medium efficiency pre-filter, a DX cooling coil, and fan section.
Chilled water to the air handling unit for the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room is provided by chiller E888.
F. Chiller Rooms The ventilating system for the chiller rooms consists of one air handling unit, one exhaust fan, and associated ductwork. The ventilating unit consists of a moderate-efficiency pre-filter and a fan section.
G. Battery Rooms The ESF battery rooms located at elevation 50 ft of the auxiliary building no longer contain battery banks. Those rooms are served by two separate (one system per unit) ventilating systems, which consist of a supply air fan with moderate efficiency pre-filters, an exhaust fan, and associated ductwork. The one exhaust fan remains in-service for the Unit 3 battery room previously designated as non-Class 1E located at the 50 ft elevation. These rooms are maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient.
H. Continuous Exhaust System The continuous exhaust system is composed of three fans, three motor-operated dampers, four manual shut-off dampers, associated ductwork, and controls.
I. Chilled Water Chilled water is provided to the Control Room / Command Center complex and the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room air handling units (E295 and E411) cooling coils by an air-cooled 100 ton chiller (E888) installed on the roof of the salt water cooling pump room.
November 2016                                 9-78                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-74 Rev 3      
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Chilled water is provided to the Health Physics Zone II air handling unit (E220) by an air-cooled 45 ton chiller (E881) installed on the roof of the Control Building 85 ft elevation. The air-cooled chiller also provides chilled water to the Cabinet Area air handling units (E423 and E426) discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.
Chilled water is provided to two water cooled fan coil units (E883 and E884) to the Radwaste Building Room 337 (new Cold & Dark switchgear room) on the 37 ft elevation by an air-cooled 45 ton chiller (E882) installed on the roof of the Fuel Handling Building.
Table 9.4-5 AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Control Room /
Command Center    Public Address & ESF Switchgear, Complex        Radio Rm and    Vital Power/                  Radwaste Control Room      Communications  Distribution and  Radwaste    Room 337 Item            and Other Rooms    Equipment Room  Electrical Areas      Area      (El 37 ft)
Air Conditioning /
Ventilating Supply              E295        E411 (AC Mode)        E430        E433, E434  E883, E884 Unit Water Cooled Type                          Horizontal        Horizontal      Horizontal      Horizontal Fan Coils Blow-through      Draw-through    Draw-through    Draw-through    N/A Roof        N/A Floor mounted      Floor mounted  Roof mounted mounted Number                            One                One        One (Unit 2)    Two (Total)    Two (Common)          (Common)      One (Unit 3)    (Common)    (Common)
Flowrate each, ft3/min          35,705            1,440          36,100          36,100        N/A (Unit 2) 34,215 (Unit 3) 4.0 (Unit 3)                    N/A Total pressure, in. w.g.            5                3.2                            4.5 4.5 (Unit 2)
Motor hp, each                    50                  3              50              50          N/A Drive                            Belt              Belt            Belt          Belt        N/A Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h
                                *1,152,000          49,980          N/A            N/A      15 Ton (each)
* Cooling coil capacity is nominal.
November 2016                                           9-79                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-75 Rev 3        
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Control Room /    PA and Radio ESF Switchgear, Vital Command      Room and Comm Item                                              Power/Distribution and    Radwaste Area Center    Equipment Room Electrical Areas Complex 24-24 x 24 x 2 (Unit 2)
Pre-filter                                                24-24 x 24 x 12 (Unit 2) 24-24 x 24 x 2 (Unit 3) 6-12 x 24 x 2 (Unit 3)
Quantity              24-24 x 24 x 12    1-24 x 24 x 6                                24-24 x 24 x 6 24-24 x 24 x 12 (Unit 3) 6-12 x 24 x 12 (Unit 3) 2 Pre-filters 4-12 x 24 x 6 4-12 x 24 x 12                          24-24 x 24 x 12 4-24 x 24 x 12 (Med Eff)
Pressure drop                                                  0.30 (Pre-filter) 0.33              0.33                                          0.33 clean/dirty, in. w.g.                                    0.58 (Medium Eff Filter)
                      > 55% average                            25% (Pre-filter) 55% average dust                              55% average dust Efficiency                dust spot                      90% (Medium Eff Filter) spot atmospheric                              spot atmospheric atmospheric                            spot atmospheric November 2016                                     9-80                                          Rev 3


9.4.2.1.2.2
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item                        ESF Switchgear Area Exhaust Fan                                        A165 Type                                            Vane-axial One (Unit 2)
Number One (Unit 3) 33,235 (Unit 2)
Flowrate, each ft3/min 31,355 (Unit 3)
Total pressure, in. w.g.                            1.4 Motor hp, each                                      15 Drive                                              Direct November 2016                            9-81                                    Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-76 Rev 3                          
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION PA and Radio Room and                                          Health Physics Item                                          Battery Rooms Chiller Rooms Comm Equipment Room                                                Zone II Air Conditioning /            E411 (Ventilation Mode)          A355              A051            E220 Ventilating Supply Unit Type                                                        Horizontal        Horizontal      Horizontal Horizontal Draw-through Draw-through      Draw-through    Draw-through Ceiling Floor mounted          Floor mounted                      Roof mounted mounted Number                                  One                One (Unit 2)          One              One (Common)              One (Unit 3)      (Common)        (Common)
Flowrate each, ft3/min                1,440                  4,540            9,550          26,325 Total pressure, in. w.g.                3.2                    3.25              2.0              4.5 Motor, hp, each                          3                      5                10              50 Drive                                  Belt                    Belt              Belt            Belt Cooling coil capacity, N/A                    N/A              N/A          1,347,200 Btu/h Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION PA and Radio ESF Battery                                Health Physics Item          Room and Comm                                  Chiller Rooms Rooms (El. 50 ft)                                Zone II Equipment Room Heating coil N/A                  N/A                  N/A          170.8 (OSA) E288 capacity, kW 24-24 x 24 x 6 Pre-filter Quantity      4-20 x 16 x 2        3-24 x 24 x 6        8-16 x 25 x 2 4-12 x 24 x 6 Pressure drop 0.1                  0.33                  0.17                  0.33 clean, in. w.g.
20% average dust      55% average dust      20% average dust    50% average dust Efficiency spot atmospheric      spot atmospheric      spot atmospheric      spot atmospheric November 2016                                       9-82                                              Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-77 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS - NORMAL OPERATION Battery Chiller                              Health Physics and Locker Rooms                                Continuous Item        Rooms Rooms                                              Zone II                                              Exhaust El 50 ft Exhaust        A169          A052          A152          A153          A150          A151            A155          A154      A310, 311, Fan                                                                                                                                    312 Radwaste                                      Corridors Rep ALARA                      Chem Storage HP, DPT Decon, HP                                      Chem Kitchen      Elect Test                  Multi-Purposes Personnel Techs                                      Storage Rooms                    and Switchgear Decon Toilets                                      Rooms Vane-axial Vane-Type        Explosion      Vane-axial  Vane-axial    Centrifugal    Vane-axial    Vane-axial      Vane-axial                  Centrifugal axial Proof One Number                          One          One            One            One            One            One            One            3 (Unit 2)
One (Unit 3)
: Flowrate, 7,820        78,000 -
each            6,111        10,500        2,650          430          6,340          3,235          5,970 (Note 1)        85,000 ft3/min Total pressure,        0.76          0.90          0.95          0.95          1.0            0.83          1.00          1.5      6.8 (nominal) in. w.g.
Motor hp, 2              3            2            0.5              2            1              3            5            150 each Drive          Direct        Direct        Direct        Direct        Direct        Direct        Direct        Direct          Belt Note 1: Actual flow rate has been measured to be 10,475 ft3/min. There is no impact to associated rooms design differential pressure.
November 2016                                                       9-83                                                                  Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-78 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item            Radwaste Area      Health Physics and Locker Rooms Zone I Hot Sample Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, MCA Lab, and ceiling Transfer Fan              A192, A193                        A378 Type                      Vane-axial                      Centrifugal Number                      Two                              One Flowrate, ft3/min          39,050                          6,150 Total pressure, in. w.g. 2.85                            8.47 Motor, hp                    30.0                              15 Drive                      Direct                            Belt November 2016                             9-84                                      Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-79 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item                      Health Physics and Locker Area Communications Room 70 ft elev.
Air Handling Unit (cont.)
3,250 (lead)
Flowrate ft3/min 3,000 (back-up) 3.25 (lead)
Total pressure, in. w.g.
0.76 (back-up) 5 (lead)
Motor hp, each drive                                2 (back-up)
Belt Cooling coil                                      113,090 (lead) capacity, BTU/hr                                70,015 (back-up) 2-24 x 24 x 4 (lead)
Pre-filter Qty./Size 2-16 x 25 x 2 (back-up)
Efficiency                            20% average dust spot, atmosphere Condensing Unit Type                            Air cooled, vertical propeller mounted on roof (2) 1/4 (lead)
Condenser Fan Motor (Qty.) Hp (2) 1/4 (back-up) 6,500 (lead)
Air quantity, ft3/min 5,000 (back-up)
(1) 19.4@ 460V, 3 phase (lead)
Compressors, (Qty.) RLA (1) 12.8@460V, 3 phase (back-up)
Refrigerant                                              R22 November 2016                           9-85                                        Rev 3


Item Control Room
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
/ Command Center Complex Control Room and Other Rooms Public Address & Radio Rm and Communication s Equipment Room ESF Switchgear, Vital Power/ Distribution and Electrical Areas Radwaste Area Radwaste Room 337 (El 37 ft) Air Conditioning
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
/  Ventilating Supply Unit E295 E411 (AC Mode)
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item                      Health Physics Zone I Air Cooled Condensing Units                      E814 Type                                         Roof Mounted Quantity                                            1 Compressors                            (2) per condensing unit Capacity                                    514,000 Btu/hr kW Rating                                          43 Refrigerant                                      R-22 Condenser Coil Face Area                      35.4 sq. ft.
E430 E433, E434 E883, E884 Type Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Water Cooled Fan Coils  Blow-through Draw-through Draw-through Draw-through N/A  Floor mounted Floor mounted Roof mounted Roof mounted N/A Number One One One (Unit 2)
Condenser Fans Quantity per unit                                2 CFM                                        26,120 total Fan Motor                                  (2) - 1/2 Hp November 2016                          9-86                                    Rev 3
Two (Total)
Two  (Common) (Common) One (Unit 3)
(Common) (Common) Flowrate each, ft 3/min 35,705 1,440 36,100 (Unit 2) 36,100 N/A    34,215 (Unit 3)  Total pressure, in. w.g. 5 3.2 4.0 (Unit 3) 4.5 (Unit 2) 4.5 N/A Motor hp, each 50 3 50 50 N/A Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt N/A Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h *1,152,000 49,980 N/A  N/A 15 Ton (each
)
* Cooling coil capacity is nominal. 


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-80 Rev 3    Item Control Room / Command Center Complex PA and Radio Room and Comm Equipment Room ESF Switchgear, Vital Power/Distribution and Electrical Areas Radwaste Area Pre-filter   24-24 x 24 x 2  (Unit 2) 24-24 x 24 x 12  (Unit 2)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
Quantity 24-24 x 24 x 12 1-24 x 24 x 6 24-24 x 24 x 2  (Unit 3) 6-12 x 24 x 2  (Unit 3) 24-24 x 24 x 12  (Unit 3) 6-12 x 24 x 12  (Unit 3) 24-24 x 24 x 6 4-12 x 24 x 12 2 Pre-filter s 24-24 x 24 x 12 4-24 x 24 x 12 (Med Eff) 4-12 x 24 x 6 Pressure drop clean/dirty, in. w.g.
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.
0.33 0.33 0.30 (Pre-filter) 0.58 (Medium Eff Filter) 0.33 Efficiency
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Health Physics Area Item                                       Zone I Air Conditioning / Ventilating Supply Unit                        A512 Type                                                        Roof Mounted Number                                                      One (Common)
> 55% average dust spot atmospheric 55% average dust spot atmospheric 25% (Pre-filter) 90% (Medium Eff Filter) spot atmospheric 55% average dust spot atmospheric
Flowrate each, ft3/min                                            12,850 Total pressure, in. w.g.                                            7.5 Motor, hp each                                                      25 Drive                                                              Belt Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h                                    490,280 Heating coil capacity, kW                                      74 (E837)
Table 9.4-5, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item                        Health Physics and Locker Area Zone I Pre-filter HEPA                              (8) 24 x 24 x 11 1/2 (HEPA)
Quantity - in.                                    (8) 24 x 24 x 2 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g.               0.17 (1.0 HEPA), (Note 1)
Efficiency                             20% average dust spot atmospheric
: 1) The acceptance criterion for the pre-installation (manufacturer) test is greater than 99.97 % removal of 0.3 micron minimum particle monodisperse generated DOP aerosol.
November 2016                                9-87                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-81 Rev 3    Item ESF Switchgear Area Exhaust Fan A165 Type  Vane-axial  Number  One  (Unit 2)  One  (Unit 3) Flowrate, each ft 3/min  33,235 (Unit 2) 31,355 (Unit 3)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
Total pressure,  in. w.g. 1.4 Motor hp,  each  15 Drive  Direct San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-82 Rev 3    Item PA and Radio Room and Comm Equipment Room Battery Rooms Chiller Rooms Health Physics Zone II Air Conditioning / Ventilating  Supply Unit  E411 (Ventilation Mode)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2.1.2.3 System Operation A. Control Room / Command Center Complex One air handling unit provides cooling to the Control Room / Command Center.
A355 A051 E220 Type  Horizontal Draw-through Horizontal Draw-through Horizontal Draw-through Horizontal Draw-through  Floor mounted Floor mounted Ceiling mounted Roof mounted Number  One One (Unit 2)
Outside air is mixed with recirculated air and is filtered through pre-filters, is cooled to the required design temperature, and is discharged into a duct system which distributes the air to the computer rooms, Control Room / Command Center, Control Room /
One One  (Common) One (Unit 3)
Command Center work area, mezzanine area, cabinet areas, shift superintendents office, central alarm station, supervisors office, electrical equipment, offices, Nuclear Operations Assistant (NOA) area, foremans office, instrument repair room, lobby, turbine laboratory, man trap, and corridors. Two fan coil units supply air to the Control Room / Command Center cabinet areas for additional cooling and are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2. The ventilation unit and duct heater are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.
(Common) (Common) Flowrate each, ft 3/min  1,440 4,540 9,550 26,325 Total pressure, in. w.g.
The exhaust air from the turbine laboratory is discharged to the continuous exhaust system by the turbine laboratory transfer fan.
3.2 3.25 2.0 4.5 Motor, hp, each 3 5 10 50 Drive  Belt Belt Belt Belt Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h  N/A N/A N/A 1,347,200        Item PA and Radio Room and Comm Equipment Room ESF Battery Rooms (El. 50 ft) Chiller Rooms Health Physics Zone II Heating coil capacity, kW N/A N/A N/A 170.8 (OSA)
The exhaust air from the NOA area and offices, lunch area, kitchen, men's and women's toilets, janitor's room, and foreman's office is exhausted to the atmosphere by differential air flow and is not supplied with a central exhaust fan.
E288 Pre-filter Quantity  4-20 x 16 x 2 3-24 x 24 x 6 8-16 x 25 x 2 24-24 x 24 x 6 4-12 x 24 x 6 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g. 0.1 0.33 0.17 0.33 Efficiency 20% average dust spot atmospheric 55% average dust spot atmospheric 20% average dust spot atmospheric 50% average dust spot atmospheric
B. Radwaste Area Two air handling units each interlocked with an exhaust fan provide ventilation to the Radwaste area. Outside air that is filtered through pre-filters is delivered to areas having low or no radioactivity. The air then goes to areas with a potential for having progressively higher activity levels. The exhaust air from these areas is discharged to the continuous exhaust plenum by the exhaust (transfer air) fans.
All supply and return ventilation ducts (eight) for the radwaste building loading dock area are fitted with motor-operated dampers which are interlocked with the main truck door such that the truck door cannot be opened unless all dampers are closed. A local control panel is provided with position indicating lights for each damper, an alarm for dampers out of position, and a control switch for the main truck door. Interior doors are self-closing and may be padlocked shut.
C. Elevation 50 ft ESF Switchgear rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms, Cable Spreading Galleries, Cable Riser Galleries Battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, Lobbies, Motor Control Center, Evacuation Shutdown Panel room, HVAC rooms, and Corridors.
The elevation 50 ft electrical areas are provided with 100 percent outside air by means of an air handling unit located at the elevation 85 ft roof. A separate ventilation system is provided for each unit. During operation, outside air is passed through pre-filters November 2016                                    9-88                                            Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-83 Rev 3    Item  Battery Rooms El 50 ft  Chiller Rooms Health Physics and Locker Rooms Zone II Continuous Exhaust Exhaust Fan  A169 A052 A152 A153 A150 A151 A155 A154 A310, 311, 312    Radwaste Decon, HP Techs Toilets Kitchen Rep ALARA Elect Test Rooms Corridors Chem Storage Rooms Chem Storage Multi-Purposes and Switchgear HP, DPT  Personnel  Decon  Type Vane-axial  Explosion  Proof  Vane-axial Vane-axial Centrifugal Vane-axial Vane-axial Vane-axial Vane-axial Centrifugal Number One  (Unit 2)  One One One One One One One 3  One  (Unit 3)          Flowrate, each  ft 3/min  6,111 10,500 2 ,650 430 6 ,340 3,235 5,970 7,820 (Note 1) 78,000 - 85,000 Total  pressure,  in. w.g. 0.76 0.90 0.95 0.95 1.0 0.83 1.00 1.5 6.8 (nominal)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
Motor hp,  each  2 3 2 0.5 2 1 3 5 150 Drive  Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Belt Note 1:  Actual flow rate has been measured to be 10,475 ft 3/min. There is no impact to associated rooms design differential pressure.
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS and is discharged to a duct system for distribution to the electrical areas. Exhaust air is collected from the areas through a network of ducting and is discharged by an exhaust fan to the atmosphere. The exhaust fan is interlocked with the air handling unit. On an area fire detector actuation, the normal air handling unit is deactivated.
D. Health Physics Zones I and II The Zone I air conditioning unit operates continuously but trips on fire detector actuation. The air conditioning unit consists of an air cooled condensing unit and air handling unit. Return air is mixed with outside air and is filtered through the pre-filters and HEPA filters and is cooled or heated before it gets distributed to the areas to maintain the design temperature. The Zone I air handling unit is interlocked with the fume hood transfer exhaust fan.
The Zone II air handling unit operates continuously but trips on fire detector actuation or if any transfer fan serving the area stops. Outside air is filtered through the pre-filters and is cooled or heated before it gets distributed to the areas to maintain the preset temperature supply duct temperature.
E. Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room Recirculated air and makeup air drawn from Room 107 is filtered through pre-filters, cooled, and is discharged into a duct system which distributes the air to the 99 ft elevation Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room.
The air handling unit fan may serve as a ventilation unit. Ventilation air will be extracted from Room 107 by opening and closing the appropriate dampers. This allows ventilation air to be distributed to the rooms and be diverted to the adjacent corridor through the duct mounted damper. Operation of this fan is controlled by a hand switch located in the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room.
The air in the 70 ft level communication room is cooled by a split type air conditioning system consisting of an air handling unit and two air cooled condensing units. The required room temperature is controlled by a thermostat, one for each unit.
F. Chiller Rooms The three Chiller Rooms are served by one ventilation system. One supply fan and one exhaust fan provide the ventilation to all three rooms. An exhaust fan exhausts the air directly to the atmosphere. The exhaust fan is interlocked with the supply fan.
G. Battery Rooms Outside air is filtered through pre-filters and is discharged into a duct system that distributes the air to the four ESF battery rooms (per Unit) at elevation 50 ft to November 2016                                  9-89                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-84 Rev 3                          
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS maintain the required design temperature. The room air combined with exhaust air from the non-ESF battery room is exhausted directly to the atmosphere. If the hydrogen concentration in any battery room becomes high, an alarm sounds in the Control Room / Command Center.
H. Continuous Exhaust System Three 50%-capacity exhaust fans (any two fans are normally operating and the third fan is a standby) serve the entire plant by continuously maintaining the exhaust plenum under negative pressure. Effluents from the fume hoods, laboratories, fuel handling area, radwaste area, and safety equipment and penetration buildings are drawn from the plenum and are discharged to the atmosphere through the Units 2 and 3 plant vent stacks.
9.4.2.1.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the auxiliary building normal HVAC system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-5.
9.4.2.1.3 Safety Evaluation Inasmuch as these systems have no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.
9.4.2.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are generally accessible for periodic inspection during normal plant operation. Systems air balance test and adjustments to design conditions were conducted during the plant preoperational test program implementation. Instruments are calibrated during testing. Automatic controls are tested for actuation at the proper setpoints. Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.
Each system is operated and tested initially for flow capacity and mechanical operability.
Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. Fans are initially tested in accordance with AMCA standards.
9.4.2.2 Emergency Operation - Auxiliary Building VAC Systems There is no emergency operation for the Auxiliary Building ventilation in the permanently defueled plant condition. Equipment in this section was repurposed for permanently defueled plant operation. Although ESF and emergency may be used throughout this section, they no longer refer to a safety function in the permanently defueled plant condition.
The auxiliary building ventilation unit described in this subsection includes components that function during permanently defueled plant operation within the Control Room / Command Center complex.
November 2016                                   9-90                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-85 Rev 3 San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-86 Rev 3                    
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2.2.1 Design Bases A. The auxiliary building ventilation unit is designed to maintain the space design conditions of Table 9.4-6 to permit continuous personnel comfort, access, equipment safety, and operation in conjunction with the normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1.
Codes and standards applicable to the auxiliary building ventilation unit are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA and SMACNA Standards, IEEE Standards 323 and 344, Regulatory Guides 1.26 and 1.52, and the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1970.
9.4.2.2.2 System Description 9.4.2.2.2.1 General Description The Auxiliary Building Emergency VAC systems are shown in the following controlled drawings.
40095              40175A            40178A            40179E 40096              40175ASO3          40178ASO3        40180A 40098              40175B            40178B            40180B 40173A            40175BSO3          40178BSO3        40180BSO3 40173ASO3          40177A            40179A            40180C 40173B            40177ASO3          40179B            40180D 40173C            40177B            40179C 40173D            40177BSO3          40179D 40173DSO3          40177C            40179DSO3 These drawings consist of the following:
Emergency air conditioning systems for the following area:
            -  Control Room / Command Center cabinet area Ventilation for the following area:
            -  Control Room / Command Center complex November 2016                                   9-91                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-87 Rev 3                
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A. Control Room Complex The Control Room / Command Center complex includes the Control Room / Command Center, cabinet area, computer rooms, turbine laboratory, and other facilities at the 30 ft elevation needed to support operations personnel in the permanently defueled plant condition. The mezzanine area, at elevation 39 ft-2 in., is also included as part of the Control Room / Command Center complex.
The Control Room / Command Center complex ventilation unit is common to both Units 2 and 3, and is arranged for ease of access, control, and monitoring. The ventilation unit is located at the 30 ft elevation.
The ventilation unit is initiated by manual action and maintained at positive pressure compared to ambient in conjunction with operation of the Normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1.
A duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit is provided for extreme cold weather.
Chilled water is provided to the Control Room / Command Center cabinet area air handling units by chiller E881. Chilled water is discussed in Section 9.4.2.1.
Table 9.4-6 EMERGENCY OPERATION - AUXILIARY BUILDING VAC SPACE DESIGN CONDITIONS Temperature Elevation
(&deg;F)
System                                              Type(a)
Summer          Winter ft          in (Dry Bulb)      (Dry Bulb)
Control Room / Command Center cabinet area          30            0      VAC(b)      80            N/A a)  AC - Air conditioning V - Ventilating b) Duct heater provided upstream of ventilation unit for extreme cold weather.
November 2016                                         9-92                                            Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-88 Rev 3 9.4.2.1.2.3
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-7 AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS EMERGENCY OPERATION(a)
Item                  Control Room / Command Center Complex Cabinet Rooms      Emergency Ventilation A206 E423 (Unit 2)
Horizontal Type                              E426 (Unit 3) draw-through Horizontal floor mounted 1 (Unit 2)
Number                                                          1 1 (Unit 3)
Nominal Flowrate, each,          10,700 (Unit 2) 2,050 ft3/min                          10,225 (Unit 3) 2.56 (Unit 2)
Total pressure, in. w.g.                                     10.60(b) 2.39 (Unit 3)
Motor hp, each                        7-1/2                    10.0 Drive                                Direct                  Direct Cooling coil Capacity,          264,650 (Unit 2)
N/A Btu/hr                          253,740 (Unit 3)
Heating coil capacity, kW              N/A                  4.8 (E296) a) See Controlled Document 90034, Q-List for equipment classification information.
b) Total static pressure November 2016                              9-93                                  Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-89 Rev 3    
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-7, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS EMERGENCY OPERATION Control Room / Command Center Item Complex Ventilation Pre-filter Quantity                                                          1 Size, in.                                                    24 x 24 x 6 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g.                                    0.33 Efficiency, % (average dust spot 55 atmospheric)
HEPA Filter Quantity                                                          1 Size, in.                                                    24 x 24 x 12 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g.                                    1.95 Table 9.4-7, cont.
AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS EMERGENCY OPERATION Item            Control Room / Command Center Complex Ventilation Quantity                                  1 set Pressure drop, in. w.g.                    3 9.4.2.2.2.2 System Operation The Control Room / Command Center complex ventilation system is provided with a ventilation unit with an upstream duct heater. The subsystem consists of one ventilation supply unit and one electrical duct heater. The ventilation supply unit has HEPA filters through which fresh air is added to the recirculation circuit of the normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1. The November 2016                                       9-94                                      Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-90 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS ventilation unit is manually operated. The duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit is operated during extreme cold weather conditions.
The supply air is based on a constant-volume principle.
The supply air is cooled to the required design temperature by the normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1 and is discharged into a duct system that distributes the air to the following areas: computer rooms, Control Room / Command Center, mezzanine area, cabinet areas, work areas, Central Alarm Station, Supervisor office, NOA office, fan rooms, shift superintendent's office, foreman's office, instrument repair room, electric room, telecommunication room, offices, lobby, turbine laboratory, kitchen, lunch rooms, and hall, men's and women's locker rooms, man trap, and vestibules.
There is one fan-coil unit in each Unit 2 and Unit 3 cabinet area located at elevation 50 ft for additional cooling.
9.4.2.2.2.3 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the auxiliary building ventilation system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-7.
9.4.2.2.3 Safety Evaluation In the permanently defueled plant condition the ventilation system (previously referred to as the emergency VAC system) has no safety function. Therefore, no safety evaluation is provided.
9.4.2.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are generally accessible for periodic inspection.
A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program. Instruments are calibrated during testing. Automatic controls are tested for actuation at the proper setpoints. Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.
Each system is operated and tested initially with regard to flow paths, flow capacity, and mechanical operability. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. Fans are tested in accordance with standards of the AMCA. HEPA filters of emergency ventilation supply units are subjected to the following tests before installation:
A. Media tensile test.
B. Sequential test.
November 2016                                   9-95                                          Rev 3


9.4.2.1.2.4
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS C. Efficiency penetration test, dioctylphthalate penetration (DOP), in accordance with MIL-STD-282. Penetration will not exceed 0.05% for 0.3-micron diameter homogeneous particles of DOP at rated air flow.
9.4.3 SUPPORT BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEMS This subsection provides system descriptions for ventilation systems for the fuel handling building, safety equipment building, turbine building, diesel generator building, penetration building, electric and piping tunnels, intake structure, auxiliary feedwater pump room, the safety equipment building elevator machine room and South Yard Facility. Following is the status of each of the ventilation systems in these areas.
System                                            Status Fuel Handling Building Ventilation System                  Partially Removed from Service Safety Equipment Building HVAC System                      Partially Removed from Service Turbine Building HVAC System                              Partially Removed from Service Diesel Generator Building Ventilation System              Removed from Service Penetration Building and Electric Piping Tunnels          Partially Removed from Service Ventilation System Intake Structure Ventilation System                        Removed from Service Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Room Ventilation System          Removed from Service Safety Equipment Building Elevator Machine Room            Removed from Service Full Flow Condensate Polishing Demineralizer              Removed from Service Building Control Room and Laboratory Room South Yard Facility Ventilation Systems                    Available 9.4.3.1 Fuel Handling Building Ventilation System The fuel handling building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system described in this subsection includes those systems that function within the fuel handling building during normal fuel handling and storage operations and subsequent to a postulated fuel handling accident.
System                                            Status Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust Subsystem            Partially Removed from Service Fuel Handling Building Post-Accident Cleanup                Removed from Service Subsystem Fuel Pool Pump Room Emergency Cooling                      Removed from Service Subsystem November 2016                                    9-96                                        Rev 3


9.4.2.1.3 Safety Evaluation
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.3.1.1 Design Bases The fuel handling building HVAC system is designed to:
A. Maintain the ambient air temperature at a level that permits continuous personnel access and equipment operation.
B. Minimize the possibility of exfiltration during normal operations.
Protection of the fuel handling building ventilation system from wind, tsunami, and tide effects as well as flood design and missile protection is discussed in Chapter 3.
Codes and standards applicable to the fuel handling building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of ARI, AMCA, and SMACNA standards.
9.4.3.1.2 System Description 9.4.3.1.2.1 General Description The fuel handling HVAC system is shown schematically in the following controlled drawings.
40090                  40177A                  40177ASO3 40180C                40179B                  40179C The Fuel Handling HVAC System consists of the Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust subsystem.
The system is located within the fuel handling building (elevation 45 ft) and penetration area (elevation 95 ft) and is arranged for ease of access, control, and monitoring as applicable. The exhaust fan removes more air than is supplied. The extra air is made up by infiltration from the outside and from adjoining areas of the auxiliary building, thus minimizing the possibility of exfiltration.
The fuel handling building doors are provided with self-closers to prevent an open door from disrupting fuel handling building ventilation.
9.4.3.1.2.2 Component Description The normal ventilation supply subsystem includes outside air intake louvers, two manually operated isolation dampers, two 100% supply air units (one operating and one on standby) with moderate-efficiency pre-filters, two isolation dampers, air supply, ductwork, and associated controls.
The normal ventilation exhaust subsystem includes six manually operated dampers, exhaust ductwork, backdraft dampers and two 100% transfer air fans (one operating and one standby)
November 2016                                    9-97                                        Rev 3


9.4.2.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS discharging to the continuous exhaust plenum from where it is exhausted to the atmosphere through the plant vent stack.
Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust subsystem equipment classification is listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
9.4.3.1.2.3 System Operation The fuel handling building normal ventilation supply and exhaust subsystem operates during normal operation. The air handling unit draws outside air through the pre-filter and discharges into a duct system which distributes the air to fan rooms, pump rooms, and the new fuel storage area. Air is first delivered to clean spaces, from where it flows toward areas of progressively higher potential activity levels. The exhaust air from these spaces is discharged to the continuous exhaust plenum by the transfer air fan, from where it is exhausted to the atmosphere through the two plant vent stacks. Fuel handling building temperature at pool level is maintained between 45&deg;F and 109.2&deg;F during normal operation.
9.4.3.1.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the fuel handling building HVAC systems described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-8.
9.4.3.1.3 Safety Evaluation The fuel handling building normal ventilation subsystems do not have safety functions.
Therefore, no safety evaluation is provided.
9.4.3.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are generally accessible for periodic inspection during normal plant operation. A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions was conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program. Instruments are calibrated during testing. A preoperational test was conducted to verify that a negative pressure exists in the spent fuel pool area when the normal ventilation system is in operation.
November 2016                                    9-98                                        Rev 3


9.4.2.2 Emergency Operation - Auxiliary Building VAC Systems
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-8 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust System Item                        Supply Air Unit            Exhaust Air Unit A359, A360                  A316, A317 Type Horizontal draw-through            Fan only Number                                        2 (one standby)            2 (one standby)
Flowrate each, ft3/min.                        21,280                      22,628 Fan Type                                          Centrifugal                Vane-axial Drive                                            Belt                      Direct No. of fans in each unit                          1                          1 Total pressure, each, in. w.g.                  2.75                        2.3 Motor hp, each                                    20                          20 Nominal/Minimum Cooling coil N/A                        N/A capacity each, Btu/hr Pre-filter Quantity and size, in                      15 - 24 x 24 x 6                  N/A 3 - 24 x 12 x 6 Pressure drop, clean, in. w.g.                  0.33                        N/A Efficiency, %                                    55                        N/A (Average dust spot atmospheric)                                              N/A 9.4.3.2 Safety Equipment Building Ventilation System The safety equipment building ventilation system described in this subsection includes those subsystems that function during shutdown operating conditions to control the environment for equipment and operating personnel as applicable. There are no longer safety systems in these areas. These subsystems include the following:
: 1. The safety equipment building air conditioning equipment room normal ventilation subsystem
: 2. The safety equipment building lobby area ventilation subsystem 9.4.3.2.1 Design Bases The safety equipment building ventilation system during normal plant operation is designed to maintain the following ambient temperatures:
November 2016                                9-99                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-91 Rev 3 9.4.2.2.1 Design Bases
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Summer Dry Bulb        Winter Dry Bulb Area                      Temperature          Temperature Maximum (&deg;F)              (&deg;F)
Lobby area                                    75                    70 Air conditioning equipment room              104                  N/A Protection of the safety equipment building HVAC system from wind and tornado as well as missile protection is discussed in Chapter 3.
Codes and standards applicable to the safety equipment building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA and SMACNA standards and the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1970. The Seismic Category I portions of the system are also designed to IEEE 323 and 344.
9.4.3.2.2 System Description 9.4.3.2.2.1 General Description The safety equipment building HVAC system is shown in the following controlled drawings.
40087                40175ASO3            40175BSO3 40175A                40175B The cooling systems are primarily required for heat removal function. The safety equipment building lobby area is in Unit 2 only, and the air conditioning subsystem for this area operates for personnel comfort.
9.4.3.2.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of the safety equipment building ventilation system are listed in Tables 9.4-9.
A. Safety Equipment Building Air Conditioning Equipment Room Normal Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one cooling unit located in the air conditioning room No. 017 at elevation 8 ft. The unit includes a moderate-efficiency pre-filter, a fan section, galvanized steel housing, ductwork, and associated controls.
November 2016                                  9-100                                          Rev 3


9.4.2.2.2 System Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B. Safety Equipment Building Lobby Area Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one ventilation unit located in the safety equipment building lobby area at elevation 8 ft. The unit includes a moderate-efficiency pre-filter, a fan section, galvanized steel housing, and ductwork.
Table 9.4-9 SAFETY EQUIPMENT BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS - NORMAL OPERATION Safety Equipment Item                          A/C Room 017 Bldg. Lobby Area Ventilation Unit E412                        E516 Type                                  Horizontal draw-through      Horizontal draw-through ceiling mounted              ceiling mounted One (Unit 2)                One (Unit 2)
Number One (Unit 3)                    Only Flowrate, each ft3/min                            1,450                        2,500 Total pressure, in. w.g.                            2.4                        2.24 Motor, hp each                                    11/2                            2 Drive                                              Belt                        Belt Pre-filter Quantity, each                                    Two                  Two (Unit 2 only)
Units 2 and 3 Size                                          16 x 20 x 2                 25 x 20 x 2 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g.                      0.17                        0.12 Efficiency, %
20                          20 (Average dust spot atmospheric) 9.4.3.2.2.3 System Operation A. Safety Equipment Building Air Conditioning Equipment Room Normal Ventilation Subsystem November 2016                                  9-101                                        Rev 3


9.4.2.2.2.1
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS This subsystem draws the outside air from the turbine building and delivers filtered air through ductwork to the A/C Equipment Room 017. The room air is exhausted to the continuous exhaust system through the penetration and safety equipment building exhaust system described in Section 9.4.3.4.
B. Safety Equipment Building Lobby Area Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem is operated manually from the MCC 1A.
This subsystem mixes approximately 80% of room air with 20% outside air drawn from the turbine building. The ventilation unit delivers filtered air through ductwork to the safety equipment building lobby area, the clean clothing room, and the guard room.
9.4.3.2.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the safety equipment building HVAC system described in this subsection are shown in Tables 9.4-9.
9.4.3.2.3 Safety Evaluation In the permanently defueled condition, there are no safety functions performed by the Safety Equipment Building HVAC system. Therefore, no safety evaluation is provided.
9.4.3.3 Turbine Building HVAC System The turbine building HVAC system described in this subsection operates as needed with SONGS in the permanently defueled condition. Following is a listing of the status of each subsystem.
Structures / Systems / Components                                Status Turbine Building General Area Ventilation Subsystem            Removed from Service Switchgear Room and D6 Battery Room Ventilation                Partially Removed from Service Subsystem Lube Oil Room Ventilation Subsystem                            Removed from Service Excitation-Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) Room Air          Removed from Service Conditioning Subsystem Steam Air Ejector And Vacuum Pump Exhaust Subsystem            Removed from Service D7 Battery Room And Battery Charger Room Ventilation          Removed from Service Subsystem UPS (previously classified as non-Class 1E) Room Air          Partially Removed from Service Conditioning Subsystem November 2016                                9-102                                          Rev 3


    -      -
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-92 Rev 3    
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.3.3.1 Design Bases The turbine building HVAC system is designed to:
A. Maintain the following space design conditions Dry Bulb Temperature (&deg;F)
Winter          Summer Switchgear room                                              N/A                104 D6 Battery room (El. 7 ft)                                    77                95 UPS (previously classified as non- Class 1E) area            N/A                104 B. Maintain combustible concentration of hydrogen gas below the recommended limit of 4% of the battery room volume Codes and standards applicable to the turbine building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of ARI, AMCA, SMACNA, and UL standards.
9.4.3.3.2 System Description 9.4.3.3.2.1 General Description The turbine building HVAC system described in this subsection is shown in shown in the following controlled drawings:
40177B          40177BSO3        40152D          40152DSO3 The system is available for manual operation for the permanently defueled plant condition.
9.4.3.3.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of the turbine building HVAC system are listed in Table 9.4-11.
A. Switchgear Room and D6 Battery Room Ventilation Subsystem (Unit 2 Only)
This subsystem includes one ventilation supply air unit serving the switchgear and D6 battery room, one electric duct heater in the battery room supply air duct, and one battery room exhaust fan.
November 2016                                 9-103                                          Rev 3


System Elevation Type (a) Temperature
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
(&deg;F) ft in Summer (Dry Bulb)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The ventilation supply air unit is located in the turbine building at elevation 56 ft and consists of an outside air louver, a moderate-efficiency pre-filter, a fan section, galvanized steel housing, ductwork, and associated controls.
Wint er (Dry Bulb)
No forced exhaust is required for the switchgear room in the permanently defueled plant condition.
Control Room / Command Center cabinet area 30 0 V AC (b) 80 N/A a) AC  Air conditioning V  Ventilating b) Duct heater provided upstream of ventilation unit for extreme cold weather.
The battery room exhaust unit is located on the battery room roof and consists of an in-line fan and associated ductwork.
B. UPS (previously classified as non-Class 1E) Air Conditioning Subsystem This subsystem consists of two 100% redundant capacity heat pump units for Unit 2 only. These provide space cooling to the UPS area located on the 7 ft-0 in. elevation in the turbine building. (The UPS equipment located here is the battery charger, the inverter, the switchgear, and the control panel. The UPS battery is located in the existing battery room adjacent to the UPS area.) The heat pump units are located at elevation 7 ft-0 in. in the turbine building.
November 2016                                9-104                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-93 Rev 3                                            a) b)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-94 Rev 3                              Item Control Room / Command Center Complex  Ventilation Quantity 1 set Pressure drop, in.
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-11 TURBINE BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Switchgear and Battery Room Ventilation System        Previously classified Exhaust Air Units Non-Class 1E UPS Supply          Switchgear          D6 Battery    System Air-Cond.
w.g. 3 9.4.2.2.2.2 System Operation  
Item                                                                            System Air Unit            Room              Room A363                                A300          E974, E975 Type                                                    N/A Build-up unit                          Fan only        Built-up unit Number of units                        1                N/A                1              2 (Unit 2)
Flowrate, Each, ft3/min              30,980              N/A              1,000        2,700 (Unit 2)
Fan Type                              Vane-axial            N/A            Vane-axial        Centrifugal Drive                                Belt              N/A              Direct              Belt Total pressure, in. w.g.              2.5              N/A                1.0            1.2 (Unit 2)
Motor hp                              30                N/A                1            2.9 (Unit 2)
Cooling capacity, Btu/hr              N/A                N/A                N/A        70,000 (Unit 2) 21.5 (E506)
Heating coil capacity, kW            N/A                N/A          (Duct heater in    25.5 (Unit 2) supply air duct)
Pre-filter 4-16x16x2 Quality                          15 -24 x 24 x 6        N/A                N/A (Unit 2)
Pressure drop Clean, in. w.g.         0.33              N/A                N/A          0.40 (Unit 2)
Efficiency, % (average dust 55                N/A                N/A            90 (Unit 2) spot atmospheric) 9.4.3.3.2.3 System Operation A.      Switchgear and D6 Battery Room Ventilation Subsystem (Unit 2 Only)
This subsystem is manually operated from the local control panel.
The ventilation supply air unit operates continuously during normal operation and distributes the air through ducts to the switchgear room and the D6 battery room.
During winter operation, the battery room space thermostat controls the electric duct heater located in the supply air duct and maintains a 77&deg;F space temperature. The electric duct heater is turned off automatically to prevent burnout if the airflow switch, located in the battery room supply air duct, detects no airflow.
November 2016                                      9-105                                              Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-95 Rev 3    
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The air from the switchgear room is naturally exhausted to the surrounding environment. No forced exhaust is required for the switchgear room in the permanently defueled plant condition. Battery room air is exhausted to the atmosphere through an exhaust fan and associated ducts. The battery room exhaust fan operates continuously.
Combustible gas detectors are located in the battery room to detect a combustible gas (hydrogen) concentration (2%) which is well below its explosive limit. An alarm will be annunciated in the Control Room / Command Center upon detection of the combustible gas concentration.
B. UPS (Previously classified non-Class 1E) Air Conditioning System (Unit 2) The UPS system (Previously classified non-Class 1E) heat pump units are automatically and manually controlled from an electrical panel located inside the UPS room. The two heat pump units are 100% redundant capacity, with recirculating air.
Thermostats located on the electrical panel, controls the system's cooling capacity.
9.4.3.3.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the turbine building HVAC system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-11.
9.4.3.3.3 Safety Evaluation Because the turbine building HVAC system has no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.
9.4.3.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Fans are tested and rated in accordance with standards of the AMCA. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program.
9.4.3.4 Penetration Building Ventilation System The ventilation system described in this subsection is for the penetration building at normal operating conditions.
9.4.3.4.1 Design Bases The ventilation system for the penetration building is designed to maintain the space temperature at 104&deg;F maximum dry bulb in summer and 36&deg;F dry bulb in winter in the electrical penetration and piping penetration areas.
November 2016                                 9-106                                          Rev 3


9.4.2.2.2.3
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Protection of this VAC system from wind and tornado, flood, and missiles is discussed in Chapter 3.
Codes and Standards applicable to this ventilation system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA, SMACMA, and ARI Standards.
9.4.3.4.2 System Description 9.4.3.4.2.1 General Description The ventilation systems for the penetration building and electric piping tunnels are shown in Controlled Drawings 40086, 40087, 40175B, 40175BSO3, 40187A, and 40178SO3.
In the penetration building, the ventilation unit for the piping penetration area is located at elevation 30 ft and the ventilation unit for the electrical penetration area is located at elevation 45 ft. The exhaust fan is located at elevation 95 ft. The locations of supply and exhaust fans for electric and piping tunnels are shown in Controlled Drawings 40086 and 40087.
9.4.3.4.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of ventilation systems for the penetration building and the electric and piping tunnels are listed in Table 9.4-13.
Penetration Building
: 1. Piping and Penetration Area The air handling unit consists of a moderate-efficiency pre-filter and a fan section.
: 2. Electrical Penetration Area The air handling unit consists of a moderate-efficiency pre-filter and a fan section.
November 2016                                    9-107                                            Rev 3


9.4.2.2.3 Safety Evaluation
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-13 PENETRATION BUILDING AND ELECTRIC AND PIPING TUNNELS VENTILATION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Penetration Building Item Electrical Area                  Piping Area Ventilating Supply Unit E361                          E360 Type                                One horizontal                    Horizontal draw-through                  draw-through One (Unit 2)                  One (Unit 2)
Number One (Unit 3)                  One (Unit 3)
Flowrate, each ft3/min                  18,830                        11,150 Total pressure, in. w.g.                  4.14                          4.48 Motor, hp each                            25.0                          15.0 Drive                                      Belt                          Belt Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h              N/A                            N/A Pre-filter 8 - 24 x 24 x 6                4 - 24 x 24 x 6 Quantity, each 6 - 12 x 24 x 6                4 - 12 x 14 x 6 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g.            0.33                          0.33 Eff % dust spot atmospheric                55                            55 November 2016                              9-108                                        Rev 3


9.4.2.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-13, cont.
PENETRATION BUILDING AND ELECTRIC AND PIPING TUNNELS VENTILATION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Penetration Building Item A037 Transfer Fan (Penetration and safety equipment building)
Type                                                Vane axial One (Unit 2)
Number One (Unit 3)
Flowrate, each ft3/min                                9,000 Total pressure, in. w.g.                              2.4 Motor, hp each                                        7.5 Drive                                                Direct 9.4.3.4.2.3 System Operation Penetration Building
: 1. Piping Penetration Area Outside air is mixed with recirculated air, is filtered through pre-filters, and is discharged into a duct system. The duct system distributes the air to the piping penetration areas on elevations 15 ft and 30 ft, the fan room at elevation 30 ft, and the piping tunnel and corridor on elevation 9 ft. Part of the room air is exhausted through the continuous exhaust system by the exhaust fan. Area supply fans are interlocked with the exhaust fan.
: 2. Electrical Penetration Area Outside air is mixed with recirculated air, is filtered through pre-filters, and is discharged into a duct system. The duct system distributes the air to the electrical penetration areas on elevations 45 ft and 63 ft-6 in., the fan room at elevation 45 ft, and personnel monitor area, monitor vestibule, emergency decontamination room, and electrical penetration room at elevation 63 ft-6 in.
Part of the room air is exhausted through the continuous exhaust system by the exhaust fan. The electrical penetration area supply fans are interlocked with the exhaust fan.
November 2016                                    9-109                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-96 Rev 3  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.3.4.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the penetration building and electric and piping tunnels ventilation system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-13.
9.4.3.4.3 Safety Evaluation Because these systems have no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.
9.4.3.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Fans are tested in accordance with the standards of the AMCA. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program.
Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.
Instruments are calibrated during testing.
9.4.3.5 South Yard Facility Ventilation Systems The normal and emergency operation systems for the South Yard Facility are discussed in this subsection.
9.4.3.5.1 Design Bases The south yard facility normal HVAC system is designed to:
A. Maintain the ambient air temperature at a level which permits continuous personnel comfort and equipment operation.
B. Minimize the possibility of exfiltration from the hot machine shop, decontamination shop, and REMS work area during normal operation.
The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA and SMACNA Standards, Uniform Mechanical Code, and UL Standards for Seismic Class III, Quality Class IV.
9.4.3.5.2 System Description 9.4.3.5.2.1 General Description The South Yard Facility HVAC System consists of the following subsystems:
A.      Second floor air conditioning subsystem including HP access control November 2016                                   9-110                                      Rev 3


====9.4.3 SUPPORT====
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEMS
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B.      Hot machine shop, REMS rebuild area, hot tool room, REMS work area, decontamination shop, and Mixed Waste Room heating and ventilation subsystem C.      Refueling mock-up area heating and ventilation subsystem D.      Paint shop, carpentry shop, cold machine shop, rigging test room heating and ventilation subsystem E.      Restricted holding area heating and ventilation subsystem F.      Welding area heating and ventilation subsystem G.      REM holding area heating and ventilation subsystem H.      Electrical room ventilation subsystem I.      Telecommunication room air conditioning subsystem All subsystems operate during normal operation. The subsystem listed in 9.4.3.5.2.1 B above, shuts down under emergency conditions.
9.4.3.5.2.2 Component Description Design data for major component of the South Yard Facility HVAC subsystems are listed in Table 9.4-17.
A. Second floor Air Conditioning Subsystem An air conditioning unit, located outside in the mechanical room on the second floor, and four roof exhaust fans serve the office area on second floor and M&TE, cold tool room, and computer room on the first floor. The subsystem consists of an air handling unit with economizer, 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, refrigerant cooling coil, fan section, weatherproof steel housing, supply and return duct and associated control. The exhaust fans are centrifugal type and are connected to the exhaust ducts.
B. Hot Machine Shop REMS Rebuild Area, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth corridor, Corridor #2, Counting Room, Supply Room, REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop, and Mixed Waste Room HVAC Subsystem This subsystem consists of a heat pump unit located on the roof, two air handling units located in the hot machine shop and REMS work area and two exhaust fans located in the REMS holding area.
The heat pump consists of an economizer, 30% efficiency filter, additional electric heating coil, refrigerant cooling coil, fan section, weatherproof steel housing, supply duct, isolation dampers, and associated control.
November 2016                                  9-111                                          Rev 3


9.4.3.1 Fuel Handling Building Ventilation System
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The air handling unit located in hot machine shop consists of 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, isolation dampers, and associated control.
The air handling unit located in REMS work area consists of 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, isolation dampers, and associated control.
The exhaust subsystem, located in REM holding area, consists of two axial fans, exhaust duct, isolation damper, and associated controls.
C. Refueling, Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one air handling unit located in the room and one exhaust fan located on the roof.
The subsystem consists of an air handling unit with 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, and associated control. The exhaust fan is centrifugal type. No duct required.
D. Paint Shop, Carpentry Shop, Cold Machine Shop, and Rigging Test Room, Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of two air handling units located in the cold machine shop.
Five exhaust fans located on the roof and one exhaust fan for the rigging test room located on the wall.
The air handling units consist of a 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, and associated control.
The cold machine shop exhaust fans are centrifugal type. No duct work required.
The rigging test room exhaust fan is centrifugal type. No duct required.
The carpentry shop and paint shop exhaust fans are centrifugal type and connected to exhaust duct work.
E. Restricted Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of an electric room unit heater and an exhaust fan.
November 2016                                9-112                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-97 Rev 3 9.4.3.1.1 Design Bases
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS F. Welding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of an air handling unit located outside in the mechanical room on the second floor, one exhaust fan located on the roof, and a welding exhaust fan located in the cold machine with the exhaust duct to the roof.
The air handling unit consists of a 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, weatherproof steel housing, supply duct, and associated control. The exhaust fans are centrifugal type and are connected to the exhaust ductwork.
G. REMS Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one air handling unit located in the REMS holding area and two roof exhaust fans. The air handling unit consists of 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, and associated control. The exhaust fans are centrifugal type. No duct required.
H. Electrical Room; Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of a wall intake louver and one wall centrifugal exhaust fan.
I. Telecommunication Room; Air Conditioning Subsystem This subsystem consists of a wall heat pump unit with recirculation.
9.4.3.5.2.3 System Operation A. Second Floor Air Conditioning Subsystem The air conditioning unit and the exhaust fans (interlocked with air conditioning unit) are manually started from the local panel or from the computer. The room thermostats, discharge air sensor and dry bulb control modulate the return air damper, outside air damper, zone dampers, bypass damper on the unit, heating coil and compressor to satisfy the room demand. The unit can operate with 100% outside air. The unit is set back for night time. Actuation of the fire alarm will secure the air conditioning unit.
B. Hot Machine Shop, REMS Rebuilt Area, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth corridor, Corridor #2, Instrumentation Storage, Supply Room, REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop, Heating, and Mixed Waste Room Ventilation Subsystem
: 1. Normal Operation The exhaust fans (one standby) and the air handling units are switched on from the local panel or from the computer (air handling units are interlocked with the exhaust fans). The room thermostats will actuate the heating coils if the temperature drops below 65&deg;F.
November 2016                                  9-113                                          Rev 3


9.4.3.1.2 System Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The negative pressure (outside doors closed) is controlled by the static pressure sensors located in the hot machine shop, decontamination shop, REMS work area and outdoor reference pressure sensors. The air handling unit fan speed is modulated to maintain the building pressure < - 0.1 in. W.G.
The outside door cannot be opened if the inside doors in the room are not closed.
When the outside door opens, the air handling unit serving REMS work area is automatically turned off and vice versa.
: 2. Emergency Condition If one of the effluent radiation monitors alarms, the heat pump, the two air handling units, the exhaust fan are shut off and the associated dampers fail closed to isolate the subsystem from the outside. If the fire alarm is actuated, the unit supplying the area is turned off.
C. Refueling; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling unit and the exhaust fan (interlocked with the air handling unit) is switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat, set at 65&deg;F, controls the heating coil of the air handling unit. If the fire alarm is actuated, the unit is turned off.
D. Paint Shop, Carpentry Shop, Cold Machine Shop, Rigging Test Room; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling units and the exhaust fans (interlocked with the air handling units) are switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostats, set at 65&deg;F, control the heating coils of the air handling units. When the heating coils are on, the supply fans of the air handling units and exhaust fans are turned on the low speed. If the fire alarm actuates, the units supplying the area are turned off.
E. Restricted Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The unit heater is switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat set at 65&deg;F controls the heater. The same room thermostat set at 80&deg;F in the summer controls the exhaust fan.
F. Welding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling unit and the room exhaust fan are switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat set at 65&deg;F controls the heating coil of the air handling unit. The welding exhaust fan is switched on when the welding hoods are operated.
The welding exhaust fan is interlocked with the room exhaust fan which stops when November 2016                                9-114                                            Rev 3


9.4.3.1.2.1
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS the welding exhaust fan starts and vice versa. If the fire alarms actuates, the unit supplying the area is turned off.
G. REMS Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling unit and the exhaust fans (interlocked with the air handling unit) are turned on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat, set at 65&deg;F, controls the heating coils of the air handling units. When the heating coils are on, the supply fan of the air handling unit and the exhaust fans are turned on the low speed. If the fire alarm actuates, the supply unit is turned off.
H. Electrical Room; Ventilation Subsystem The exhaust fan is turned on locally or from the computer. The exhaust fan is controlled by the room thermostat set at 85&deg;F.
I. Telecommunication Room; Air Conditioning Subsystem The unit is turned on locally or from the computer.
9.4.3.5.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the South Yard Facility HVAC described in this subsection are shown in the Table 9.4-17. The space design conditions are shown in the Table 9.4-18.
9.4.3.5.3 Safety Evaluation Inasmuch as these systems have no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.
9.4.3.5.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are accessible for periodic inspection during normal operation. A system air balance test and an adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program.
Instruments are calibrated during testing. Automatic controls are tested for actuation at the proper setpoints. Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.
Each system is operated and tested initially with regard to flow capacity and mechanical operability. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. Fans are tested in accordance with AMCA standards.
November 2016                                    9-115                                          Rev 3


9.4.3.1.2.2 Component Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17 SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Hot Machine Shop, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Corridor #2 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop HVAC System Exhaust Air Units                                 Supply Air Units Item                                                                                    Hot Tool Room, Hot Corridor #2 Supply Air                                                            Machine Shop, Beta Booth REMS Work Supply Room, Unit        Break /                  Personnel                    Corridor, Decontamination Area Heating      Exhaust Air Toilets                    Counting Assembly                    Decon                      Shop, and Mixed Waste     and Ventilation      Units Room A/C Room Heating and           Units Unit Ventilation Unit Air Conditioning / Ventilation Single Package Package Roof                                                                   Horizontal            Horizontal Type                              Fan Only     Fan Only     Fan Only     Roof Top Heat                                                 Fan Only Top                                                                      Draw-Thru             Draw-Thru Pump No. of Units           1             1           1             1             1                   1                   1         2 (1 stand-by)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-98 Rev 3 
Flowrate, 8,050         860         1,740         410           2,250               12,620               2,500           19,980 Each Ft3/min Fan Type             Centrifugal   Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal       Centrifugal         Centrifugal           Centrifugal   Tube-Axial Drive                 Belt         Belt         Belt         Belt           Belt                 Belt                 Belt           Direct Total Pressure, in. 1.8 (External)     5/8         5/8         3/8       0.6 (External)             2                   2               3 w.g.
 
Motor HP               7.5           1/3         0.5         1/4             1                   7.5                   2               20 Cooling Capacity,             248,480*         N/A         N/A         N/A         100,520*               N/A                 N/A BTU/H Heating 56           N/A         N/A         N/A             16.5                 131                   27 Capacity, kW
9.4.3.1.2.3
 
9.4.3.1.2.4
 
9.4.3.1.3 Safety Evaluation 
 
9.4.3.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-99 Rev 3 9.4.3.2 Safety Equipment Building Ventilation System
 
9.4.3.2.1 Design Bases
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-100 Rev 3             
 
9.4.3.2.2 System Description
 
9.4.3.2.2.1 
 
9.4.3.2.2.2 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-101 Rev 3                                                       
 
9.4.3.2.2.3 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-102 Rev 3 
 
9.4.3.2.2.4 
 
9.4.3.2.3 Safety Evaluation
 
9.4.3.3 Turbine Building HVAC System
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-103 Rev 3 9.4.3.3.1 Design Bases
 
9.4.3.3.2 System Description
 
9.4.3.3.2.1 
 
9.4.3.3.2.2 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-104 Rev 3 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-105 Rev 3    Switchgear and Battery Room Ventilation System Previously classified Non-Class 1E UPS System Air-Cond. System    Exhaust Air Units Item Supply Air Unit Switchgear Room D6 Battery Room  Type A363 Build-up unit N/A A300 Fan only E974, E975 Built-up unit  Number of units 1 N/A 1 2 (Unit 2)
Flowrate, Each , ft3/min 30,980 N/A 1,000 2,700 (Unit 2)
Fan  Type Vane-axial N/A Van e-axial Centrifugal Drive Belt N/A Direct Belt Total pressure, in.
w.g. 2.5 N/A 1.0 1.2 (Unit 2)
Motor hp 30 N/A 1 2.9 (Unit 2)
Cooling capacity, Btu/hr N/A N/A N/A 70,000 (Unit 2)
Heating coil capacity, kW N/A N/A 21.5 (E506) (Duct heater in supply air duct) 25.5 (Unit 2)
Pre-filter  Quality 15 -24 x 24 x 6 N/A N/A 4-16x16x2  (Unit 2) Pressure drop Clean, in. w.g.
0.33 N/A N/A 0.40 (Unit 2)
Efficiency, % (average dust spot atmospheric) 55 N/A N/A 90 (Unit 2) 9.4.3.3.2.3 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-106 Rev 3 
 
9.4.3.3.2.4 
 
9.4.3.3.3 Safety Evaluation
 
9.4.3.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements
 
9.4.3.4 Penetration Building Ventilation System
 
9.4.3.4.1 Design Bases 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-107 Rev 3 9.4.3.4.2 System Description 
 
9.4.3.4.2.1 General Description
 
9.4.3.4.2.2 Component Description
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-108 Rev 3                     
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-109 Rev 3 9.4.3.4.2.3 System Operation
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-110 Rev 3 9.4.3.4.2.4 System Performance Parameters
 
9.4.3.4.3 Safety Evaluation
 
9.4.3.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements
 
9.4.3.5 South Yard Facility Ventilation Systems
 
9.4.3.5.1 Design Bases
 
9.4.3.5.2 System Description 9.4.3.5.2.1 General Description
 
A.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-111 Rev 3 B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I.
9.4.3.5.2.2 Component Description
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-112 Rev 3   
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-113 Rev 3         
 
9.4.3.5.2.3 System Operation
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-114 Rev 3 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-115 Rev 3     
 
9.4.3.5.2.4 System Performance Parameters
 
9.4.3.5.3 Safety Evaluation
 
9.4.3.5.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-116 Rev 3    Item 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System Hot Machine Shop, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Corridor #2 REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop HVAC System Supply Air Unit Exhaust Air Units Supply Air Units Exhaust Air Units Break / Assembly Toilets Personnel Decon Corridor #2 Supply Room, Counting Room A/C Unit Hot Tool Room, Hot Machine Shop, Beta Booth Corridor, Decontamination Shop, and Mixed Waste Room Heating and Ventilation Unit REMS Work Area Heating and Ventilation Units Air Conditioning / Ventilation Type Package Roof Top Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Single Package Roof Top Heat Pump Horizontal Draw-Thru Horizontal Draw-Thru Fan Only No. of Units 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 (1 stand
-by) Flowrate, Each Ft 3/min 8,050 860 1,740 410 2,250 12,620 2,500 19,980 Fan Type Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Tube-Axial Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Direct Total Pressure, in. w.g. 1.8 (External) 5/8 5/8 3/8 0.6 (External) 2 2 3 Motor HP 7.5 1/3 0.5 1/4 1 7.5 2 20 Cooling Capacity, BTU/H 248,480* N/A N/A N/A 100,520* N/A N/A Heating Capacity, kW 56 N/A N/A N/A 16.5 131 27
* Values in this table are nominal rated values. Refer to calculation for design values.
* Values in this table are nominal rated values. Refer to calculation for design values.
November 2016                                                                9-116                                                                  Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-117 Rev 3    Item 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System Hot Machine Shop, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Corridor #2 REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop and Mixed Waste Room HVAC System Supply Air Unit Exhaust Air Units Supply Air Unit s Exhaust Air Units Break / Assembly Toilets Personnel Decon Corridor #2 Supply Room, Counting Room A/C Unit Hot Tool Room, Hot Machine Shop, Beta Booth Corridor, Decontamination Shop, and Mixed Waste Room Heating and Ventilation Unit REMS Work Area Heating and Ventilation Units Air Conditioning / Ventilation N/A N/A N/A  N/A Pre-filter     Quantity 2-18x24x2 4-24x24x2 16x25x1 4-16x25x2 2-20x20x2 Pressure Drop Clean, in.w.g.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
0.28  0.28 0.28 Efficiency, % (Average Dust Spot Atmospheric) 30 30 30 30 Air-Cooled Condensing Unit (for 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.
A. Compressor Type: Semi
SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Hot Machine Shop, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Corridor #2 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop and Mixed Waste Room HVAC System Exhaust Air Units                                     Supply Air Units Item                                                                                                                                Exhaust Supply Air                                     Corridor #2       Hot Tool Room, Hot Machine Shop, REMS Work          Air Unit      Break /          Personnel Supply Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Decontamination Toilets                                                                    Area Heating and    Units Assembly              Decon    Counting Room Shop, and Mixed Waste Room Heating Ventilation Units A/C Unit               and Ventilation Unit Air Conditioning / Ventilation Pre-filter 2-18x24x2 Quantity                                                              16x25x1                     4-16x25x2                 2-20x20x2 4-24x24x2 N/A        N/A      N/A                                                                                  N/A Pressure Drop 0.28                                                                      0.28                      0.28 Clean, in.w.g.
-hermetic Quantity: 2 Capacity: 248,480 BTU/H*
Efficiency, %
Refrigerant: R
(Average Dust Spot         30                                             30                         30                         30 Atmospheric)
-22 B. Condenser Coil Coil Face Area: 24.75 sq. ft.
Air-Cooled Condensing Unit (for 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System)
No. of Rows: 3 Fins/Inch: 15
A. Compressor                                   B. Condenser Coil                    C. Condenser Fan Type: Semi-hermetic                           Coil Face Area: 24.75 sq. ft.         No. of Rows: 2 Quantity: 2                                    No. of Rows: 3                        Flowrate: 10,000 CFM Capacity: 248,480 BTU/H*                      Fins/Inch: 15.7                        HP: 3/4 each Refrigerant: R-22 Air-Cooled Condensing Unit (for Supply Room, Counting Room)
.7 C. Condenser Fan No. of Rows: 2 Flowrate: 10,000 CFM HP: 3/4 each Air-Cooled Condensing Unit (for Supply Room, Counting Room)
A. Compressor                                   B. Condenser Coil                     C. Condenser Fan Type: Hermetic                                Coil Face Area: 8 sq. ft.             No. of Rows: 1 Quantity: 2                                    No. of Rows: 3                        Flowrate: 6500 CFM Capacity: 100,520 BTU/H*                      Fins/Inch: 15                          HP: 3/4 Refrigerant: R-22 November 2016                                                             9-117                                                                    Rev 3
A. Compressor Type: Hermetic Quantity: 2 Capacity: 100,520 BTU/H*
Refrigerant: R
-22 B. Condenser Coil Coil Face Area: 8 sq. ft.
No. of Rows: 3 Fins/Inch: 15 C. Condenser Fan No. of Rows: 1 Flowrate: 6500 CFM HP: 3/4 San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-118 Rev 3    Item Refueling Ventilation System Paint Shop, Carpentry Shop, Cold Machine Shop, Rigging Test Room, Ventilation System Supply Air Unit Exhaust Unit Supply Air Units Exhaust Air Units Cold Machine Shop Paint Shop Carpentry Shop Rigging Test Air Conditioning / Ventilation Type Horizontal Draw-Thru Fan Only Horizontal Draw-Thru Horizontal Draw-Thru Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only No. of Units 1 1 1 1 3 (One Stand
-By) 1 1 1 Flowrate, Each Ft 3/min 3,300 3,200 14,400 14,000 13,400 1,200 500 1,765 Fan        Type Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifug al Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Total Pressure, in.w.g.
2 1/8 2.5 2.5 1/8 7/8 1/4 1/8 Motor HP 2 1/3 10 10 1-1/2 1/3 1/4 1/3 Cooling Capacity, BTU/H N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Heating Capacity, kW 36 N/A 80 80 N/A N/A N/A N/A Pre-filter  N/A  N/A N/A N/A N/A Quantity 2-20x25x2 4-16x20x2 4-16x25x2 1-20x20x2 1-20x25x2 4-16x20x2 4-16x25x2 1-20x20x2 1-20x25x2 Pressure Drop Clean, in.w.g.
0.28 0.28 0.28 Efficiency, % (Average Dust Spot Atmospheric) 30 30 30 San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-119 Rev 3    Item Restricted Holding Area Ventilation System Welding Area Ventilation System REMS Holding Area Ventilation System Unit Heater Exhaust Unit Supply Air Unit Exhaust Air Units Supply Air Unit Exhaust Air Unit Room Welding Air Conditioning / Ventilation Type Propeller Type Wall Mounted Fan Only Horizontal Draw-Thru Fan Only Fan Only Horizontal Draw-Thru Fan Only No. of Units 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flowrate, Each Ft 3/min 620 3,500 4,700 4,900 4,900 4,800 2,400 Fan        Type  Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Drive  Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Total Pressure, in.w.g.
1/4 2 3/8 2-1/2 2 0.5 Motor HP 1/5 3/4 3 3/4 3 3 0.5 Cooling Capacity, BTU/H N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Heating Capacity, kW 7.0 N/A 50 N/A N/A 27 N/A Pre-filter N/A N/A  N/A N/A  N/A Quantity 3-20x25x2 3-20x25x2 Pressure Drop Clean, in.w.g.
0.28 0.28 Efficiency, % (Average Dus t Spot Atmospheric) 30 30 San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-120 Rev 3    Item Electrical Room Ventilation System Telecommunication room Air Conditioning Outside Air Intake Exhaust Air Unit Recirculation Unit Air Conditioning / Ventilation Type  Fan Only Wall Air Conditioning No. of Units 1 1  Flowrate, Each ft 3/min  1,400 175/125  Fan Not Required (Outside air is drawn thru Louver)    Type Centrifugal Drive  Belt  Total Pressure, in.
w.g. 1/8  Motor HP (watt) 1/4 (600)  Cooling Capacity, BTU/H N/A 5400  Heating Capacity, kW N/A N/A  Pre-filter  N/A N/A Quantity  Pressure Drop Clean, in.
w.g. Efficiency, % (Average Dust Spot Atmospheric)
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-121 Rev 3                                                                                                  a)
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-122 Rev 3 9.5 OTHER AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
 
9.5.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYST EM 
 
These design elements are considered, however, when analyzing the results of a fire in an area of the plant where a loss of in
-service components and systems in that area would jeopardize spent fuel pool functions or an area with the potential for a radiological release due to a fire in the plant. 
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-123 Rev 3  9.5.1.1 Design Bases
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-124 Rev 3  


9.5.1.2 System Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.
SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Refueling Ventilation Paint Shop, Carpentry Shop, Cold Machine Shop, Rigging Test Room, Ventilation System System Item                                                                                            Exhaust Air Units Supply Air Exhaust Unit        Supply Air Units Unit                                                      Cold Machine                Carpentry      Rigging Paint Shop Shop                        Shop          Test Air Conditioning / Ventilation Horizontal                Horizontal        Horizontal Type                                          Fan Only                                        Fan Only      Fan Only    Fan Only    Fan Only Draw-Thru                  Draw-Thru        Draw-Thru No. of Units                          1            1            1                1        3 (One Stand-By)      1            1            1 3
Flowrate, Each Ft /min            3,300        3,200        14,400            14,000          13,400        1,200        500          1,765 Fan Type                          Centrifugal    Centrifugal  Centrifugal      Centrifugal      Centrifugal    Centrifugal Centrifugal  Centrifugal Drive                              Belt        Belt        Belt              Belt            Belt          Belt        Belt          Belt Total Pressure, in.w.g.              2          1/8          2.5               2.5              1/8            7/8          1/4          1/8 Motor HP                              2          1/3          10                10              1-1/2          1/3          1/4          1/3 Cooling Capacity, BTU/H              N/A          N/A          N/A              N/A              N/A            N/A          N/A          N/A Heating Capacity, kW                  36          N/A          80                80              N/A            N/A          N/A          N/A Pre-filter Quantity                        2-20x25x2                  4-16x20x2        4-16x20x2 4-16x25x2        4-16x25x2 1-20x20x2        1-20x20x2 N/A      1-20x25x2        1-20x25x2          N/A            N/A          N/A          N/A Pressure Drop Clean, in.w.g.        0.28                      0.28              0.28 Efficiency, % (Average Dust 30                        30                30 Spot Atmospheric)
November 2016                                                          9-118                                                                  Rev 3


9.5.1.3 Safety Evaluation
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.
SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Restricted Holding Area Ventilation                                            REMS Holding Area Ventilation Welding Area Ventilation System System                                                                      System Exhaust Air Units Exhaust Air Unit Heater      Exhaust Unit    Supply Air Unit                          Supply Air Unit Unit Room        Welding Item Air Conditioning / Ventilation Propeller Type                        Horizontal                                Horizontal Type                                              Fan Only                        Fan Only      Fan Only                      Fan Only Wall Mounted                          Draw-Thru                                Draw-Thru No. of Units                        1                1                1            1            1            1              1 Flowrate, Each Ft3/min              620              3,500            4,700        4,900        4,900        4,800          2,400 Fan Type                                              Centrifugal      Centrifugal  Centrifugal  Centrifugal  Centrifugal    Centrifugal Drive                                                Belt            Belt          Belt          Belt          Belt            Belt Total Pressure, in.w.g.                              1/4                2            3/8          2-1/2          2              0.5 Motor HP                            1/5              3/4                3            3/4            3            3              0.5 Cooling Capacity, BTU/H              N/A                N/A              N/A          N/A          N/A          N/A            N/A Heating Capacity, kW                  7.0              N/A              50          N/A          N/A            27            N/A Pre-filter Quantity                                                            3-20x25x2                                3-20x25x2 Pressure Drop Clean, in.w.g.      N/A                N/A              0.28          N/A          N/A          0.28            N/A Efficiency, % (Average Dust 30                                        30 Spot Atmospheric)
November 2016                                                        9-119                                                                Rev 3


9.5.1.4 Tests and Inspections
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.
SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Telecommunication room Air Electrical Room Ventilation System Item                                                            Conditioning Outside Air Intake    Exhaust Air Unit      Recirculation Unit Air Conditioning / Ventilation Type                                                      Fan Only        Wall Air Conditioning No. of Units                                                  1                    1 3
Flowrate, Each ft /min                                      1,400                175/125 Fan                            Not Required (Outside air is drawn thru Type                                Louver)            Centrifugal Drive                                                        Belt Total Pressure, in. w.g.                                     1/8 Motor HP (watt)                                              1/4                 (600)
Cooling Capacity, BTU/H                                        N/A                  5400 Heating Capacity, kW                                          N/A                  N/A Pre-filter Quantity Pressure Drop Clean, in. w.g.                                N/A                  N/A Efficiency, % (Average Dust Spot Atmospheric)
November 2016                                                    9-120                                                      Rev 3


9.5.1.5 Component Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS TABLE 9.4-18 SOUTH YARD FACILITY SPACE DESIGN CONDITION Temperature (&deg;F)
Pressure System                    Type(a)  Summer        Winter    in. w.g.
(Dry Bulb)    (Dry Bulb)
Second Floor Air Conditioning 78 and 50%
    - Offices and Occupied Areas            HVAC                      70        N/A RH (max)
    - Toilets, Lockers and Shower                    78 and 50%
HVAC                      70        N/A Areas                                          RH (max)
Hot Machine Shop, Counting Room, Supply Room, REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop, Beta Booth Corridor and Mixed Waste Room
    - Hot Machine Shop                      HV          95          65    negative -0.1 78 and 50%
    - Counting Room, Supply Room            HVAC                      70      negative RH (max)
    - REMS Work Area                        HV          95          65    negative -0.1
    - Decontamination Shop                  HV          95          65    negative -0.1
    - Beta Booth Corridor                    HV          95          65    negative-0.1
    - Mixed Waste Room                      HV          95          65    negative-0.1 Refueling                                  HV          95          65 Cold Machine Shop Rigging Test HV          95          65        N/A Room Restricted Hold Area                        HV          95          55        N/A Welding Area                                HV          95          65        N/A REMS Holding Area                          HV          95          55        N/A Electrical Room                              V          104          50        N/A Telecommunication                          HVAC          78          N/A        N/A a) HVAC - heating, ventilation, air conditioning HV - heating and ventilation November 2016                                9-121                                  Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-125 Rev 3 9.5.1.6 System Operation 9.5.1.7 Personnel Organization, Qualification and Training
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5 OTHER AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of Other Auxiliary Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.
System                                    Status Fire Protection System                        Partially Removed from Service Communications Systems                        Available Lighting Systems                              Available Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Storage and          Removed from Service Transfer System Diesel Generator Cooling Water System          Removed from Service Diesel Generator Starting System              Removed from Service Diesel Generator Lubrication System            Removed from Service Diesel Generator Combustion Air Intake        Removed from Service and Exhaust System 9.5.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM The fire protection system (FPS) is designed to prevent, detect, contain, and manually extinguish fires in the plant.
The FPS, where referred to in this section, includes fire detection and extinguishing systems and equipment. It is exclusive of such design elements as physical separation, barrier separation, and burning characteristics of combustibles, which limit the propagation of fire but do not actively extinguish it. These design elements are considered, however, when analyzing the results of a fire in an area of the plant where a loss of in-service components and systems in that area would jeopardize spent fuel pool functions or an area with the potential for a radiological release due to a fire in the plant. The maximum postulated fire in an area is termed the credible fire, as opposed to the design basis fire which postulates the complete combustion of all fuel in an area regardless of available active or passive fire protection.
The FPS water supply and pumping equipment are shared by Units 2 and 3. Fire suppression and fire detection systems are being removed from service or physically removed as combustibles or other hazards are removed from the affected fire zones. Other fire protection equipment described below is provided for each plant individually.
November 2016                                    9-122                                        Rev 3


====9.5.2 COMMUNICATION====
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
SYSTEMS
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The fire water supply system is also used to support other plant systems in the event of a design base fire in certain fire areas. See the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis, Section 3.0.
9.5.1.1 Design Bases A. Structures, systems, and components important to safety are designed and located to minimize, consistent with other safety requirements, the fire hazard.
Noncombustible and heat-resistant materials are used whenever practical throughout the units to minimize potential fires (including duration, severity, and intensity in any combustion zone) in accordance with 10CFR50 General Design Criterion 3, Fire Protection. In-Situ Combustible Loading, 90035CT, provides information on the combustible loading and fire severity in various areas of the plant.
B. The existing fire barriers provide defense-in-depth protection for the independent SFP cooling and SFP makeup functions.
C. The FPS is not a safety-related system. FPS components, however, are designed so that seismic loadings do not cause loss of function of plant structures, systems, or components important to safety, in compliance with 10CFR50 General Design Criterion 3, Fire Protection.
D. FPS components are designed so that their inadvertent operation does not result in loss of function of plant structures, systems, or components important to safety, in compliance with 10CFR50 General Design Criterion 3, Fire Protection.
E. The FPS is designed to minimize the effects of fires consistent with the postulated type, location, duration, severity, and fire loads in the Fuel Handling, Penetration, Auxiliary Radwaste, and Auxiliary Control Buildings. Other plant areas which are protected by means of manual fire protection (with use of adjacent fire hydrants and hoses) are accessible with respect to heat, smoke, toxic combustion products, and radiation.
F. The plant fire protection water supply system is capable of supplying rated flow with the largest pump out of service. The fire protection water supply system is rated to supply simultaneously the maximum flow for any automatic sprinkler system or water spray system and 750 gal/min for fire hoses, assuming the shortest fire main flow path is valved out of service.
G. The fire protection water supply yard main is arranged so that each branch line from the main may be supplied with water from the pumps by alternate flow paths.
Two-way hydrants are installed at a maximum of 300-foot intervals along the main which will ensure adequate coverage of plant areas by fire truck hoses.
H. Hydraulically balanced automatic sprinkler systems, ordinary or extra-hazard automatic sprinkler systems, and hydraulically designed automatic water spray systems are installed in areas with a high fire potential which cannot otherwise be November 2016                                    9-123                                          Rev 3


9.5.2.1 Design Bases
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS protected by separation or by limiting the quantities of combustibles. As combustible hazards are removed, water spray and wet-pipe sprinkler fire suppression systems are removed from service in accordance with SO123-FP-1.
Criteria for determining the need for remaining systems are in compliance with the Nuclear Mutual Limited (NML) guide, Property Loss Prevention Standards for Nuclear Generating Stations (June 1974).
I. Standpipes, inside hose connections, and fire hose stations are provided in areas adjacent to and within stair towers and other points in accordance with applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and NEIL regulations and recommendations.
J. Portable fire extinguishers are provided throughout normally accessible areas of the plant in accordance with applicable NFPA, and NEIL regulations and recommendations.
K. Alarms are provided in the Control Room / Command Center upon activation of automatic fire protection systems. Fire and smoke monitoring and detection systems are installed in areas where a potential for fire exists to damage spent fuel pool function and / or radiological release due to a fire. These systems alarm in the Control Room / Command Center.
L. Two FPS water supply jockey pumps are provided to maintain system pressure and to minimize cycling of the main fire pumps.
M. Portions of standpipes and hose connections are designed to withstand a design basis earthquake. The water supply to these standpipes is from a seismically-qualified water tank via a hose connection and a seismically-qualified pump.
9.5.1.2 System Description The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.
9.5.1.3 Safety Evaluation The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.
9.5.1.4 Tests and Inspections The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.
9.5.1.5 Component Description The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.
November 2016                                  9-124                                          Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-126 Rev 3 9.5.2.2 System Description
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5.1.6 System Operation The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.
9.5.1.7 Personnel Organization, Qualification and Training The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.
9.5.2 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS The communication systems include internal (in-plant) and external (out-of-plant) communications designed to provide convenient and effective operational communications among various plant locations and between the plant and locations external to the plant.
9.5.2.1 Design Bases Various communication systems are provided in the plant to ensure reliable communication during maintenance and under normal and emergency conditions. The design bases of these systems are:
A. A telephone system, two-way radio system, and a public address system (PA) are provided to accomplish onsite communication between the Control Room /
Command Center and various plant locations.
B. Public and Private Telephone System Network and a radio system is provided to permit plant-to-offsite communication on a continuous basis. These systems are not required to operate subsequent to a design basis accident (DBA).
C. The plant has communication circuits to the SCE and SDG&E dispatching centers.
Alternate systems are provided from the station to the SCE dispatcher.
D. The emergency evacuation alarm system is designed to warn personnel to evacuate the exclusion area in the event of a design basis accident. The emergency evacuation alarm system is designed to remain functional subsequent to a design basis earthquake in all seismically qualified buildings. The plant public address paging system speakers can also function as emergency evacuation alarms. The Units 2 & 3 emergency evacuation alarm system also actuates the Reservoir Thunderbolt siren. An isolation relay has been utilized to isolate it from the Units 2 & 3 QC II system.
E. The communication systems are provided with diverse power sources as listed in Table 9.5-2. The main equipment cabinets and power supplies are located in separate areas to minimize losses from fire.
F. The communication systems conform with applicable local codes, standards, ordinances, and Federal Communication Commission regulations. The emergency November 2016                                  9-125                                        Rev 3


9.5.2.2.1 In-Plant Communication Systems  
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS evacuation alarm system is designed to conform to the standards indicated in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
G. Functional communication tests will be performed between all operating stations to demonstrate system capabilities.
9.5.2.2 System Description The plant communication systems are illustrated schematically in the following controlled drawings.
35980        35982          35984        35986 35981        35983          35985 The locations of telephones and public address speakers are shown on the station lighting and communication plan drawings.
9.5.2.2.1 In-Plant Communication Systems 9.5.2.2.1.1 SCE PAX Telephone System The primary means of communication within the plant is a distributed, multi-switch Private Branch Exchange (PBX). The switches are interconnected with a fiber optic transmission system. The switch locations are in the AWS building, SCE Microwave building, and Elevation 70 ft of the Units 2 and 3 Control Building.
This system, commonly referred to as Private Automatic Exchange (PAX), provides station-to-station private line communications with any PAX telephone onsite, including the command center, and between the plant and the external SCE PAX system. Interconnection to the Public Address (PA) System is also provided.
Cables between PAX node locations are routed underground in concrete-encased duct banks, conduits or covered cable trays to protect the cable from being severed accidentally. All communication cables within the plant have fire resistant insulation or are routed in conduit, in nonsafety-related cable trays or with an aluminum sheath to resist damage. Communication cabling entering plant communication rooms from outside the building are routed using SCE Communication System Practices which may include small amounts of non-flame resistant cable insulations.
The PAX exchange is powered by 48-volt battery supplies located near each telephone switch.
9.5.2.2.1.2 Public Address System The Unit 2 and 3 paging system consists of a central rack of 48-volt amplifiers powered by the Unit 2 and 3 communication battery. Paging speakers utilize self-contained matching transformers and are distributed between amplifiers for increased reliability in the event a given November 2016                                  9-126                                          Rev 3


9.5.2.2.1.1 SCE PAX Telephone System
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS amplifier or speaker fails. Access to the PA system may be obtained from select PAX telephone positions using a dedicated number or by a priority override from the Control Room / Command Center operator telephone and CAS. A tone generator is included to provide siren signals over the paging speakers throughout the plant.
9.5.2.2.1.3 Emergency Evacuation Alarm System For buildings previously classified as quality class II, an emergency evacuation alarm system consisting of electronic sirens installed throughout the buildings, two motor-driven roof-mounted sirens, and strobe light visual alarms (in high background noise areas of the containment) are provided. Also, an additional motor-driven Reservoir Thunderbolt siren has been provided near the bluff north of the plant. The sirens and strobe lights are actuated manually from the command center. The perimeter PA system is used for paging individuals within the exclusion area and to notify the general public along the plant perimeter in case of an emergency which would require evacuation of the area adjacent to the site. The perimeter paging system cabinet (2/3L-210) is located in the Auxiliary Control Building. The perimeter speakers are operated from microphones in the Unit 2 and 3 shift manager's office. They are driven from amplifiers in the Unit 2 and 3 communication room. For nonsafety-related buildings the tone generator connected to the public address amplifiers provides plant evacuation siren signals. In addition emergency sirens and strobe lights located in each containment building can be activated independently by pushbuttons located in its associated main Control Room / Command Center panel. Emergency Evacuation Alarm System equipment classifications are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.
9.5.2.2.1.4 Two-Way Radio Portable, UHF two-way radios are available for voice communication among plant personnel.
The UHF radio system is a multi-channel trunked configuration in the 800 MHz band. Channels are assigned to functional organizations by a central controller on an as needed basis.
If the PAX is not available, hand-held portable transceivers and fixed radio consoles are available for communications. UHF repeater stations assure coverage virtually throughout the plant except for prohibited and dead zone areas noted in the security plan. Power sources for the radio system are as listed in Table 9.5-2.
9.5.2.2.2 Public Offsite Communication System ATTs Telephone Company commercial telephone system interfaces with the plant PAX system.
Extensions are installed in the command center, supervision offices, and maintenance and administrative areas throughout the plant. The PAX system provides direct dialing to locations outside the plant, both local and long distance, and also between extensions within the plant.
November 2016                                  9-127                                        Rev 3


9.5.2.2.1.2 Public Address System
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5.2.2.3 Private Offsite Communication System The private offsite communication system provides communication between the plant and offsite locations, including security forces and remote points in the power system.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-127 Rev 3
9.5.2.2.3.1 Security Force Communication Multiple communication methods to offsite security forces exist. The public offsite communication system described in Section 9.5.2.2.2 is used as one method. One other method consists of a radio communication system with Law Enforcement Agency (LEA).
 
Telephone lines are available in the SAS, CAS and in the command centers operator telephone turrets. The Law Enforcement Agency radio link may be accessed from radio consoles in the CAS and SAS.
9.5.2.2.1.3 Emergency Evacuation Alarm System  
9.5.2.2.3.2 Power System Communications Communication with offsite locations in the power system is provided by means of a private communications network described below:
 
A. SCE PAX Dial Trunking Forty-eight dial trunks connect the plant PAX system into the external SCE company PAX dial system via the Santa Ana Central Exchange, 24 dial trunks connect the plant PAX system directly to the central system in SCE (Rosemead), and seventy-two dial trunks connect the plant via the Alhambra Central Exchange. This interconnection uses a combination of multiplexed channels and routes.
9.5.2.2.1.4 Two-Way Radio
B. San Diego Gas & Electric Communications Four (4) direct tie lines from Santa Ana to SDG&E are available on SCE/SDG&E private network by means of multiplex microwave channels to the load dispatcher.
 
Alternative channels and fiber optics to SDG&E are available via the SCE PAX system and the telephone company facilities.
9.5.2.2.2 Public Offsite Communication System
C. U.S. Marine Corps Communications There is a radio communication on a USMC frequency between the command center staff and the U.S. Marine Corps Headquarters Fire Station. Communications via the PTSN exists from the CAS and the SAS to offsite agencies.
 
Radio communication on a USMC talk group is provided between the command center staff and the U.S. Marine Corps Headquarters Fire Station. Also radio communications on a USMC talk group is provided between CAS and US Marine Corps Provost Marshall.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-128 Rev 3 9.5.2.2.3 Private Offsite Communication System
November 2016                                   9-128                                    Rev 3
 
9.5.2.2.3.1 Security Force Communication
 
9.5.2.2.3.2 Power System Communications  
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-129 Rev 3                                       2 


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.5-2 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS POWER SUPPLIES System                                                Power Supply SCE PAX telephone system at AWS                    Power source for same building as respective node building, SCE microwave building, control building, and elevation 70 ft.
Units 2 and 3 -
PA system                                      Communication battery, common to Units 2 and 3, control building, elevation 9 ft SCE PAX dial trunking                          Communication battery, common to Units 2 and 3, SDG&E circuits                                  control building, elevation 70 ft 480VAC/48VDC backed by Diesel Generator System radio repeaters, Control                Redundant 48 VDC with local 30 minute battery Room / Command Center radio                    backup. Battery chargers are powered from 480 consoles, and Central Alarm Station            VAC (Diesel Generator backup) Bus 2BQ.
(CAS) radio consoles.
Radio consoles at other locations              Local 110 VAC power Portable radio (hand held units)                Self-contained battery packs Emergency evacuation alarm system                  A.      AC power from either unit via manual transfer switch B.      The Reservoir Thunderbolt siren receives power from MCC 2BQ.
Commercial Telephone Company                      Telephone Company power NRC emergency notification system                  EOF2 Power source (ENS)
D. NRC Emergency Notification Telephone System (ENS)
A dial line to the NRC Operations Center in Bethesda, Maryland is provided within the Control Room / Command Center.
2 The SONGS Permanently Defueled Emergency Plan (PDEP) no longer includes an Emergency Operations Facility (EOF); however, the legacy name for this building is still used.
2 The SONGS Permanently Defueled Emergency Plan (PDEP) no longer includes an Emergency Operations Facility (EOF); however, the legacy name for this building is still used.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-130 Rev 3     9.5.2.3 System Operation
November 2016                                         9-129                                        Rev 3


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-131 Rev 3 9.5.2.4 Safety Evaluation
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS E.      Health Emergency System Ambulance mobile units are equipped with cellular phones to communicate with SONGS and local hospitals.
9.5.2.3 System Operation Diverse systems are provided to ensure means of in-plant and plant-to-offsite communications.
The in-plant communication systems are provided with reliable batteries and/or ac power supply sources to ensure constant communications between all areas of the plant. Table 9.5-2 lists the different communication systems and their corresponding sources of power. Table 9.5-3 summarizes onsite communication system capabilities during accidents.
Table 9.5-3


9.5.2.5 Tests and Inspections
==SUMMARY==
OF ONSITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CAPABILITIES AND NOISE CONSIDERATIONS DURING ACCIDENTS Communication Systems Available and Max            Maximum Background Noise for Anticipated            Effective Communication(b)
Station                  Sound Levels(a)        PAX            PAX        Paging (dBA)        Telephone      Telephone    Speaker (dBA)        Jack (dBA)    (dBA)
Control Room / Command                    70            92(b)
Center ESF switchgear rooms                      75            92(b)          92(b)(d)    100(b)(c)
Piping Penetration room Elevation 9 ft-0 in.                 80            92(b)          92(b)(d)    100(b)(c)
Elevation 30 ft-0 in.                 85            92(b)        118(e)(c)    100(b)(c)
Radwaste building Elevation 9 ft-0 in. and 24          80            92(b)          92(b)(d)    100(b)(c) ft-0 in.
(a)
Reference 3 (b)
Reference 1 (c)
Based on data supplied by vendors (d)
Telephone handset (e)
Ear-muff type headset November 2016                                  9-130                                        Rev 3


====9.5.3 LIGHTING====
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
SYSTEMS
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5.2.4 Safety Evaluation Safety evaluation applies to equipment described in Section 9.5.2.1, item D.
A. The emergency evacuation alarm system has been designed to provide a signal that will be audible throughout the exclusion area.
Power for the system is obtained from a common motor control center located in the auxiliary building, which is energized through an automatic transfer switch from load LDC02 or a dedicated communications diesel generator. An exception is the Reservoir Thunderbolt siren powered from MCC 2BQ.
B. The sirens, loudspeakers, microphones, amplifiers, power supplies, and circuits for the emergency evacuation alarm system, and their supports, are designed in accordance with Seismic Category I requirements as specified in Chapter 3. An exception is the Reservoir Thunderbolt siren which is Quality Class III Seismic Category II. New cables associated with repowering the 800 MHz system distributions panels are not seismically qualified.
9.5.2.5 Tests and Inspections Systems of the types described above are conventional and have a history of successful operation at existing plants. Most of these systems are in routine use and this will ensure their availability.
Those systems not frequently in use will be tested at periodic intervals to ensure operability when required.
9.5.3 LIGHTING SYSTEMS The plant lighting systems and their components are not safety-related, although some are qualified to Seismic Category I standards, as described in Section 9.5.3.3. All lighting levels are designed to be equal to, or in excess of, the levels stipulated in IES Lighting Handbook (1972).
Discussion and evaluation of the electric power systems are contained in Chapter 8.
9.5.3.1 Design Bases The components of the lighting systems are protected from winds, floods, and missiles only to the extent that protection provided for specific equipment may also protect components of other systems physically within that protected area. These components require quality assurance documentation only on the seismic analysis of seismic supports. Protection from wind and tornado effects, flood design, and missile protection is discussed in Chapter 3.
The design basis of the lighting systems is that area lighting intensities provide the illumination required for comfort and worker efficiency in the performance of the visual activities required in that area.
November 2016                                  9-131                                          Rev 3


9.5.3.1 Design Bases
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
 
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The lighting systems conform with applicable local codes, standards, and ordinances. Generally, design of the plant lighting systems follows the guidance provided by the Handbook of the Illuminating Engineering Society.
The design basis of the lighting systems is that area lighting intensities provide the illumination required for comfort and worker efficiency in the performance of the visual activities required in that area.  
9.5.3.2 System Description Plant lighting is divided into three categories; normal, emergency, and essential. Normal and essential lighting have their power supplied from the SONGS Ring Bus distribution system described in Chapter 8.
 
Emergency lighting power is supplied from either repurposed station batteries, or from self-contained battery packs (fluorescent and sealed beam) that are energized from the Ring Bus distribution system.
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-132 Rev 3 9.5.3.2 System Description  
9.5.3.2.1 Component Description 9.5.3.2.1.1 Normal Lighting The normal lighting system provides plant illumination for the two units. Most of the normal lighting load is supplied from two double-ended load centers, each consisting of two 750 kVa, 4160-208Y/ 120-volt, indoor, dry-type transformers, low-voltage drawout main circuit breakers, and molded-case feeder circuit breakers. The load centers are common to both units.
 
Areas remote from the lighting load center are serviced by 480-208Y/120-volt dry-type transformers, powered from the SONGS Ring Bus distribution system. All ac lighting transformers have grounded neutrals.
he SONGS Ring Bus distribution system described in Chapter 8.
All fixtures and lamps are rated for 120V-ac service. Incandescent lamps are installed in the containment structure, safety equipment building, piping penetration rooms, radwaste building, and fuel handling building.
 
9.5.3.2.1.2 Emergency Lighting Emergency lighting is installed in critical areas of the plant likely to be occupied by operating personnel (except in those areas noted in Section 9.5.3.2.1.3) and in exit corridors where minimum illumination is required for safety.
repurposedthe Ring Bus distribution system.
In the permanently defueled condition, Appendix-R Safe Shutdown and Appendix R 8-hour lighting is no longer required for San Onofre Units 2 and 3.
 
9.5.3.2.1.3 Essential Lighting The essential lighting system provides a minimum amount of battery-backed lighting in several areas. The essential lighting system is served through battery backed AC power supplies or by self-contained battery powerpacks. The main Control Room / Command Center and associated November 2016                                    9-132                                        Rev 3
9.5.3.2.1 Component Description  
 
9.5.3.2.1.1 Normal Lighting  
 
the SONGS Ring Bus distribution system.
 
9.5.3.2.1.2 Emergency Lighting  
 
9.5.3.2.1.3 Essential Lighting
 
San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR) AUXILIARY SYSTEMS November 2016 9-133 Rev 3
 
9.5.3.3 Evaluation
 
The essential lighting system that serves the Control Room / Command Center and all supports of other lighting systems installed in Seismic Category I structures are designed in accordance with Seismic Category I requirements as specified in Chapter 3 and are consistent with paragraph c.1.n of Regulatory Guide 1.29. The components and supporting structures of any system, equipment, or structure that is not Seismic Category I, and whose collapse could result in the loss of a required function through either impact or flooding, are analytically checked to determine that they will not collapse when subjected to seismic loading.  
 
9.5.3.4 Tests and Inspections


San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS corridors are served by 2 battery backed AC power supplies, each made up of batteries, a battery charger, an inverter, and a transfer switch. The other areas are served by the self-contained battery powerpacks, each consisting of a luminary with lamps and a power unit with batteries, battery charger, and inverter-ballast combination. The units are designed to provide continuous-rated illumination for a minimum of 90 minutes in the event of loss of input ac power. The supplies are wired such that, under normal conditions about half of the essential lights are supplied from one unit and the other half are supplied by the other unit.
9.5.3.3 Evaluation The essential lighting system that serves the Control Room / Command Center and all supports of other lighting systems installed in Seismic Category I structures are designed in accordance with Seismic Category I requirements as specified in Chapter 3 and are consistent with paragraph c.1.n of Regulatory Guide 1.29. The components and supporting structures of any system, equipment, or structure that is not Seismic Category I, and whose collapse could result in the loss of a required function through either impact or flooding, are analytically checked to determine that they will not collapse when subjected to seismic loading.
9.5.3.4 Tests and Inspections The ac lighting circuits and the essential lights are normally energized and require no periodic testing. The essential backup power supply which consists of battery charger, batteries, transfer switches, and inverter are inspected and tested periodically to ensure the operability of the automatic switches and other components in the system.
9.
9.


==5.4 REFERENCES==
==5.4 REFERENCES==
}}
: 1. Updated Fire Hazards Analysis, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 and 3, Southern California Edison Company.
: 2. Smith, A. J., Considerations in the Design of Communications Systems for Power Plants, IEEE Power Engineering Society Transaction Paper No. T75 090-6, September 6, 1974.
: 3. WR-83-30, Ambient Noise Survey for San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 2 and 3, Wyle Laboratories.
November 2016                                  9-133                                        Rev 3
 
Rev: 7 Amended: April 2009 TL: E047999}}

Latest revision as of 09:58, 30 October 2019

Revised Updated Final Safety Analysis Report/Defueled Safety Analysis Report, Chapter 9, Auxiliary Systems
ML16357A304
Person / Time
Site: San Onofre  Southern California Edison icon.png
Issue date: 12/15/2016
From:
Southern California Edison Co
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
Shared Package
ML16357A263 List:
References
Download: ML16357A304 (151)


Text

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9 AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of the Auxiliary Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in a table in each section. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this chapter has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.

9.1 FUEL STORAGE AND HANDLING Structures / Systems / Components Status New Fuel Storage Partially Removed from Service Spent Fuel Storage Available Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (ISFPCS) Available Fuel Pool Make Up System (FPMUS) Available Fuel Handling System Partially Removed from Service Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) Available A separate fuel-handling building (FHB) is provided for each reactor unit. Plant General Arrangement Drawings (Controlled Drawings 40000 through 40010) show the locations of the fuel storage facilities in the station complex.

See Appendix 9A for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 alignment with NUREG-1738, Technical Study of Spent Fuel Pool Accident Risk at Decommissioning Plants.

9.1.1 NEW FUEL STORAGE San Onofre Units 2 and 3 have permanently ceased operation and removed all fuel from both units reactor vessels. Even though this system is titled New Fuel Storage, no new fuel is stored at SONGS in the permanently defueled condition. However, this system is only partially removed from service to allow for activities during the decommissioning process not related to new fuel storage. New fuel storage racks and equipment classifications are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

Non-fuel items stored in the new fuel storage racks may include fuel inserts, dummy fuel assemblies, and items with approximate dimensions of, and weighing less than, a fuel assembly, such as underwater trash cans, four-finger CEA carriers, and spent fuel cell blocking devices.

November 2016 9-1 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The New Fuel Area (FHB Room 408) is the location of the primary loop of the Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (ISFPCS) (See Section 9.1.3).

9.1.2 SPENT FUEL STORAGE 9.1.2.1 Design Bases The spent fuel storage racks and spent fuel pool provide for storage of spent fuel assemblies in appropriate regions of the spent fuel pool, while maintaining a coolable geometry, preventing criticality, and protecting the fuel assemblies from excess mechanical or thermal loadings.

Westinghouse 14 x 14 fuel assemblies with a maximum enrichment of 4.0 wt% U235 from San Onofre Unit 1 and Combustion Engineering 16 x 16 type fuel assemblies with a maximum enrichment of 4.8 wt% U235 from San Onofre Units 2 and 3 may be stored in either Unit 2 or Unit 3 spent fuel racks. The design characteristics of the Spent Fuel Racks are shown in Table 9.1-1A.

Fuel storage is divided into two regions within each pool. Region I (312 locations) uses a water gap between storage cells and can be used to store high reactivity (i.e., high initial enrichment, low burnup) assemblies. Region II (1230 locations) consists of high density fuel assembly spacing (no water gap between cells).

Placement of fuel in Regions I and II is determined by burnup calculations and is controlled administratively. Soluble boron is credited and the following storage patterns and guide tube (GT) inserts are used as needed:

(1) Unrestricted storage, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (2) Peripheral storage, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (3) 2x2 storage patterns, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (4) 3-out-of-4 storage patterns, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (5) 3x3 storage patterns, minimum discharge burnup and cooling time requirements versus initial enrichment, (6) Credit for inserted Control Element Assemblies (CEAs),

(7) Credit for cooling time (Pu-241 decay), and, (8) Credit for borated stainless steel GT inserts.

November 2016 9-2 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-1A DESIGN CHARACTERISTICS OF SPENT FUEL RACKS Fuel Rod Array Centerline Enrichment Region (No. Of Arrays) Spacing (In.) (Wt % U235) Keff Region I 12 X 13 10.40 Credit For:

Burnup, k-eff < 1.00, no Cooling Time, boron Storage Patterns, k-eff < 0.95, Erbia, and with boron Inserted CEAs (Note 1)

Region II 14 X 15 8.85 Credit For:

13 X 15 Burnup, k-eff < 1.00, no Cooling Time, boron Storage Patterns, k-eff < 0.95, Inserted CEAs, with boron and GT Inserts (Note 2)

NOTES:

(1)

C-E (16 X 16) TYPE WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 2.47 W% U235.

(2)

(A) C-E (16 X 16) TYPE WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 1.23 W%

(B) W (14 X 14) WITH FRESH FUEL ENRICHMENT 4.00 W% U235 if:

(1) burnup greater than 26,300 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 20 years (2) burnup greater than 27,100 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 15 years (3) burnup greater than 28,200 MWD/T and cooling time greater than 10 years When three GT inserts are placed in a fuel assembly, the orientation shall be as shown in Licensee Controlled Specifications (LCS). Either three or five GT inserts may be placed in a fuel assembly. The GT inserts are made from borated stainless steel, type 304 B7, grade A in accordance with ASTM specification A 887 and A 484. The possibility of accidentally withdrawing a GT insert is minimized because special tooling is required to remove it, and it will be completely contained within the guide tubes of the designated assemblies. Potential misloading of the GT inserts is minimized due to the design of the installation equipment, procedural controls, and the double verification requirement that will be in place to ensure the GT inserts are installed properly.

The possibility of accidentally withdrawing a CEA is minimized because specialized tooling is required for withdrawing a CEA from a fuel assembly. It is physically possible for the spent fuel handling tool to bind on a CEA after ungrappling from a fuel assembly and raising the tool.

However, existing SONGS procedures require that the operator validate tool weight only on November 2016 9-3 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS the spent fuel handling machine's load cell read out after ungrappling from a fuel assembly and raising the hoist slightly, and to report this information to the engineer directing fuel movement.

When checkerboard or 3-out-of-4 storage patterns are used in Region II, the empty storage locations must be blocked to prevent the inadvertent placement of a fuel assembly. A cell blocking device shall be used which contains no fuel material (U or Pu) and whose materials of construction are compatible with the spent fuel pool environment. Acceptable devices for blocking cells in the Region II racks include dummy fuel assemblies, devices containing no fissile material and having approximately the same dimensions as a San Onofre Units 2 and 3 fuel assembly (e.g., underwater trash cans, four finger CEA carriers, surveillance capsule holders, empty rod storage baskets and empty fuel assembly cages or facsimile) and plugs which block the top of the spent fuel pool cell.

Requirements for unrestricted storage in Region I and II and additional storage patterns are addressed in applicable LCS.

A reconstitution station is permitted in Region II and is a checkerboard pattern (Figure 9.1-9d).

In a checkerboard pattern, vacant spaces surrounding the assembly will be blocked to prevent inadvertent assembly insertion.

No physical barrier is necessary between the two regions. The racks meet the requirements of:

(1) The NRC OT position for Review and Acceptance of Spent Fuel Storage and Handling Applications, dated April 14, 1978, and modified January 18, 1979, and, (2) WCAP-14416-NP-A as amended by the SER in NRC to SCE letter dated September 27, 2007.

Criticality of fuel assemblies in the spent fuel storage racks is prevented by the design of the racks (the water gap in Region I) which limits fuel assembly interaction, and by fuel storage patterns based on discharge burnup, cooling time, erbia in fresh assemblies, inserted CEAs, and GT inserts (borated stainless steel rods).

The presence of a minimum of 2000 ppm boron in the pool water will decrease reactivity by approximately 20% k. Postulated accidents involving misplacement and damage to fuel assemblies may cause a reactivity increase. In all cases Keff would remain less than or equal to 0.95 due to the dissolved boron.

The licensing basis of the spent fuel pool is in compliance with 10 CFR 50.68.

(1) San Onofre plant procedures prohibit the handling and storage at any one time of more fuel assemblies than have been determined to be safely subcritical under the most adverse moderation conditions feasible (unborated water).

November 2016 9-4 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Movement and storage is limited to analyzed conditions using approved methodology.

Based on the physical design at SONGS described in Section 9.1.5, fuel is handled and stored in three areas in the fuel storage building:

1) New fuel elevator pool
2) Storage rack pool
3) Cask pool The pools are physically separated by walls with gates to allow fuel transfer using the spent fuel handling machine between them. The new fuel storage room is located in a separate room. A single rail connects the new fuel storage room to the up-ender and new fuel elevator pool via the new fuel crane but it is no longer used to handle fuel.

The restrictions on handling and storage for each area are as follows:

1) New fuel elevator pool:

Movement: One fuel assembly to be moved at one time with spent fuel handling machine Storage: One fuel assembly may be in the pool at a time.

2) Storage rack pool:

Movement: One fuel assembly to be moved at one time with spent fuel handling machine Storage: Assemblies may be stored in spent fuel storage racks in accordance with applicable Technical Specifications and LCS.

3) Cask pool:

Movement: One fuel assembly with the spent fuel handling machine or approved cask with the cask crane to be moved at one time. Fuel loading into the cask is per approved cask loading procedure.

Storage: One Fuel assembly or approved cask configurations.

SONGS may move assemblies simultaneously in each of the three areas as restricted above since motions are limited to separate and distinct physical locations by crane and pool designs.

(2) Credit is taken for soluble boron. Therefore, the k-effective of the Region I and Region II spent fuel storage racks loaded with fuel of the maximum fuel assembly reactivity does not exceed 0.95, at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with borated water, and the k-effective remains below 1.0 (subcritical), at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with unborated water.

November 2016 9-5 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The criticality analysis of the Dry Shielded Canisters (24 PT1 and 24 PT4) in the Cask Pool assumes no soluble boron in the spent fuel pool/cask pool water, and the cask fully loaded with fresh fuel assemblies (no burnup) with maximum permitted enrichment. The result of this analysis is k-effective less than 0.95 at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level.

(3) The quantity of Special Nuclear Material (SNM), other than nuclear fuel stored onsite, is less than the quantity necessary for a critical mass.

(4) Radiation monitors are provided in storage and associated handling areas when fuel is present to detect excessive radiation levels and to initiate appropriate safety actions.

The single area radiation monitor for direct gamma radiation in each of the Units 2 and 3 fuel handling buildings functions to: immediately alert personnel entering or working in the area of increasing or abnormally high radiation levels which, if unnoticed, could result in inadvertent overexposure; inform the Control Room /

Command Center operator of the abnormal radiation increase in the area; and, comply with the requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix A, General Design Criteria 63, for monitoring fuel and waste storage and handling areas.

This single area radiation monitor in each fuel handling area is of a non-saturating design so it can register full scale if exposed to radiation levels up to 100 times full-scale indication. The monitor consists of a gamma-sensitive radiation detector transmitting to an alarm-readout unit in the Control Room / Command Center.

Indicating alarm units (both audible and visual) are also mounted near the detector location to alert personnel in the area. This monitor views the cask lay down area, the cask hatch area, and a portion of the spent fuel pool. It is located approximately 30 feet from the nearest corner and approximately 90 feet from the farthest corner of the spent fuel pool. The alarm setpoint is fully adjustable throughout the entire range of the rate meter. The setpoint is set high enough to avoid spurious alarms yet set low enough to provide an early warning detection of any significant increase in radiation such as from a fuel handling accident. The nominal setpoint is 2.5 mr/hr; however, this may be increased to avoid spurious alarms if the background increases such as when spent fuel is moved. In addition to a high-level alarm, the detector is provided with an instrument failure alarm to alert the loss of monitoring capability. The radiation level is trended on CDAS.

Shielding is provided for protection during all phases of spent fuel transfer and storage.

Operations requiring the shielding of personnel include spent fuel storage and spent fuel shipping cask loading prior to transportation. All spent fuel operations are performed in borated water.

Travel stops in the spent fuel handling machine restricts withdrawal of the spent fuel assemblies.

Combined with the travel stops, administrative controls in effect during fuel movement provide the means of maintaining water cover greater than 8 ft-5 in. over a raised fuel assemblys active portion. For a fuel assembly raised with the spent fuel handling machine, 8 ft-5 in. of water November 2016 9-6 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS cover over the active portion of the fuel assembly equates to approximately 27 ft-2 in. of water over the top of the stored fuel assemblies or a water level of 60 ft-2 in. plant elevation. The shielding afforded by the 8 ft-5 in. of water cover, in addition to that of the handling tool, will ensure that the radiation level at the waters surface above a raised fuel assembly will be less than 8 mrem/hr.

A minimum depth of 23 feet of water over the stored spent fuel assemblies, the water surrounding the stored spent fuel assemblies, and the concrete walls of the fuel transfer pool and spent fuel storage pool, limit the maximum continuous radiation dose levels in working areas to less than 8 mrem/hr.

The spent fuel storage racks are designed to provide protection against damage to the fuel and to prevent fuel assemblies from being inserted into other than the prescribed locations. Structural deformations of the racks are limited and edge-to-edge spacing is maintained to preclude the possibility of criticality. The spent fuel storage racks are designed to prevent significant lateral movement of the racks when loaded with any combination of fuel assemblies under anticipated loading conditions, including the design basis earthquake. Lateral movement is restricted to maintain safe geometry margins.

Design of the spent fuel storage facility ensures adequate convective cooling for the removal of decay heat, even in the event a fuel assembly is dropped and lies horizontally across the top of the racks.

The spent fuel is protected against the design wind loadings and tornado-generated missiles for the design tornado conditions specified in Chapter 3.

Spent fuel storage racks and equipment classification are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

The spent fuel storage racks are fabricated of stainless steel and contain Boraflex. Boraflex was initially installed as a neutron absorbing material, but is no longer credited in the safety analysis due to its degradation.

The walls and floor of the spent fuel pool have a stainless steel liner to ensure the watertight integrity of the spent fuel pool.

The spent fuel pool is interconnected with the fuel transfer pool and the spent fuel cask loading pit (refer to Figure 9.1-3) by connecting canals. These canals allow underwater transfer of spent fuel assemblies between each area. These canals can be sealed by movable gates to enable draining of adjacent areas without affecting the water level in the spent fuel pool.

A cask pool cover is used to provide additional working space, typically during fuel inspection and reconstitution. The load restrictions involving the use of the cask pool cover have been analyzed in accordance with the guidance of NUREG 0612. These load restrictions prevent the postulated load drops from resulting in perforation of the cover and unacceptable leakage from the pool. These load restrictions also prevent loads from rolling into the spent fuel pool.

November 2016 9-7 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The cask pool cover consists of four segments, which will be bolted together with installation beams (strong-backs) to create one complete assembly prior to its placement over the cask pool.

The cover assembly will be lifted by the Cask Handling Crane, then lowered over the cask pool until it rests on the cask pool curbs. Once in place, the strong-backs would normally be removed, and the confining nature of the cask pool walls would hold the cover in place.

November 2016 9-8 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The spent fuel storage facility was designed consistent with the following.

Document Description ASME Section III Nuclear Power Plant Components 1986 Edition up to and including A-86 Addenda ASME Section III Code Data Reports and Code Symbol Stamping are not required ASME Section IX Welding and Brazing Qualifications ASME Section V Nondestructive Examination AISC American Institute of Steel Construction Specification, Eighth Edition ANSI/ANS 8.17-84 Criticality Safety Criteria for the handling, Storage, and Transportation of LWR fuel Outside Reactors ANSI N8.1-83 Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials Outside Reactors USNRC Position Paper, OT Position for Review and Acceptance of Spent Fuel Storage April 14, 1978, Revised and Handling Applications January 18, 1979 ANSI N16.9-75 Validation of Calculational Methods for Nuclear Criticality Safety ANSI N18.2-73 Nuclear Safety Criteria for Stationary Pressurized Water Reactors ANSI N45.2.2-72 Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling of Items for Nuclear Power Plants (During the Construction Phase)

ANSI N210-76 Design Objectives for Light Water Reactor Spent Fuel Storage Facilities at Nuclear Power Stations USNRC RG 1.13 Rev. 1, Spent Fuel Storage Facility Design Basis Dec 1975 USNRC RG 1.124 Rev 1, Service Limits and Loading Combinations for Class I Linear-Type Jan 1978 Component Supports USNRC RG 3.4 Rev 2, April Nuclear Criticality Safety in Operations with Fissionable Materials 1986 at Fuels and Materials Facilities USNRC SRP 3.8.4 Rev 1, Other Category I Structures, Appendix D, Technical Position on July 1981 Spent Fuel Racks Spent fuel may also be stored in the Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI). See Section 9.1.6 for the location and description of this storage facility.

November 2016 9-9 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.2.2 Facilities Description The spent fuel storage facility is part of the fuel handling building, a Seismic Category I structure. Spent fuel assemblies are stored under water in spent fuel storage racks in the spent fuel pool. For storage of the initial core of new fuel the spent fuel pool was dry.

Two types/sizes of spent fuel storage racks are used (Region I and Region II). The two Region I racks each contain 156 storage locations each spaced 10.40 in. on center in a 12 x 13 array. Each storage location consists of Type 304LN stainless steel square cell 8.64 inches in inside dimension, with 0.110 in. thick walls. The spent fuel assembly is located within the stainless steel cell.

The six Region II storage racks are similar to Region I except that four of the Region II racks contain 210 storage locations in a 14 x 15 array. The remaining two Region II racks contain 195 storage locations in a 13 x 15 array. All locations are spaced 8.85 in. on center. Type 304LN stainless steel is used for the square cells and the principal structural members.

The Region I storage rack modules are composed of individual storage cells made of stainless steel. These racks contain a neutron absorbing material, Boraflex, which is held in place along the outer cell walls by a 0.20 in. thick wrapper. The neutron absorber rack design includes a Boraflex verification view-hole in the cell or wrapper wall so that the presence of Boraflex material may be visually confirmed at any time and acts as a vent hole for off gassing. However, the Boraflex is degrading and is no longer credited in the safety analysis. The cells within a module are interconnected by grid assemblies to form an integral structure (Figure 9.1-2a). Each rack module is provided with leveling pads which contact the spent fuel pool floor or pool floor plates and are remotely adjustable from above, through the cells, at installation. The modules are neither anchored to the floor nor braced to the pool walls. They also are not connected to each other. Also, the pool floor plates are not attached to the pool floor.

The Region II storage rack modules consist of stainless steel cells assembled in a checkerboard pattern by welding the individual cells together at the cell corners (Figure 9.1-2a). Each cell is of the same basic design as described for Region I including the presence of Boraflex. However, the Boraflex is degrading and is no longer credited in the safety analysis. The cells are welded to a base support assembly and to one another to form an integral structure without use of grids as used in Region I racks. Around the periphery of each rack assembly, stiffener plates, which are located adjacent to the base plate, are welded against all cells and cover plates. This design is also provided with leveling pads which contact the spent fuel pool floor or pool floor plates (same as Region Is) and are remotely adjustable from above, through the cells, at installation.

The modules are neither anchored to the floor nor braced to the pool walls or each other. The fuel rack assembly consists of two major sections which are the base support assembly and the cell assembly.

Region II high density spent fuel storage rack cells are also used to perform spent fuel reconstitution. Figure 9.1-9d shows the storage pattern restrictions for a typical reconstitution station. A small work platform is installed over the spent fuel pool to access fuel assemblies in their storage cells. The reconstitution work station is arranged to permit the spent fuel handling November 2016 9-10 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS machine to position a spent fuel assembly adjacent to the work platform for removal of the upper-end-fitting (UEF) to gain access to the individual fuel rods for replacement and inspection purposes. Rack spacers (up to 24 in. in size) may be used to raise the spent fuel assembly in the storage cell so that the UEF flow plate is aligned approximately with the top of the racks and the tops of the fuel rods can be seen with the TV camera.

The spacer length is selected to assure that the fuel rods do not extend above the spent fuel racks.

Special tooling is used to remove the UEF, remove and replace defective fuel rods, and install and torque the UEF. Figure 9.1-9f displays the dimensions and location of a spent fuel assembly in the reconstitution work station.

Figure 9.1-4 shows the relative positions of the spent fuel rack modules in the spent fuel pool.

Figures 9.1-5 and 9.1-6 show the details of the spent fuel rack modules.

The minimum edge-to-edge separation between fuel assemblies is maintained under all anticipated service conditions, including conditions arising during and after seismic events.

Failures of systems or structures not designed to Seismic Category I standards located in the vicinity of the spent fuel storage racks were considered in ensuring that the minimum edge-to-edge separation was maintained.

The Units 2 and 3 spent fuel storage facilities may be used for storage of spent fuel from San Onofre Unit 1.

The Unit 1 fuel assembly can be stored without the use of any spacers or adapters in any of the spent fuel rack locations. The weight of the Unit 1 fuel assembly is less and its center of gravity is located at a lower elevation than that of a Unit 2 or 3 fuel assembly. These effects result in lower rack stresses imposed by Unit 1 fuel than the stresses from Unit 2 or Unit 3 fuel.

Figure 9.1-9c shows the general arrangement of a fuel assembly in the spent fuel rack.

9.1.2.3 Safety Evaluation San Onofre has been approved for soluble boron credit. The criticality acceptance criteria specified in 10 CFR 50.68(b)(4) are:

(1) The k-effective of the spent fuel storage racks loaded with fuel of the maximum fuel assembly reactivity must not exceed 0.95, at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with borated water, and (2) The k-effective must remain below 1.0 (subcritical), at a 95 percent probability, 95 percent confidence level, if flooded with unborated water.

The following are the conditions that are assumed in meeting this design basis:

A. The fuel assembly is modeled without control rods or non-contained burnable poison and is assumed to be at its most reactive point in life. For the Region I November 2016 9-11 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS racks, a CE 16x16 fuel assembly with equivalent fresh enrichment of 2.47 wt%

U235 was modeled. For the Region II racks, a CE 16 x 16 fuel assembly with equivalent fresh fuel enrichment of 1.23 wt% U235 was modeled.

The CE 16 x 16 fuel assembly is more reactive than the W 14 x 14 fuel from San Onofre Unit 1 as stored in San Onofre Units 2 or 3 pools.

The assembly is conservatively modeled with water replacing the assembly grid volume with no U-234 or U-236 in the fuel pellet.

B. The storage cell nominal geometry is shown on Figure 9.1-2a for Region I and II.

C. The moderator is pure (1 gm/cm3) water at the temperature and density within the design limits of the pool which yields the largest reactivity. No dissolved boron is included in the water.

D. The calculation is infinite in lateral extent.

E. Mechanical uncertainties and biases due to mechanical tolerances during construction are treated by either using worst case conditions or by performing sensitivity studies and obtaining appropriate values. The items included in the analysis are:

Stainless steel thickness Cell inner diameter Center-to-center spacing Asymmetric assembly positioning Enrichment F. Credit is taken for the neutron absorption in the full length SS storage cell wall and SS Boraflex wrapper.

G. No credit is taken for the Boraflex in the Region I and Region II racks.

H. The most adverse delta-k from a pool temperature range from 68 deg F to 160 deg F is included. This delta-k bounds the reactivity change for temperature change from 68 deg F to 50 deg F.

The calculation methods and computer codes employed in the criticality analysis of the various fuel and fuel handling configurations, including the spent fuel racks, are as follows:

Regions I and II A. CELLDAN calculates the atoms/barn-cm of U235, U238, and Oxygen in the UO2 fuel. CELLDAN also calculates the atoms/barn-cm of Hydrogen, Oxygen, B10, November 2016 9-12 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS and B11 in the water. Finally, CELLDAN calculates the Dancoff factor, and U235 and Oxygen scattering cross-sections per U238 atom for NITAWL-II.

B. NITAWL-II generates a binary cross-section library for KENO V.a. The library contains 27 group cross-sections data for every nuclide in the KENO V.a problem.

Using the U238 number density, Dancoff factor, and U235/Oxygen scattering cross-sections per U238 atom from CELLDAN, NITAWL-II uses the Nordheim Method to do resonance shielding of the U238 cross-section.

C. KENO V.a is the nuclear industry standard program for criticality analyses.

KENO V.a is a three-dimensional, multi-group, Monte Carlo program.

D. CASMO-3 is a multi-group two-dimensional transport theory program for calculations on BWR and PWR fuel assemblies. It is extensively used by utilities in the U.S. In these analyses, CASMO-3 is used for two purposes. First, CASMO-3 is used to evaluate the reactivity variations (k) due to enrichment uncertainty, the rack manufacturing tolerances, and pool temperature variations.

Second, CASMO-3 is used to generate the initial enrichment versus discharge burnup criteria for Region I and Region II storage.

The bias and 95/95 uncertainty in the bias for CELLDAN, NITAWL-II, KENO V.a, and the 27 group cross-section library are 0.00814 and 0.00172, respectively. The bias and uncertainty were determined by analyses of 16 B&W critical experiments.

Reactivity Equivalencing and Cooling Time Spent fuel storage, in the Region I and Region II spent fuel storage racks, is achievable by means of the concept of reactivity equivalencing. The concept of reactivity equivalencing is predicated upon the reactivity decrease associated with fuel depletion. A series of reactivity calculations are performed to generate a set of enrichment-fuel assembly discharge burnup ordered pairs which yield the equivalent Keff when the fuel is stored in the Region II racks.

Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure II-1 shows the constant Keff contour generated for the San Onofre Unit 2 or 3 Region II racks when storing CE 16 x 16 fuel in the interior cells. Note in Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure II-1, the endpoint at 0 GWD/T where the enrichment is 1.23 wt% and at 5.0 wt% where the burnup is 53.76 GWD/T (0 years cooling), 47.77 GWD/T (5 years cooling), 44.75 GWd/T (10 years cooling), 43.00 GWD/T (15 years cooling), and 41.86 GWD/T (20 years cooling). The interpretation of the endpoint data is as follows: the reactivity of the Region II racks containing fuel at 53.76 GWD/T (0 years cooling), 47.77 GWD/T (5 years cooling), 44.75 GWd/T (10 years cooling), 43.00 GWD/T (15 years cooling), and 41.86 GWD/T (20 years cooling) burnup which had an initial enrichment of 5.0 wt% is equivalent to the reactivity of the Region II racks containing fresh fuel having an initial enrichment of 1.23 wt%. The decrease in equivalent burnup with cooling time is due to the decay of Pu-241. Storage requirements for San Onofre Unit 1 UO2 fuel assemblies initially enriched to 4.0 wt% are shown in Table 9.1-1A.

November 2016 9-13 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The data points on the reactivity equivalence curve were generated with a transport theory computer code, CASMO-3. CASMO-3 is a depletable, two-dimensional, multigroup, discrete ordinates, transport theory code.

A study was done to examine fuel reactivity as a function of time following discharge from the reactor. Fission product decay was accounted for using CINDER. CINDER is a point-depletion computer code used to determine fission product activities. The fission products were permitted to decay for 30 years after discharge. The fuel reactivity was found to reach a maximum at approximately 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> after discharge. At this point in time, the major fission product poison Xe135, has nearly completely decayed away. Furthermore, the fuel reactivity was found to decrease continuously from 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> to 30 years following discharge. Therefore, the most reactive point in time for a fuel assembly after discharge from the reactor can be conservatively approximated by removing the Xe135.

In the Region I and II calculation method, the CASMO-3 code has been validated by comparisons with experiments where isotopic fuel composition has been examined following discharge from a reactor.

Credit for Soluble Boron SONGS has been approved for soluble boron credit. Therefore, the Region I and II racks have a non-accident k-eff less than 1.0 including all uncertainties at a 95/95 probability/confidence level assuming no soluble boron. The minimum soluble boron concentration that results in k-eff less than or equal to 0.95 under accident conditions, including all uncertainties is:

(1) 370 ppm (reduce k-eff from 1.0 to < 0.95)

(2) 730 ppm (fuel miss-loading accident, maintain k-eff < 0.95)

(3) 396 ppm (equivalencing and burnup uncertainties)

(4) 50 ppm (boron measurement uncertainty)

(5) 154 ppm (future contingencies) 1,700 ppm Total The spent fuel pool boron concentration is maintained at or above 2,000 ppm. A boron dilution analysis has been performed which shows that it is not credible to dilute from 2000 ppm to 1700 ppm.

As a further conservatism, San Onofre Units 2 and 3 calculated discharge assembly burnups will be reduced 6.6% before comparison with the storage pattern burnup acceptance criteria in Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure I-1 and Figure II-1 and other criteria in Licensee Controlled Specification 4.0.100. San Onofre Unit 1 calculated discharge assembly burnups will be reduced 10.0%.

The fuel-handling building is a Seismic Category I, reinforced concrete, shear wall structure with a wall thickness that provides the necessary radiation shielding and protection for the spent fuel storage facility against design wind loadings and tornado-generated missiles for design tornado conditions as specified in Chapter 3.

November 2016 9-14 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System (ISFPCS) is designed to remove the decay heat produced in the fuel and to permit storage of spent fuel assemblies in the fuel pool as of June 30, 2014 (see Table 9.1-1B) until it is placed in dry cask ISFSI storage (see Section 9.1.6) and then ultimately shipped offsite. The ability of the fuel pool cooling system to ensure continuous cooling (except during testing) is discussed in Section 9.1.3.

The Spent Fuel Pool Makeup System (FPMUS) maintains the spent fuel storage pool water inventory to ensure spent fuel pool safety functions are met. The FPMUS is fully discussed in Section 9.1.5.

Temperature gradients for the fuel pool are established giving full consideration to the short-and long-term temperature effects. Even under the adverse conditions of a prolonged outage of the ISFPCS (an extremely unlikely event based on its design) the maximum temperature of the spent fuel pool water will not exceed 212ºF (see Section 9.1.3.3). The reinforced concrete temperature differences and gradients are determined based on an inside face temperature of 230ºF (water temperature of 212ºF and gamma heating of 18ºF). For the liner plate, the temperature of 216ºF was used. This lower temperature is used because the effect of gamma heating on the liner plate is minimal due to the liner plate thickness and the cooling effect of the surrounding pool water.

Structural design of the pool accounts for these gradients by using a cracked-section, inelastic analysis.

This analysis indicates that the spent fuel pool walls have sufficient structural capability to accommodate this highly unlikely thermal loading. A stainless steel liner is installed along the interior surface of the spent fuel pool to ensure the leak tight integrity of the pool, even in the presence of minor inherent concrete cracking of the spent fuel pool walls.

The fuel handling system provides for the safe handling of fuel assemblies, CEAs, and spent fuel shipping casks under foreseeable conditions. Design and construction of this system includes interlocks, travel and load-limiting devices, and other protective measures to minimize the possibility of mishandling or equipment malfunction that could damage safety-related equipment or fuel assemblies and cause fission product release. The specific provisions designed to avoid accidental dropping of heavy objects on the spent fuel assemblies are discussed in Section 9.1.4.

The spent fuel storage racks are constructed entirely of stainless steel and contain a Boraflex panel. The Boraflex used in the spent fuel rack construction was manufactured by Brand Industrial Services, Inc. Typical Boraflex material has a density of about 1.7 gm/cm3 and consists of the following:

B - 38.0 wt% SI - 20.5 wt% O - 18.5 wt%

C - 20.7 wt% H - 2.3 wt%.

The Boraflex panels in the Region I and II racks are degrading. SONGS has been tracking the silica in the spent fuel pools which has been on the increase since the installation of the Boraflex racks. Increased silica is an indication of the degradation of the Boraflex. Since the Boraflex is degrading, Boraflex is not credited in the safety analysis described above.

November 2016 9-15 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS After reactor shutdown, dose rates in working areas above elevation 45 feet are less than 2.5 mrem/hr, except as noted below. In accessible areas below 45 feet, dose rates are less than 15 mrem/hr. Areas above elevation 63 feet 6 inches near the spent fuel pool experience approximately 8 mrem/hr while a spent fuel assembly is in transit and/or as a result of unusually high spent fuel pool liquid source terms. In order not to exceed the integrated doses specified in 10CFR20, the radiation levels are closely monitored during fuel handling operations to establish the allowable exposure times.

The minimum water depths and concrete walls, as discussed in Section 9.1.2.1, provide shielding for stored spent fuel assemblies. The maximum continuous radiation dose level from fuel assemblies in working areas is less than 8 mrem/hr.

As discussed in Section 9.4.3.1.2.3, the fuel handling building and spent fuel area normal ventilation system exhausts to the two plant vent stacks. This system normally operates continuously.

Units 2 and 3 have separate spent fuel storage facilities. Therefore, there are no safety implications related to sharing.

The cask loading area of the spent fuel storage pool is designed to withstand the impact loading of a dropped fuel shipping cask from a maximum height of 28 feet 6 inches. Any leakage caused by localized damage shall be within the limits of the FPMUS (discussed in Section 9.1.4), and shall be confined to the leak chase system.

Except for two SFP exhaust registers located adjacent to the SFP gates which have been blocked off, all exhaust registers in the pool perimeter are provided with seismic wave protection buoyancy dampers to minimize fuel pool water spillage. All exhaust ductwork serving the pool registers is sloped such that pool water spillage is collected through the contaminated drain system.

Any spillage of the fuel pool water due to splashing or other causes drains to the miscellaneous liquid waste system via the FHB floor drains and FHB sump, precluding flooding of vital equipment.

Control of liquid leakage from the spent fuel pool is maintained by a system of leak chases which are placed behind the spent fuel pool liner plates. The leak chases are connected to drain lines that terminate in the leak detection compartment which drains to the FHB sump. The FHB sump high level alarm would inform the Control Room / Command Center personnel of potential spent fuel pool liner leakage. Observance of leakage from a specific drain line will allow identification of the general location of the leak in the pool liner.

9.1.3 INDEPENDENT SPENT FUEL POOL COOLING SYSTEM San Onofre Unit 2 and Unit 3 has permanently ceased operation and removed all nuclear fuel from both units reactor vessels. The irradiated fuel is stored in the spent fuel pool (SFP) and in November 2016 9-16 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS the Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) until it is shipped offsite. In this configuration, the SFP and its systems are dedicated principally to spent fuel storage.

9.1.3.1 Design Bases Units 2 and 3 have separate and independent fuel pool cooling systems. Each system is designed to provide continuous cooling for spent fuel assemblies stored in the fuel pool. There is sufficient margin in the heatup rate such that occasional outages for testing and maintenance activities can be accommodated with minimal effect on pool temperature.

The ISFPCS is a Quality Class III-AQ, Seismic Category III system as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No.226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).

Table 9.1-1B lists the maximum decay heat load for each units SFP. The heat load values reflect the irradiated fuel inventories at the time of permanent cessation of power operation. There were 1318 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 2 SFP and 1350 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 3 SFP after plant shutdown.

Table 9.1-2A lists the principal parameters of the ISFPCS components. For seismic classification of system components and piping refer to Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

ISFPCS design features include the following:

The primary/secondary plate heat exchanger is designed to remove spent fuel pool heat load of 3.0 MBTU/hr.

The primary loop is designed for a minimum flow rate of 500 gallons per minute.

Each 200 ton chiller unit has the capability of removing 2.4 MBTU/hr, for a total of 4.8 MBTU/hr heat removal capacity.

The secondary loop is designed for a minimum flow rate of 700 gallons per minute. The surge tank maintains system volume during thermal expansion and ensures that the secondary system remains at a higher pressure than the primary loop.

One air compressor provides pressure to the ion exchanger column air operated valves.

A purification loop provided to maintain pool water purity (chemistry), when needed.

The ISFPCS relies on the essential bus via the off-site-powered 12kV Ring Bus System and a manually-initiated on-site backup diesel generator.

The maximum decay heat load as of June 30, 2016 was 2.360 MBTU/hr. The heat load values include a contingency Dry Storage Canister (DSC) offload of 0.127 MBTU/hr (37.2 kW). This November 2016 9-17 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS heat load is bounded by the design basis heat load of 3.00 MBTU/hr that can be transferred by the ISFPCS to the atmosphere. This is based on a conservative air temperature of 120ºF (Reference 8).

9.1.3.2 System Description The fuel pool cooling system is shown on the following controlled drawings.

40122D 40122E 40122DSO3 40122ESO3 The ISFPCS consists of two loops, a primary cooling loop, and a secondary cooling loop. There is also a purification loop attached to the primary loop that can be placed in service as necessary.

The ISFPCS is controlled manually from local control panels. Command Center / Control Room CDAS alarms for high fuel pool temperature, high and low liquid level in the fuel pool, and high radiation (described in Section 9.1.2) in the fuel pool area, are provided to alert the operator to abnormal circumstances. A local alarm for low liquid level in the fuel pool is also provided.

The ISFPCS is a Quality Class III-AQ, Seismic Category III system as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No. 226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).

The ISFPCS primary loop consists of two 100% capacity pumps (one in standby) and one 100%

capacity heat exchanger. The ISFPCS primary loop pumps are connected to a common suction header and a common return header. The primary loop also consists of appropriate piping, valves, and instrumentation. Portions of the piping, including that within the spent fuel pool, the primary loop return line, and distribution sparger at elevation 17 feet (adjacent and beneath spent fuel racks) are Seismic Category I piping (repurposed original piping).

After ISFPCS startup, the primary cooling pump will maintain the required NPSH and the priming pump can be secured. (The priming pump is used to fill the pump suction line prior to system startup.) Spent fuel pool water is circulated by the primary loop cooling pumps through the primary loop heat exchanger where it is cooled. The heat is rejected to the ISFPCS secondary loop. Differential pressure is monitored at the heat exchanger to ensure that the secondary side system operates at a higher pressure than the primary side system to control any cross contamination in case of plate failure (see Section 9.1.2.3 for boron concentration requirements). Prior to entering the primary loop heat exchanger, a portion of the SFP water can be diverted, filtered, and processed through a set of ion exchange columns containing a mixed bed of resin in order to maintain water chemistry requirements.

The ISFPCS purification loop consists of two ion exchangers (IX), one resin trap, appropriate piping, valves, and instrumentation. The ISFPCS purification flow is drawn off the primary loop pump common discharge prior to the primary loop heat exchanger. Resin will be placed in the ion exchanger as necessary to improve water chemistry or clarity. It is possible to operate the November 2016 9-18 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS primary loop system with either or both ion exchangers bypassed. Local sample points are provided to permit analysis of ion exchanger efficiencies.

The ISFPCS secondary loop consists of two 100% capacity pumps and two 200 ton chillers per unit. The second pump acts as a built-in spare for redundancy. Maximum secondary loop operating temperature is 108°F (Reference 8) and secondary chilled water temperature is maintained by adjustment of the primary loop flow through the primary/secondary heat exchanger and chiller outlet temperature setpoints. The secondary loop also consists of one surge tank, piping, valves, and instrumentation. The chiller inlet and outlet manifolds are designed for cross connecting the Unit 2 and Unit 3 secondary cooling loops if desired. This allows using 3 of the 4 chillers to remove the total heat load for both units and provides redundancy/operating margin in the event that one chiller is taken out of service.

One air compressor per unit is installed to provide motive force for the priming pump, the IX column air operated valves and pressurize the secondary loop surge tank bladder.

The Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System is powered by the essential electrical system and a back-up diesel generator (see Chapter 8).

Command Center Data Acquisition System (CDAS) displays in the Control Room / Command Center provide alarms for high fuel pool temperature, and high and low liquid level in the fuel pool. The separate Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Human-Machine-Interface (HMI) display panels provide primary pump status, primary flow alarm, secondary pump status and chiller unit status in the Control Room / Command Center, Fuel Handling Building 63ft (New Fuel Room 408) and in the Secondary Pump Station (outdoors on East Road).

Instrumentation provided in the ISFPCS includes:

A. Temperature Instrumentation is provided to measure the temperature of the water, and to provide a local and remote indication for primary and secondary loop temperatures.

CDAS pool temperature alarms, HMI panel indications and administrative controls are relied upon to protect the ion exchanger resin from high temperature.

B. Pressure Instrumentation is provided to give local and remote indication of the pressure in the primary and secondary loop.

C. Flow Instrumentation is provided to measure primary, ion exchanger, and secondary loop flows.

November 2016 9-19 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. SFP Level Instrumentation is provided in the ISFPCS suction piping to measure SFP level to approximately six feet from the surface. SFP level can be read locally and in the Control Room/Command Center.

Additional instrumentation taps off of the FPMUS (see Section 9.1.4 for FPMUS description) discharge piping to correlate SFP level down to 23 feet above the top of the spent fuel assemblies. This local SFP level indication is located on FHB elevation 17 ft. in Room 107 which is adjacent to the SFP Makeup control panel.

Table 9.1-2A lists the principal parameters of the ISFPCS components. For seismic classification of system components and piping see Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

9.1.3.3 Safety Evaluation San Onofre Unit 2 and Unit 3 has permanently ceased operation and removed all nuclear fuel from both units reactor vessels. The irradiated fuel will be stored in the spent fuel pool (SFP) and in the Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation (ISFSI) until it is shipped offsite. In this configuration, the SFP and its systems are dedicated principally to spent fuel storage.

The NUREG-0800 Branch Technical Position (BTP) ASB 9-2, Residual Decay Energy for Light Water Reactors for Long Term Cooling, is utilized to compute the heat dissipation requirements in the pool. An uncertainty factor of 10% is used to conservatively bound the decay heat.

Reference 5 provides approved exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29, and 1.76 and allowed the Independent Spent Fuel Pool Cooling System to be Seismic Category III and permits exceptions for the protection of the secondary cooling side, support systems, and power supply from tornado missiles.

Table 9.1-1B provides maximum decay heat load for each units SFP. The heat load values reflect the irradiated fuel inventories at the time of permanent cessation of power operation.

There are 1318 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 2 SFP and 1350 irradiated fuel assemblies in Unit 3 SFP. The heat load values include a contingency Dry Storage Canister (DSC) offload of 0.127 MBTU/hr (37.2 kW).

November 2016 9-20 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-1B SFP Heat Loads SFP Decay Heat Load + one DSC offload Date (max 37.2 kW / 0.127MBTU/hr)

Unit 2 SFP (BTU/hr) Unit 3 SFP (BTU/hr) 6/30/2013 3.859E+06 3.879E+06 12/31/2013 3.260E+06 3.254E+06 6/30/2014 2.912E+06 2.895E+06 12/31/2014 2.686E+06 2.663E+06 6/30/2015 2.538E+06 2.512E+06 12/31/2015 2.434E+06 2.407E+06 6/30/2016 2.360E+06 2.332E+06 12/31/2016 2.304E+06 2.276E+06 12/31/2021 2.014E+06 1.988E+06 12/31/2026 1.801E+06 1.778E+06 12/31/2031 1.612E+06 1.591E+06 12/31/2036 1.445E+06 1.426E+06 12/31/2043 1.241E+06 1.226E+06 The maximum decay heat load as of June 30, 2016 was 2.360 MBTU/hr which is within the capacity of a single chiller unit. This spent fuel heat load is bounded by the design basis heat load of 3.0 MBTU/hr that can be transferred by the ISFPCS to two secondary chiller units (2.4 MBTU/hr design capacity per unit). This is based on a conservative maximum sustained outside air temperature of 120°F and maximum sustained humidity of 100% (Reference 8).

The secondary chillers and the outdoor atmosphere provides ultimate heat sink for rejecting spent fuel assembly decay heat from the spent fuel pool cooling system (Section 9.2.2 Ultimate Heat Sink).

Inadvertent draining of the SFP, including siphoning, below approximately 23 feet above the stored fuel is prevented by design features (e.g., siphon breaker) and Administrative Controls.

Leakage from the fuel pool cooling system is detected by a drop in SFP level. The spent fuel pools are equipped with local, remote, and CDAS level indications. Control Room / Command Center CDAS indication has level trending and High / Low level CDAS alarms. Makeup to the spent fuel storage pool is via the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Pumps from the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank (see Section 9.1.4). The FHB sump with adequate capacity is provided to collect system leakage. A high level alarm is provided to annunciate in the Control Room / Command Center CDAS when a high sump level is reached.

November 2016 9-21 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS NRC Safety Evaluation Report (Reference 5) identifies the spent fuel pool system safety functions as:

Maintaining spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.

Maintaining spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.

The SER identified that the safety importance of decay and residual heat removal is related to the magnitude of the decay heat produced by the stored fuel. In the event of a sustained loss of forced cooling, that over 7 days would be necessary for the decay heat to increase the SFP coolant temperature from nominal conditions to 212°F. The Chapter 15 SFP boiling event bounds the consequences of an extended loss of SFP forced cooling during decommissioning, so a boiling SFP does not immediately challenge safety limits, provided that coolant inventory is maintained.

The ISFPCS does not have a credited safety function based on:

1) The normal SFP coolant inventory that provides the capacity to withstand long periods of leakage or evaporation related to design basis accidents or events without substantial degradation of the key fuel cooling and shielding safety functions (Reference 5).
2) The ample time would be available to correct loss of forced cooling events (Reference 5).

November 2016 9-22 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-2A PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS OF THE ISFPCS Component Description Parameter Primary Loop Spent Fuel Pool Cooling Pump Quantity 2 Design flow (minimum) 500 gal/min Design head 150 feet Secondary Loop Cooling Pump Quantity 2 Design flow (minimum) 700 gal/min Design head 175 feet Spent Fuel Pool Heat Exchanger Quantity 1 Primary side flowrate (minimum) 500 gal/min Secondary side flowrate (minimum) 700 gal/min Total design heat load 3 MBTU/h Spent Fuel Pool Ion Exchanger Quantity 2 Design flowrate (per Ion Exchanger Column) 150 gal/min Secondary Loop Chiller Quantity 2 Max evaporator flow 883 gal/min Total heat load per unit 2.4 MBTU/h The failure of portions of the ISFPCS piping which are not designed to Seismic Category I standards that are located entirely within the Fuel Handling Building Operating Deck Elevation 63 ft. will result in a minimal loss of normal spent fuel pool level (Elevation 60 ft.).

Loss of level is limited by the anti-siphon break in the pump discharge piping at elevation 58-11 in Unit 2 and 59-0 in Unit 3. A primary loop piping break will not preclude maintaining spent fuel storage safety functions of water inventory and radiation shielding (minimum 23 ft. above the top of spent fuel assemblies; see Section 9.1.2.1).

In the event of a loss of all normal cooling capability of the SFP cooling system, at least 79 hours9.143519e-4 days <br />0.0219 hours <br />1.306217e-4 weeks <br />3.00595e-5 months <br /> would elapse before the pool temperature would rise from 132ºF (high temperature alarm setpoint) to 212ºF. This allows time in which to effect repairs and restore cooling.

ISFPCS active component failures are addressed by use of the redundant component(s) and cross-tie to opposite secondary cooling loop. Passive component failures are address by timely repair, the large pool water inventory, and the diverse makeup methods. Common-mode failures are addressed by either the on-site backup diesel generator or use of a diverse makeup method.

November 2016 9-23 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Those diverse spent fuel pool makeup capabilities are discussed in Section 9.1.4, and Appendix 9A, and related to the SONGS commitments related to Unit 2 License Condition 2.C.(26) and Unit 3 License Condition 2.C.(27).

9.1.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component was inspected and cleaned prior to installation into the system. Demineralized water was then used to flush the entire system. The system was tested initially with regard to flow paths, flow capacity, and mechanical operability. Instruments were calibrated, alarms were verified to be functional, and setpoints were verified during testing.

The ISFPCS is routinely running. Pumps are rotated on a regular period. Daily operator rounds verify that critical system parameters are meeting requirements.

9.1.4 SPENT FUEL POOL MAKEUP SYSTEM 9.1.4.1 Design Bases Units 2 and 3 have separate spent fuel pool makeup systems (FPMUS) designed to Seismic Category I and Quality Class III-AQ as approved by Amendment No. 233 to Facility Operating License NPF-10 and Amendment No. 226 to Facility Operating License NPF-15 for San Onofre Units 2 and 3 respectively. These Amendments provide exceptions for SONGS commitments to NRC Regulatory Guides 1.13, 1.29 and 1.76 (Reference 5).

The manually-operated FPMUS provides low-flow and high-flow capability for makeup to the SFP. In addition to the normal function of makeup for evaporation and leakage losses, the NRC Safety Evaluation Report (Reference 5) identifies the spent fuel pool system safety functions as:

Maintaining spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.

Maintaining spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.

Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks have on-site hose-fed manual replenishment from non-seismic non-safety-related tanks and one seismically-qualified non-safety-related tank.

9.1.4.2 System Description Spent fuel pool makeup inventory for the low-flow makeup pumps and the high-flow pump is from the dedicated Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank, designed as Seismic Category I with a 300,000 gallon nominal capacity. Formerly titled Primary Plant Makeup Storage Tanks, T055 and T056 are located in vaults at Elevation 9 ft. within the Seismic Category I Auxiliary Radwaste Building.

November 2016 9-24 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-2B, Principal Parameters of the FPMUS, lists the design capacities of the major system components.

Each unit-specific FPMUS is powered from the essential 480V Bus which is supplied from the off-site powered 12kV Ring Bus System (see Chapter 8). The essential bus is supported by a backup diesel generator.

The makeup pumps are controlled at a local panel in Penetration Building Elevation 17 ft. In addition to the normal makeup path from Tanks T055 and T056, alternate makeup sources are available. These sources can be manually aligned locally in the Penetration Building (adjacent to FHB Room 107).

Table 9.1-2B PRINCIPAL PARAMETERS OF THE FPMUS Component Description Parameter Spent Fuel Pool Low Flow Rate Makeup Pump (P-1018, P-1019)

Quantity per Unit 2 Design flow 45 gal/min Design head 198 feet Spent Fuel Pool High Flow Rate Makeup Pump (P-015)

Quantity per Unit 1 Design flow 500 gal/min Design head 300 feet Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tank (T055, T056)

Quantity per Unit 1 Total Volume 300,000 gal On-site demineralized water supplies are available to manually replenish the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks (T055, T056). The four on-site demineralized water storage tanks (DWST) and an associate supply header are credited with the following remaining non-safety functions:

Manual replenishment of Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks (T055, T056)

Contingency water source for a Mitigating Strategies event (See Appendix 9A)

The on-site demineralized water storage tanks are available for manual replenishment of the Spent Fuel Pool Makeup Tanks. The nominal capacities are shown in Table 9.1-2C.

November 2016 9-25 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-2C FPMUS REPLENSHMENT TANKS Demineralized Water Storage Tank(a) Nominal Capacity, Gallons T-266 535,000 T-267 535,000 T-268 535,000 T-351 150,000 (a)

Controlled Document 90034, Q-List, controls the quality and seismic designations.

The three large capacity DWSTs are located on the elevated bluff (south of Unit 3) allowing gravity-fed replenishment. The supply header has hose connections to allow use of a portable-engine-driven pump.

The seismically-qualified DWST, located in the North Industrial Area (Elevation 20 ft.), has a seismically-qualified diesel-driven trailer-mounted fire pump to provide the required motive force for replenishment. Dedicated suction and discharge hoses are stored on-site to reach either SFP Makeup Tanks (T055, T056).

9.1.4.3 Safety Evaluation Spent fuel Pool inventory in the SFP and connected pools is sufficient to maintain the coolant inventory more than three feet above the stored fuel for over one month with no forced cooling and no make-up water addition as described in the March 11, 2016 NRC Safety Evaluation Report (SER -- Reference 5)

That SER credits the FPMUS to manually maintain the pool inventory to ensure the following spent fuel pool safety functions:

Spent fuel clad integrity with water inventory above the top of stored fuel assemblies.

Spent fuel assembly radiation shielding / isotope absorption with 23 feet of water above the fuel assemblies.

The maximum SFP decay heat load in Table 9.1-1B allows sufficient time in which to align makeup water to the pool, effect repairs and restore pool cooling. Reference 5 concludes that in the event of a creditable liner leak that 70 hours8.101852e-4 days <br />0.0194 hours <br />1.157407e-4 weeks <br />2.6635e-5 months <br /> is available before the affected spent fuel pool level would drop to 10 ft above top of fuel assemblies.

The seismically-qualified FPMUS along with multiple and diverse alternate make-up paths provide reasonable assurance that adequate make-up would be provided well before a substantial November 2016 9-26 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS loss of SFP coolant inventory that could challenge the spent fuel pool safety functions (Reference 5).

Spent Fuel Pool Makeup pumps are powered from the essential 480V Bus which is powered from off-site 220kV sources and an on-site diesel generator providing manual backup power (see Chapter 8).

FPMUS active component failures are addressed by use of the redundant component(s), gravity feed, or diverse pumps. Passive component failures are address by timely repair, the large pool water inventory, and the diverse makeup methods. Common-mode failures are addressed by either the on-site backup diesel generator or use of an on-site diverse makeup methods and storage tank(s).

Those diverse spent fuel pool makeup capabilities are discussed in Appendix 9A and are related to the SONGS commitments related to Unit 2 License Condition 2.C.(26) and Unit 3 License Condition 2.C.(27).

The quality assurance measures applied to the design provide reasonable assurance that procedures to recover spent fuel pool level with make-up capability will be both available and effective (Reference 5).

9.1.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected and cleaned prior to installation into the system. The system is operated and tested initially with regard to flow paths, both low flow and high flow capacity, and mechanical operability. Instruments are calibrated.

Data are taken periodically during normal plant operation to confirm normal makeup capabilities, Routine inspections verify pump alignment, material condition, and electrical power to the makeup pump motor controls.

The High Flow and Low Flow Spent Fuel Makeup pumps are momentarily started on a quarterly basis to verify motor and pump operation.

The spent fuel pool makeup operation to replace evaporative losses actively demonstrates the pool refill capability of the High Flow Make Pumps.

9.1.5 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM Fuel handling equipment is located both in the Containment Building and in the Fuel Handling Building. The fuel handling equipment in the Containment Building has been removed from service. The fuel handing related equipment in the Fuel Handling Building remains in service.

November 2016 9-27 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.1 Design Bases 9.1.5.1.1 System The fuel handling system is designed for handling and storage of fuel assemblies, control element assemblies (CEAs), and Guide Tube (GT) inserts. As appropriate, the fuel handling equipment includes interlocks, travel limiting features, and other protective devices to minimize the possibility of mishandling or equipment malfunction that could result in inadvertent damage to a fuel assembly and potential fission product release. GT inserts are borated stainless steel rods which may be placed in the guide tubes of fuel assemblies to reduce the required burnup for storage.

The fuel pool water provides the coolant medium during spent fuel transfer. The spent fuel pool is provided with a spent fuel pool cooling and cleanup system, which is discussed in detail in Section 9.1.3.

All spent fuel transfer and storage operations are designed to be conducted underwater to ensure adequate shielding during fuel handling operations and to permit visual control of the operation at all times.

The general arrangement of the fuel handling system is shown in Figure 9.1-3.

9.1.5.1.2 Fuel, CEA, and GT Insert Handling Equipment The principal design criteria for the spent fuel handling machine are:

A. For non-seismic operating conditions, the bridges, trolleys, hoist units, hoisting cable, grapples, and hooks conform to the requirements of Crane Manufacturing Association of America Specification No. 70. All other components meet the requirements of the Manual of Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction.

B. For seismic design, the combined dead loads, live loads, and seismic loads do not cause any portion of the equipment to disengage from its mountings or fail in a manner that would result in its falling into the spent fuel pool. The dead weight, live, and design basis earthquake (DBE) seismic loadings are combined in calculating material stress.

C. Grapples and mechanical latches that carry fuel assemblies, CEAs, or GT inserts are mechanically interlocked against inadvertent opening.

D. Equipment is provided with locking devices, appropriate foreign materials controls, or restraints to prevent parts, fasteners, or limit switch actuators from becoming loose. In those cases where a loosened part or fastener can drop into, or is not separated by a barrier from, or whose rotary motion may propel it into the November 2016 9-28 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS water of the spent fuel pool, these parts and fasteners are lock-wired or otherwise positively secured.

E. The spent fuel handling tool length provides the mechanism which precludes raising fuel above the minimum safe water cover depth. With the hoist at the upper limit, the grappled fuel assembly is suspended below the minimum safe water cover depth at all times and will not cause damage or distortion to the fuel or the spent fuel handling machine when engaged at full operating hoist speed.

F. The fuel hoist is provided with load measuring devices and interlocks to interrupt hoisting if the load increases above the overload setpoint and interrupt lowering if the load decreases below the underload setpoint.

G. In the event of loss of power, the brakes are actuated and the load is held in position.

H. Interlocks are provided to ensure the readiness of system components, to simplify the performance of sequential operations, and to limit travel and loads so that design conditions are not exceeded. In no case are they utilized to prevent inadvertent criticality or reduce the minimum water coverage for personnel protection. No single interlock failure will result in a condition that allows equipment malfunction, damage to the fuel, or reduces shielding water coverage.

Where these results are considered possible, redundant switches, mechanical restraints, and physical barriers are employed, as well as hoist motor electrical overload protection. These features ensure loading capability to values below those that would result in damage to the fuel.

9.1.5.1.3 Cask Handling Crane The principal design criteria for the cask handling crane are as follows:

A. For non-seismic operating conditions, the bridge, trolley, hoist units, hoisting cable, and hook conform to the requirements of The Crane Manufacturing Association of America Specification No. 70, which also refers to the applicable portions of the Manual of Steel Construction, American Institute of Steel Construction. All the components of the crane shall conform to the following codes: ASTM, AISC, AGMA, IEEE, NEMA, NEC, NFPA, ANSI, and OSHA.

B. Positive means such as restraining lugs are provided on the crane to prevent bridge, trolley, or any other part from becoming dislodged and falling on structures situated below the crane in the event of a DBE.

C. A basic stress criteria for structural steel is that the allowable flexural stress is the least of 0.9 times yield strength or 0.9 times the stress obtained from the ultimate capacity calculated with due regard to the elastic stability of the member.

November 2016 9-29 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. In the event of loss of power, the equipment, and its load will remain in a safe condition.

E. The Unit 2&3 Cask Handling Crane is single-failure-proof in accordance with Ederers X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.

9.1.5.2 System Description 9.1.5.2.1 System The fuel handling system is an integrated system of equipment, tools, and procedures for handling and storing spent fuel assemblies. The system provides for handling and storage of fuel assemblies to shipping of spent fuel. The equipment is designed to handle the spent fuel underwater until it is placed in a cask for shipment from the site. Underwater transfer of spent fuel provides a transparent radiation shield as well as a cooling medium for the removal of decay heat. Boric acid is added to the water in the quantity required to ensure subcritical conditions during fuel handling and storage.

Major components of the system are the spent fuel handling machine and the cask handling crane. CEAs are moved from one fuel assembly to another by utilizing the Spent Fuel Handling machine with the five finger CEA handling tool. GT inserts are moved into and out of fuel assemblies with the GT insert handling tool. The spent fuel handling machine moves fuel between the fuel storage racks in the spent fuel pool and the spent fuel shipping cask.

Major tools and servicing equipment required for handling fuel and fuel inserts are listed in Table 9.1-4.

Major components of the fuel handling system, are shown in Figure 9.1-3 and are described below. The seismic category, quality class, design codes, and standards used for design, manufacture, testing, maintenance, and operation of these principal components are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

Where possible in the design of this equipment, mechanical stops and positive locks were provided to prevent damage to, or dropping of, the fuel assemblies.

The following identifies and defines the function of the interlocks contained in the fuel handling equipment. In no case has a method been provided to directly inform the operator that an interlock is inoperative; however, in most cases a redundant device is provided to perform the same function as the interlock or to present information to the operator to deduce that an interlock has malfunctioned.

November 2016 9-30 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.1-4 MAJOR TOOLS AND SERVICING EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR HANDLING FUEL AND FUEL INSERTS Description

1. Source Handling Tool
2. CEA Transfer Basket (Four Finger CEA Carriers)
3. CEA Handling Tool (Four Finger)
4. Cask Handling Crane
5. Spent Fuel Handling Machine (Fig 9.1-21)
6. New Fuel Elevator (Fig 9.1-22)
7. Spent Fuel Handling Tool (Units 2 & 3) (Fig 9.1-23)
8. New Fuel Handling Tool (Fig 9.1-23)
9. CEA Handling Tool
10. Spent Fuel Handling Tool (Unit 1)
11. Five Finger CEA Handling Tool
12. TRI-NUC Pump Canisters
13. Dummy Fuel Assembly
14. GT Insert Handling Tool 9.1.5.2.1.1 Spent Fuel Handling Machine The following identifies and describes the functions of the interlocks that are part of the spent fuel handling machine:

A. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Hoist Interlock Interrupts hoisting if the load increases above the overload setpoint. Since the tool is manually controlled by the operator, failure of the tool to move or reduction in tool speed as a result of an overload can be sensed by the operator if the interlock becomes operative.

B. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Hoist Interlock Interrupts hoisting if the load decreases to cable slack.

Since the tool is manually controlled, a slack cable condition can be visually determined by the operator and hoisting can be terminated.

November 2016 9-31 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS C. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Translation Interlock Provides speed restriction on bridge and trolley translation unless the load is in the full up position, at which time fast speed is allowed.

If this interlock fails, the mandatory slow speed restriction is removed. However, since the translation speed controls are infinitely variable, the operator can run at slow speed when the interlock malfunction is recognized.

D. Spent Fuel Handling Machine Translation Interlock Protects, by means of zone switches, against running the load into walls or the gate of the storage area.

No backup or additional circuitry is provided for this interlock. However, the operator can directly observe the tool and the attached load so that translation can be terminated if an interlock fails to operate.

E. The Spent Fuel Handling Tool Length Provides the mechanism which precludes raising fuel above the minimum safe water cover depth. With the hoist at the upper limit, the grappled fuel assembly is suspended below the minimum safe water cover depth at all times and will not cause damage or distortion to the fuel or to the spent fuel handling machine when engaged at full operating hoist speed.

9.1.5.2.1.2 New Fuel Elevator1 The following identifies and describes the functions of the interlocks that are part of the new fuel elevator:

A. New Fuel Elevator Hoist Interlock Stops the elevator motor should the cable become slack.

If this interlock fails, the operator can stop the elevator motion from the spent fuel handling machine console.

1 Even though this subsection is titled New Fuel Elevator, no new fuel is stored at San Onofre Units 2 and 3 in the permanently defueled condition. However, this system is only partially removed from service to allow for activities during the decommissioning process not related to new fuel storage.

November 2016 9-32 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B. New Fuel Elevator Hoist Interlock Prevents raising of the elevator with a fuel assembly in the elevator box. This interlock is a backup for the administrative control, which precludes the placement of a spent fuel assembly in the new fuel elevator.

The fuel handling machines do not fall within the definition of an overhead or gantry crane as described in OSHA subpart N, Materials Handling and Storage, or 29CFR1910, Section 1910.179. However, considerable importance has been attached to meeting the standard as well as operator, equipment, and facility safety. In those cases where the fuel handling machine does not conform to the OSHA regulations, additional features to protect the safety of the operator and facility have been installed and are a part of appropriate operational procedures.

9.1.5.2.2 Components 9.1.5.2.2.1 Fuel Transfer Tube and Valve A fuel transfer tube extends through the containment wall and connects the refueling pool to the transfer pool.

The 36-inch diameter transfer tube is contained in a 42-inch diameter penetration that is sealed to the containment. The transfer tube and penetration sleeves are sealed to each other by welding rings and bellows-type expansion joints.

The 36 inch transfer tube valve is attached to the spent fuel pool end of the transfer tube. The valve is closed and the manual operator for the valve has been removed. The transfer tube is also sealed by means of a blind flange located inside the containment.

9.1.5.2.2.2 Fuel, CEA, and GT Insert Handling Equipment Two fuel handling tools, as shown on Figure 9.1-23 are used to move Units 2 and 3 fuel assemblies in the spent fuel pool area. Long tools are provided for underwater handling of Units 2 and 3 fuel in the spent fuel pool. The tools are operated manually. Irradiated CEAs are handled underwater by long CEA handling tools. GT inserts are handled by the GT insert handling tool.

9.1.5.2.2.3 Spent Fuel Handling Machine The spent fuel handling machine, as shown on Figure 9.1-21, is a traveling bridge and trolley that rides on rails over the spent fuel pool, fuel transfer pool, and cask loading pit. Motors on the bridge and trolley position the machine over the spent fuel assembly storage racks, the new fuel elevator, and the fuel shipping cask. Access to the new fuel elevator is blocked by ISFPCS piping. End stops on the spent fuel handling machine bridge rail prevent the machine from impacting plant structures and equipment.

November 2016 9-33 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The spent fuel handling machine hoist supports the handling tool for grappling fuel assemblies.

This tool is operated manually from the operator's platform on the trolley. Once a fuel assembly is grappled, a cable and hoist winch raise the fuel assembly. The spent fuel handling machine can transfer a spent fuel assembly from one spent fuel cell to another or from the spent fuel racks to the fuel shipping cask loading area.

The controls for the spent fuel handling machine are mounted on a console located on the spent fuel handling machine trolley.

The coordinate locations of the bridge, hoist, and trolley are indicated in inches by digital indicators on the control panel. In addition, visual indication of bridge and trolley position is provided by index markers located on the bridge and trolley festooned cable tracks. The index markers are color-coded to differentiate between Region I and Region II storage cells.

During withdrawal or insertion of a fuel assembly, the load on the hoist cable is monitored to ensure that movement is not being restricted. Set-points are such that damage to the assembly is prevented.

Positive locking is provided between the grappling tool and the fuel assembly to prevent inadvertent uncoupling. The drives for both the bridge and the trolley provide close control for accurate positioning, and brakes are provided to maintain the position once achieved. In addition, interlocks are installed so that movement of the spent fuel handling machine is not possible when the hoist is withdrawing or inserting an assembly.

Hand-wheels are provided for bridge, trolley, and winch motions in the event of a power loss.

9.1.5.2.2.4 New Fuel Elevator A fuel elevator, as shown on Figure 9.1-22, is used to lower non-fuel items, such as blocking devices, from the operating level at the top of the fuel transfer pool to the bottom of the pool where it is grappled by the spent fuel handling tool. The fuel elevator can also be used to remove non-fuel items from the spent fuel pool. The elevator is powered by a cable winch, and non-fuel items are contained in a simple support structure whose wheels are captured in two rails. Non-fuel items are loaded into and removed from the elevator by means of the new fuel crane monorail and the new fuel handling tool. Access to the new fuel elevator has been blocked by ISFPCS piping.

9.1.5.2.2.5 Irradiated Fuel Inspection Cladding breaches have historically been the primary cause for classifying a fuel as damaged.

When required, fuel assemblies may be examined for cladding defects. The presence of damaged fuel in fuel assemblies, including lead fuel, lead use, and test assemblies, is determined by inspections. Inspections may utilize various techniques, including review of Reactor Coolant System (RCS) activity records, canister sipping, ultrasonic testing, visual inspection, and Eddy current testing. Inspections are performed in the spent fuel pool.

November 2016 9-34 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A sipping system associated with in-pool operations may be used to detect leaking fuel assemblies. With canister sipping a fuel assembly is placed inside a sealed canister. A vacuum is drawn to force the gaseous radioactive fission products out of the failed fuel rod and into the canister water where they may be sampled.

Ultrasonic testing of a fuel assembly identifies the individual fuel rod that is damaged by detecting liquid water in a failed fuel rod. The water is introduced into the failed fuel rod via a cladding defect or breach. The advantages of ultrasonic testing are that the fuel assembly does not have to be dismantled, individual failed fuel rods can be detected, and whole rows of fuel rods can be examined simultaneously. This method will locate the axial location of breach site on a failed fuel rod.

Visual inspection of a fuel assembly may also be used to assess the degree of damage in more detail. If the damage is located inside the fuel assembly, the assembly may be disassembled to inspect single fuel rods.

To disassemble a fuel assembly requires that the fuel assembly be placed on a pedestal in the spent fuel rack in order to raise the top of the fuel assembly above the top of the spent fuel racks for access and visibility. Upon removal of the fuel assembly upper end fitting, the tops of all fuel rods in the assembly become accessible for inspection and replacement, if needed.

Individual fuel rods are removed by pulling vertically until the fuel rod is completely withdrawn from the fuel assembly. The withdrawn fuel rod may be passed through Eddy current coils. Eddy current techniques allow the axial location of a fuel cladding defect to be determined. The technique is very sensitive and can also be used to detect non-penetrating cracks and an estimate of through-wall wear.

Fuel rods exhibiting non-penetrating cracks or cladding wear may be rotated such that the area of worn cladding is no longer adjacent to the cause of the wear. Fuel rods exhibiting through-wall wear may be swapped out for intact fuel rods from a different fuel assembly, or they may be replaced with a filler rod. Limited substitutions of zirconium alloy or stainless steel filler rods for fuel rods, in accordance with approved applications of fuel rod configurations, may be used as part of a fuel reconstitution effort. The use of replacement rods is addressed in Reference 4.

After the desired fuel rods have been inspected and replaced, the fuel assembly is reassembled.

9.1.5.2.2.6 Cask Handling Crane The cask handling crane is a 125-ton capacity bridge crane.

The cask handling crane, including all supports, is designed as Seismic Category I systems and equipment. The cask handling crane transfers the spent fuel cask between the shipping-receiving area, the cask decontamination pit, and cask loading pit. The heaviest load to be handled by the cask handling crane is a loaded spent fuel cask with a maximum weight of 125 tons.

The Unit 2&3 Cask Handling Crane is single-failure-proof in accordance with Ederer X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.

November 2016 9-35 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.2.2.7 Spent Fuel Pool Water Seals The spent fuel storage pool has two water seals that separate the spent fuel storage area and the (1) spent fuel cask handling pool and, (2) fuel transfer/upender pool. Each spent fuel storage pool water seal consists of a bulkhead gate with two independent pressurized bladders which provide redundant seals between the bulkhead gate and the spent fuel pool walls. These pressurized seals are constructed of heavy radiation resistant reinforced fabric. Normal seal operating pressure is 20 psig.

9.1.5.2.2.8 Pneumatic Seal Pressurization The pressurization source for the spent fuel pool pneumatic seals is supplied by redundant gas cylinders.

9.1.5.2.3 System Operation 9.1.5.2.3.1 Spent Fuel Transfer The spent fuel handling machine transfers the spent fuel assemblies from the storage racks to the spent fuel shipping or transfer cask. The cask loading area is connected to the pool by a canal and a sliding gate sized to allow passage of a spent fuel assembly suspended from the spent fuel handling machine. The spent fuel cask arrives in a specially built transporter at the loading area that is serviced by an overhead cask handling crane. The main hoist of the crane lifts the cask to the operating floor and transfers the cask to the wash-down / lay-down area.

After the cask is serviced and washed, it is transferred over the operating floor to the cask loading pit. Positioning the cask into the cask loading pit is a two-step hoisting operation governed by administrative controls as well as by crane interlocks. The first hoisting step sets the cask on an intermediate ledge of the pit to interrupt the single lift over the full depth of the pool. The second hoisting step lowers the cask to the bottom of the cask loading pit. These steps are designated as positions B and C on Figure 9.1-25 and positions B and C on Figure 9.1-26.

The spent fuel assemblies are then transferred underwater and are loaded into the cask, using the spent fuel handling machine. Removal of the now loaded cask is accomplished by a reversal of the two-step hoisting operation described above. In this manner, the potential for a cask drop in excess of 30 feet is avoided.

The loaded cask is lifted to the wash-down area of the operating floor where radioactive materials and residual coolants are removed. After the wash-down is complete and the area is drained, the spent fuel cask is loaded into the transporter, and is ready for shipment.

With the sliding gate secured, a submersible pump is required to drain the spent fuel cask loading pit. The pump takes suction from the pit and discharges the fluid to the spent fuel pool.

November 2016 9-36 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.2.3.2 Placement and Orientation of Fuel Assemblies and GT Inserts 9.1.5.2.3.2.1 Placement and Orientation of Fuel Assemblies The fuel enrichment within a fuel assembly is identified by a coded serial number marked on the assemblys upper end fitting. This serial number is used as a means of positive identification for each assembly in the plant. A Certified Fuel Handler has the oversight and responsibility for fuel movement and to ensure that the assemblies are moved to the correct locations.

Prior to movement of fuel data sheets are prepared. These data sheets detail the order in which fuel assemblies are moved. The data sheets are verified as correct by a minimum of two independent reviewers.

9.1.5.2.3.2.2 Placement and Orientation of GT Inserts Either three or five GT inserts may be placed in a fuel assembly. When three GT insets are placed in a fuel assembly, the orientation shall be as shown in Licensee Controlled Specifications 4.0.100, Figure II-23. To preclude inadvertent removal of a GT insert, the top of the GT inserts shall be below the top of the fuel assembly in which they are inserted.

9.1.5.2.3.3 NUREG-0612 Heavy Load Handling System Table 9.1-5 identifies cranes and hoists which handle heavy loads in the vicinity of irradiated fuel. The cranes and hoists listed in this table are subject to administrative controls that satisfy guidelines for heavy load handling established in NUREG-0612 (Ref. 1).

Table 9.1-5 NUREG-0612 HEAVY LOAD HANDLING SYSTEMS Handling System Design Capacity (tons) Location Cask Handling Crane 125/10 Fuel Handling Bldg.

New Fuel Handling Crane 5 Fuel Handling Bldg.

These guidelines consist of the following criteria from Section 5.1.1 of NUREG-0612:

1. Definition of safe load paths
2. Development of load handling procedures
3. Periodic inspection and testing of cranes
4. Qualifications, training and specified conduct of operators
5. Special lifting devices should satisfy the guidelines of ANSI N14.6 November 2016 9-37 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS

6. Lifting devices that are not specially designed should be installed and used in accordance with the guidelines of ANSI B30.9
7. Design of cranes to ANSI B30.2 or CMAA-70 Other station cranes and hoists have been evaluated as exempt from NUREG-0612 guidelines.

9.1.5.3 Safety Evaluation 9.1.5.3.1 Cask Handling Crane The cask handling crane is a Seismic Category I component as described in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List, and Section 9.1.5.2.2.6. The cask handling crane, including all supports, are analyzed for the operating basis and design basis earthquakes to ensure complete stability under loaded and unloaded conditions. Where analytical means do not give positive assurance that the crane or any part of it will not fall off the rails, the stability of the crane components is ensured by a system of restraining devices that remain effective during crane operating motion. The cask handling crane is restrained by upkick lugs which engage the trolley and the bridge trucks to their rails. The cask handling crane was upgraded to single-failure-proof criteria.

Failure of any part of the cask handling cranes, or any other crane capable of carrying major loads, does not cause any damage to spent fuel or safety-related equipment. Positive protection against dropping the spent fuel cask into the spent fuel storage pool is provided by the basic layout of the spent fuel storage pool, fuel transfer system, and fuel handling arrangement which make it impossible to pass the cask over the spent fuel storage racks. The cask is assigned to a separate laydown area, designated as the cask loading pit, in the spent fuel pool. The cask is physically isolated from movement over the spent fuel storage area or new fuel storage racks because the cask handling crane does not extend across these areas. The fuel handling building layout is designed to prevent damage to essential equipment or release of radioactivity as a result of a fuel handling cask drop.

Cask drops were analyzed using the guidelines of NUREG-0612, Control of Heavy Loads at Nuclear Power Plants, July 1980. The analysis considered the approach and orientation of the cask with respect to the pool, maximum impact loads from a rigid cask dropping on exposed structural members, and the restricted travel path of the cask. The cask cannot fall into the spent fuel pool by basic layout and credit is not taken for energy absorbing devices.

Design features that prevent damaging spent fuel and essential equipment are:

A. During cask handling operations, the spent fuel cask cannot travel over the spent fuel pool where spent fuel is stored due to physical limitations in crane travel (refer to Figure 9.1-24). There are no conceivable cask drops, including a tilted cask that hits the edge of the spent fuel pool that could result in dropping a cask directly into the spent fuel pool.

November 2016 9-38 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B. Exposure to cask drop exists only in the spent fuel cask storage pool which is adjacent to the spent fuel pool. A 4-foot thick reinforced concrete wall separates the spent fuel pool from the spent fuel cask storage pool. This concrete wall ensures that a cask dropped into the spent fuel cask storage pool will not damage the spent fuel racks in the spent fuel pool. In addition, a postulated drop of the cask in the cask handling pool will not cause perforation or spalling of the concrete slab which forms the floor of the pool.

C. The east-west direction of cask approach and regress into the spent fuel cask storage pool ensures that a dropped or tilted cask will not directly impact the 4-foot-thick separation wall. Refer to Figures 9.1-24, 9.1-25, and 9.1-26. The prescribed east-west direction of travel for the crane is dictated by critical path limit switches provided in the cask handling crane. Operation of the crane with travel path restricted by critical path limit switches is enforced by administrative control. In addition, physical obstructions consisting of 10-inch square removable steel posts and a 1-ft thick, 20-ft high concrete wall are provided to preclude operator-initiated movement of the cask along paths other than the prescribed east-west direction of travel. The 10-inch square steel posts may be removed and stored when there are no cask operations in progress. The physical obstructions are not crash barriers but are effective to preclude crane movement of the cask over unauthorized paths in the event that administrative controls failed to enforce operation of the crane under critical path mode.

D. During handling operations, the cask does not travel over essential equipment.

There is no essential equipment located on the operating floor of the fuel handling building. The operating floor is designed to withstand a cask drop of 6 inches. This provides a protective barrier for the spent fuel pool heat exchanger and cooling pumps which are located at the lower elevations below the operating floor of the fuel handling building.

E The Unit 2&3 Cask Handling Crane is single-failure-proof in accordance with NUREG-0554, NUREG-0612, Appendix C, and the X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.

An analysis of the consequences of dropping a spent fuel assembly during handling operations is given in Chapter 15. An analysis of the consequences of a loaded transfer cask falling from the upper shelf of the cask pool is given in Chapter 15. As shown, there is no undue exposure to the general public or personnel. Chapter 15 provides a summary of a spent fuel pool gate drop analysis that credits the administrative controls to preclude damage to the fuel stored in the racks.

Chapter 15 describes the evaluation of the radiological consequences of the drop of a fuel assembly during handling. The analysis conservatively assumes that both the dropped assembly and the impacted assembly (two assemblies worth of fuel) are damaged.

November 2016 9-39 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.1.5.3.2 Fuel Handling A failure mode and effects analysis of the fuel handling equipment is not required. The results of the analysis provided in Chapter 15 demonstrate that applicable dose limits are not exceeded as a result of the design basis fuel handling accident. No component or subsystems of the fuel handling equipment are required to either prevent or mitigate the consequences of the postulated fuel handling accident.

The presence of approximately 2000 ppm boron in the pool water will decrease reactivity by about 20% k. For all postulated accidents involving misloading and damage to fuel assemblies, should there be a reactivity increase, Keff would be less than or equal to 0.95 due to the dissolved boron and thus meets the acceptance criteria of no criticality.

Operability of the fuel handling equipment, including the bridge and trolley, the lifting mechanisms and the associated instrumentation and controls, is assured through the implementation of preoperational tests. In addition to the interlocks described in Section 9.1.5.2.1, the equipment has the following special features:

A. The major components of the fuel handling system are electrically interlocked with each other to assist the operator in properly conducting the fuel handling operation.

Failure of any of these interlocks in the event of operator error will not result in damage to more than one fuel assembly. The radiological consequences associated with the activity release from an entire assembly are discussed in Chapter 15.

B. Miscellaneous special design features that facilitate handling operations include:

backup hand operation of the spent fuel handling machine bridge, trolley, and hoist in the event of power failure.

C. Travel stops in the spent fuel handling machine restrict withdrawal of the spent fuel assemblies. The spent fuel handling tool length provides for minimum water cover.

This provides for a minimum water cover of 8 ft-5 in. feet over the active portion of the fuel assembly limiting the radiation level to approximately 8 mrem/hr or less at the surface of the water.

D. The structural design of the fuel storage racks incorporate provisions to withstand uplift forces as defined below:

Spent Fuel Storage Racks 6,000 lb New Fuel Storage Racks 3,000 lb These uplift forces are governed by crane-installed load cells and represent the maximum pull that the spent fuel handling machine can exert on the racks through a fuel assembly stuck within a storage cell. Sustained or repeated application of the uplift forces will not compromise the structural integrity of the racks or their anchorage and will not result in an increase of the Keff associated with the racks.

November 2016 9-40 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS E. The new and spent fuel storage area is not exposed to overhead handling of the spent fuel cask. In those areas, the only objects that travel overhead are the fuel assemblies, spent fuel pool gate and spent fuel pool test equipment. A fuel assembly drop due to failure of the spent fuel handling machine is a remote occurrence that would result in a limited fall. The spent fuel storage racks are designed so that impact from accidental dropping or side swinging of a fuel assembly will not damage the stored assemblies.

F. The potential drop of the spent fuel pool gate or test equipment skid is discussed in Chapter 15.

G. High and low pressure protection is provided to assure continuous gate seal pressurization. High pressure protection is provided by a relief valve (QCIII, SCII/I).

Local audible alarm and pressure indicator are provided to indicate less than normal operating pressure. Check valves (QCIII, SCII/I) prevent the rapid loss of the gate seal if its primary pressurization system fails. Upon loss of the primary pressurization system the backup pressurization system is automatically placed in service.

Administrative controls and physical limitations imposed on fuel handling operations to preclude the possibility of a fuel handling accident are discussed previously in this subsection (9.1.5).

9.1.5.4 Testing and Inspection Requirements of Refueling Equipment During manufacture at the vendor's plant, various in-process inspections and checks are required, including certification of materials and heat treating, and liquid-penetrant or magnetic-particle inspection of critical welds. Following completion of manufacture, compliance with design and specification requirements is determined by assembling and testing the equipment in the vendor's shop. Utilizing a dummy fuel assembly having the same weight, center of gravity, exterior size and end geometry as an actual assembly, all equipment is run through several complete operational cycles. In addition, the equipment is checked for its ability to perform under the maximum limits of load, fuel mislocation, and misalignment. All traversing mechanisms are tested for speed and positioning accuracy. All hoisting equipment is tested for vertical functions and controls, rotation, and load misalignment.

Hoisting equipment is also tested to 125% of specified hoist capacity. Setpoints are determined and adjusted and the adjustment limits are verified. Equipment interlock function and backup systems operations are checked. Those functions having manual operation capability are exercised manually. During these tests, the various operating parameters such as motor speed, voltage and current, hydraulic system pressures, and load measuring accuracy and setpoints are recorded. At the completion of these tests the equipment is checked for cleanliness and the locking of fasteners by lock-wire or other means is verified.

November 2016 9-41 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Equipment installation and testing at the plant site is controlled by approved installation procedures and pre-operational test procedures designed to verify conformance with specification. Each component is inspected and cleaned prior to installation into the system.

Recommended maintenance, including any necessary adjustments and calibrations, is performed approximately every two years or when in use. Periodic inservice tests also include checks of all control circuits including interlocks and alarm functions.

9.1.5.5 Instrumentation Requirements The refueling system instrumentation and controls are described in paragraph 9.1.5.2. Analysis provided in Chapter 15 demonstrates that applicable dose limits are not exceeded as a result of the design basis fuel handling accident. No credit is taken for instrumentation or interlocks on components of the fuel handling equipment to either prevent or mitigate the consequences of the postulated accident. Thus, safety-related interlocks are not provided.

9.1.6 INDEPENDENT SPENT FUEL STORAGE INSTALLATION (ISFSI)

The ISFSI is a fenced, protected area located within the Unit 1 north Industrial Area, dedicated to the storage of dry spent fuel from Units 1, 2, and 3. The ISFSI was initially sized to empty the Unit 1 Spent Fuel Pool and to create enough room in the Unit 2 and 3 Spent Fuel Pools to permit operation through the end of San Onofre Units 2 and 3 licensed plant life.

The final ISFSI configuration will consist of multiple rows of NUHOMS Advanced Horizontal Storage Modules (AHSM) and an additional pad containing Holtec UMAX MSE storage systems. See the respective Dry Fuel Storage FSARs for more detailed information.

The ISFSI is protected by a security fence and features described in the SONGS Physical Security Plan. Lightning protection is provided for the modules and the security light towers.

Except for periods of facility expansion (adding additional modules), routine inspections, and during actual fuel loading operations, the ISFSI will be empty of vehicles, extraneous equipment, and personnel. Transient combustibles are controlled by administrative procedure.

9.

1.7 REFERENCES

1. NUREG-0612 Control of Heavy Loads At Nuclear Power Plants, July 1980.
2. Ederers X-SAM Licensing Topical Report, EDR-1.
3. (DELETED)
4. CENPD-289-P, Use of Inert Replacement Rods in ABB CENF Fuel Assemblies, September 1993.
5. NRC SER to SCE dated March 11, 2016;

SUBJECT:

SONGS, Units 2 and 3 - Issuance of Amendments Modifying Licenses to Allow Changes to Specific Regulatory Guide Commitments (CAC NOS. L53073 AND L53074, PDSFPC)

November 2016 9-42 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS

6. SO23-V-5.100, SONGS Mitigating Strategies
7. Design Calculation N-0220-0037 Rev.3, Spent Fuel Pool Time To Boil.
8. 1814-AA086-M0262 REV.0, San Onofre Spent Fuel Pool Island Design Plan.

November 2016 9-43 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2 WATER SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of Water Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.

Structures / Systems / Components Status Saltwater Cooling System Removed from Service Component Cooling Water System Removed from Service Makeup Demineralizer System Removed from Service Domestic Water System Partially Removed from Service Ultimate Heat Sink (Pacific Ocean) Removed from Service Ultimate Heat Sink (Atmosphere) Available Condensate Storage and Transfer System Removed from Service Nuclear Service Water System Removed from Service Turbine Plant Cooling Water System Removed from Service Dilution System Available 9.2.1 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM 9.2.1.1 Design Bases The domestic water system serves no safety function and, therefore, has no safety design basis.

The domestic water system is designed to:

A. Prevent contamination due to potential radioactivity or due to backflow from cross-connected systems using water unfit for human consumption.

B. Provide a quantity of 50 gallons per person per day for permanent personnel, plus 25 gallons per person per day for nonpermanent personnel, for the largest number of persons expected to be at the station during a 24-hour period of plant refueling and maintenance operations.

C. Provide domestic water system outlets in compliance with the intent of Title 29 Part 1910 (Occupational Safety and Health Standards) of the Code of Federal Regulations.

November 2016 9-44 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The domestic water system is designed to the equipment classification requirements indicated in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

9.2.1.2 System Description 9.2.1.2.1 General Description The domestic water system is shown in Controlled Drawings 40182A, 40182B, and 40182C.

The source of water for the domestic system is the local water agency, which normally furnishes adequate flow and pressure directly to the domestic system. Backflow preventers in the domestic and service water systems are provided to prevent possible contamination of the domestic system.

9.2.1.2.2 Component Description 9.2.1.2.2.1 Valves ASME Code rated and approved relief valves, but without ASME certification or N-stamping, are provided on all equipment and in all piping requiring temperature or pressure relief.

9.2.1.2.2.2 Piping Construction materials used in the domestic water distribution system prevent the introduction by the system piping of objectionable tastes, odors, discoloration, and toxic conditions into the system, and conform to the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code.

Piping is sized to limit flow velocity to 6 ft/s and thus minimize system shock and water hammer.

This is supplemented by the installation of approved water-hammer arresters at appropriate locations.

9.2.1.2.2.3 Protection Against Contamination No cross-connections exist between the domestic water system and any potentially radioactive system. A cross-tie connection with a backflow preventer is installed between Unit 2 and 3 common domestic water system and Unit 3 side of the service water. All branches of the system supplying the plumbing fixtures located in areas to which access is restricted due to a potential radiological hazard are provided with backflow prevention devices of the reduced pressure zone type.

Because of the above design features in the domestic water system, sharing of the domestic water system between Units 2 and 3 does not degrade contamination protection.

November 2016 9-45 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.1.2.2.4 Emergency Shower and Eyewash Station The domestic water system provides potable water for emergency shower and eyewash stations throughout the power block and outside areas.

9.2.1.3 Safety Evaluation The domestic water system has no safety functions. The malfunction or failure of a component has no adverse effect on any safety-related system or component.

9.2.1.4 Tests and Inspections The domestic water system is tested for leak tightness in conformance with Uniform Plumbing Code requirements. Inspection of the entire system for compliance with the provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code is performed. Reworked or new piping is disinfected, flushed with potable water, and placed in service.

9.2.1.5 Instrumentation Applications Thermostats, high-temperature limit switches, and temperature gages are installed on hot water storage heaters. A pressure regulator downstream of the main water line prevents overpressurization of the system.

9.2.2 ULTIMATE HEAT SINK The ultimate heat sink provides a means for rejecting heat from the spent fuel pool to the atmosphere.

9.2.2.1 Design Bases To ensure that adequate margin exists in the design, 100% of the SFP decay heat is assumed to be transported to the atmosphere via the ISFPCS primary to secondary side heat exchanger to the secondary side chillers. Calculations and equipment testing has demonstrated adequate capacity of the atmosphere / ISFPC as a heat sink.

See Table 9.1-1B (Section 9.1.3.3) for description of spent fuel heat loads.

9.2.3 DILUTION SYSTEMS 9.2.3.1 CIRCULATING WATER SYSTEM In the permanent defueled plant condition, portions of the Circulating Water System are required to support dilution. See P&IDs, One Line Diagrams, and General Arrangement drawings for current plant configuration.

November 2016 9-46 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Structures / Systems / Components Status Unit 2 and 3 Intake Conduits Available Unit 2 Discharge Conduit Available Unit 3 Discharge Conduit Removed from Service Unit 2 and 3 Gate Slots 1 and 2 Available Unit 2 Recirculating Gates 4 and 5 Available Unit 2 Circulating Water Pumps Removed from Service Unit 3 Circulating Water Pumps Removed from Service 9.2.3.1.1 Design Bases The circulating water system has no safety function. The portions that supported the condenser, Salt Water Cooling System, and Turbine Plant Cooling Water System have been removed from service. The portion required to support the functions of the Saltwater Dilution System remain available. The following design bases apply to the circulating water system in the permanent defueled plant condition:

A. Units 2 and 3 gates, slots 1 and 2, used to support the Saltwater Dilution System (SWDS) pump frames and pipe supports. Gate slots 1 and 2 are also required for dewatering the intake/outfall structures with the insertion of stop gates.

B. Units 2 and 3 intake conduits used for drawing Pacific Ocean water for dilution.

C. Unit 2 discharge conduit used for discharging diluted effluents to the Pacific Ocean.

D. Unit 2 Recirculating gates, in the closed position, to prevent recirculation of diluted effluents. No gate operators are required.

9.2.3.1.2 System Description and Operation 9.2.3.1.2.1 General Description The portion of the circulating water system that remains in-service consists of Units 2 and 3 intake conduits, Unit 2 discharge conduit, Unit 2 Recirculating Gates 4 and 5 (in closed position), and the Units 2 and 3 Gate Slots 1 and 2. The system is shown on the following SCE controlled drawings.

November 2016 9-47 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 40166A 40166C 40167B 40167D 40166ASO3 40166D 40167BSO3 40167DSO3 40166B 40167A 40167C 40166BSO3 40167ASO3 40167CSO3 9.2.3.1.2.2 Component Description 9.2.3.1.2.2.1 Intake and Discharge Structures The offshore circulating water conduits are of reinforced concrete construction. One intake and conduit is provided for each unit. Only the Unit 2 discharge conduit is used for dilution. Each unit has one 18-foot ID intake conduit approximately 3200 feet long. The Unit 2 discharge conduit is approximately 8400 feet long. Approximately the last 2500 feet (offshore end) of the discharge conduit consists of a diffuser containing 63 discharge nozzles evenly spaced at 40-foot intervals. The nominal throat diameters are approximately 2 feet. The nozzles are oriented at a vertical angle of 20° above the horizontal and direct the discharge offshore alternatively at angles of 25° to the right and 25° to the left of the diffuser section centerline. The diffuser portion is progressively stepped down in diameter to balance the hydraulics of the flow in the diffusers and to produce a uniform discharge at each nozzle. The smallest diameter of the main conduit is 10 feet ID.

Circulating water system offshore intake structures are designed and constructed to withstand maximum uprush and withdrawal velocities of the current associated with the postulated tsunami discussed in Chapter 2.

Design and construction of the onshore intake structure is based on the maximum and minimum water levels at offshore intake structures associated with the postulated tsunami discussed in Chapter 2 with appropriate consideration given to head losses through the offshore conduit and intake structure.

9.2.3.1.2.3 Large Organism Exclusion Device (LOED)

A Large Organism Exclusion Device (LOED) is installed at the Primary Offshore Intake Structure (POIS) and Auxiliary Offshore Intake Structure (AOIS) as required by the State Water Resource Control Board (SWRCB) to prevent large marine organisms from entering the plant intake structures. The LOED uses a 9-in. x 9-in. netting constructed from ultra-high molecular weight (UHMW) polymer braided ropes.

9.2.3.1.2.4 System Operation The portions of the Circulating Water System that support the Saltwater Dilution System are structures and have no active operation.

November 2016 9-48 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.3.1.2.5 Safety Evaluation The portions of the Circulating Water System that support the Saltwater Dilution System is not safety related and therefore no safety evaluation is provided.

9.2.3.2 SALTWATER DILUTION SYSTEM The Saltwater Dilution System (SWDS) provides saltwater from the Pacific Ocean to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall for diluting radiological and non-radiological effluents. The saltwater dilution system is common to both units. Two 50% capacity pumps are located in the Unit 2 circulating water system intake and two 50% capacity pumps are located in the Unit 3 circulating water system intake. However, all four pumps discharge to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall gate slot #1. The pump discharge heads are located approximately 4-feet below 30-ft elevation in the gate slot #2 on the west road. The gate slots are also used for inserting stop gates to dewater the circulating water system intake structures. In the permanently defueled condition, the circulating water system is no longer in operation but portions of the circulating water system support the SWDS.

9.2.3.2.1 Design Bases The design bases for the saltwater dilution system is as follows:

A. The saltwater dilution system is designed so that the dilution water flows may return to the Pacific Ocean via the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall through Unit 2 and Unit 3 independent piping systems. The circulating water system is discussed in Section 9.2.3.1.

B. The saltwater dilution system is designed to provide the minimum flow rate to meet the dilution factors. Dilution is discussed in Chapters 2 and 11 but controlled by the ODCM and NPDES permits.

C. The saltwater dilution system is also designed to provide dilution water supply for radiological effluent releases. Radiological effluent release point is discussed in Chapter 11.

D. The saltwater dilution system is designed to provide dilution water supply for non-radiological effluent releases. Non-radiological effluent releases consists of the North Industrial Area (NIA) sump discharge, the Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) discharge, and the Unit 2 Oily Waste Holding Sump discharge. The NIA sump, STP, and Unit 2 Oily Waste Holding Sumps are discussed in Section 9.3.1.

November 2016 9-49 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.3.2.2 System Description 9.2.3.2.2.1 General Description The saltwater dilution system is shown schematically in Controlled Drawings 40166B and 40166BSO3 which also shows a diagram of the intake structure and associated piping. The piping layout is shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369.

The saltwater dilution system for each unit consists of two completely independent piping systems (one for each unit) that discharge into a common point, the Pacific Ocean via the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall. Each piping system consist of two 50% capacity pumps, two check valves, two pressure gauges, and one ultrasonic flowmeter. One pump on each unit is required for liquid radwaste releases.

9.2.3.2.2.2 Component Description 9.2.3.2.2.2.1 Saltwater Dilution Pumps S2(3)1401MP128/129 Each 50% capacity pump is capable of providing a minimum required flowrate of 7,000 gal/min of dilution flow, taking into consideration low-low tide level, in the permanently defueled condition. The pumps are the vertical turbine type and are installed in the intake structure gate slot #2, two pumps per gate slot. All four pumps are powered by the same ring bus load center, LDC04.

The saltwater dilution pump packing and bearings are self-cooled and lubricated by the saltwater passing through the pump internals. The pump characteristics are:

Table 9.2-1 SALT WATER DILUTION PUMPS CHARACTERISTICS Type Vertical turbine Design Flow 7,350 gal/min at 76°F Design Head 50 feet Performance Standard ANSI/HI 14.6 14.6 Grade 1B The saltwater dilution pumps are made of 316L stainless steel (impeller, columns, discharge head, bowl, bell, and strainer). The majority of the 316L components are coated to extend the life of the pump. The pump internals (shafts, shaft couplings, and shaft keys) are made of a duplex 2205 alloy. The pump bearings are made of thermoplastic with the exception of the suction bearing that is made of bronze packed in grease. The pump hardware is made of Monel K-500. The pump materials were carefully selected in order to meet a design life of 15 years while taking into consideration the severe corrosive environment and intermittent service.

November 2016 9-50 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.2.3.2.2.2.2 Saltwater Dilution Motors S2(3)P128/129 Each saltwater dilution pump is coupled to an electric motor capable of providing 125 hp. The electric motors are equipped with a 120V space heater to keep the windings free of moisture during standby.

Table 9.2-2 SALT WATER DILUTION PUMPS MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS Motor hp 125 Motor Speed 1200 rpm Motor 60hz/460VAC/3phase Enclosure IP55 (TEFC)

Service Factor 1.15 Rotation Both Insulation Class F Temperature Rise (K) 80 9.2.3.2.2.2.3 Check Valves S2(3)1401MU374/375 Each saltwater dilution pump has a check valve at the discharge to prevent backflow when one pump is operating and the other is in standby. The check valves are made of 316L stainless steel to extend the life of the pump due to corrosion.

9.2.3.2.2.2.4 Piping The saltwater dilution piping is made from 316L (seamless) stainless steel to extend the life of the piping due to corrosion. 317L weld filler material was used to enhance the weld chemical properties with the higher chromium content. Each pair of pumps discharge into independent 16 diameter piping and combine downstream into a double 16 tee connection.

Immediately upstream of the double 16 tee, the piping expands to a single 20 diameter piping where it then opens into the intake structure gate slot #1, approximately 3-feet below the grating.

The piping layout is shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369.

9.2.3.2.2.2.5 Supports The saltwater dilution piping supports are shown on Controlled Drawing S2-1401-ML-369. The pipe supports are made from A36 carbon steel, and coated with a marine grade epoxy coating to November 2016 9-51 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS extend the life of the pipe support due to corrosion. The pipe supports are shared between both units; with the exception of pipe supports only required for Unit 3 piping.

The saltwater dilution pump frames are shown on Drawing 28813. The pipe supports are made from A36 carbon steel, and coated with a marine grade epoxy coating to extend the life of the frames due to corrosion.

The pipe supports and pump frame were designed to the 2013 California Uniform Building Code and ASCE 7-10 as documented in calculation 1814-AA021-C0145 and C0140, respectively.

9.2.3.2.2.2.6 Ultrasonic Flowmeters 2(3)FIT5767 Each independent piping system consists of an ultrasonic flowmeter with local indication at panel HL04. Each flowmeter has an upstream and downstream transducer mounted on the 20 diameter pipe and is used to measure flowrate using acoustic technology. The flowmeters are sensitive to flow disturbances and may read inaccurate during transient conditions, such as initial pump start, air trapped in the line, two phase bubbly flow, and air slug flow. During conditions when the flowmeter is unavailable, the pressure gauge is used to estimate the dilution flowrate.

Each saltwater dilution pump has a discharge pressure gauge used to estimate flowrate when the ultrasonic flowmeter is unavailable. The pressure gauges are equipped with a damper and the dial face is angled upward in order to make it easier to read without traversing into the gate slot pit area.

9.2.3.2.2.3 System Operation The saltwater dilution system was not an original system to San Onofre. The SWDS was installed under the Cold and Dark modifications for dilution effluents in the permanently defueled condition. In the permanently defueled condition, two saltwater dilution pumps are required to dilute radiological effluents, but only one is required for non-radiological effluents.

Each saltwater dilution pump motor is started using a hand switch located in load center LDC04.

The pump has no throttling valve. A check valve prevents flow from being diverted back into the suction through the other pump on the same piping system. The same hand switch is used to secure the pump. The pumps are normally rotated to prevent aggravated pitting corrosion on the submerged components of the pumps. While in standby condition, the 120V motor space heaters keep moisture out of the motor windings. The space heater push buttons are located in panel HL04, adjacent to load center LDC04.

9.2.3.2.2.4 Safety Evaluation The saltwater dilution system is not safety related and therefore no safety evaluation is provided.

November 2016 9-52 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.

2.4 REFERENCES

1. Wilson, Dr. B. W., Estimate of Tsunami Effects at San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station, Units 2&3, December 1972.
2. Letter from Peter T. Dietrich to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Docket No. 50-361 Permanent Removal of Fuel from the Reactor Vessel San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 2, dated July 22, 2013.
3. Letter from Peter T. Dietrich to U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Docket No. 50-362 Permanent Removal of Fuel from the Reactor Vessel San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Unit 3, dated June 28, 2013.

November 2016 9-53 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.3 PROCESS AUXILIARIES Not all subsystems of Process Auxiliaries are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.

System Status Compressed Air System Removed from Service Process Sampling System Removed from Service Sump and Drain Systems Partially Removed from Service Chemical and Volume Control System Removed from Service Hydrogen System Removed from Service Post-Accident Sampling System Removed from Service Reactor Coolant Gas Vent System Removed from Service 9.3.1 SUMP AND DRAIN SYSTEMS Portions of the Sump and Drain Systems are required in the permanently defueled condition.

The sumps and drains systems consist of collection piping, equipment drains, floor drains, vents, traps (in nonradioactive systems only), cleanouts, oil separators, and the collection sumps.

Portions of the Sump and Drain Systems have been removed from service. The applicable operational information has been removed to indicate that the system performs no licensing bases or design bases function. Although portions of the system do not support operation, the system may still contain fluids, gases or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See P&IDs, One Line Diagrams, and General Arrangement drawings for current plant configuration.

Structures / Systems / Components Status Diesel Generator Building Sump (Non-Radioactive) Available Intake Structure Area Sump (Non-Radioactive) Available Oily Waste Sump (Non-Radioactive) Available Storm Drainage (Non-Radioactive) Available Sanitary Drainage and Sewage Treatment Plant (Non-Radioactive) Available South Yard Facility Interceptor (Non-Radioactive) Available November 2016 9-54 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Structures / Systems / Components Status East and West Oily Waste Holding Sump (Non-Radioactive) Available MSIV Area Sump [Rain Water] (Non-Radioactive) Available Component Cooling Water Area Sump (Radioactive) Partially Removed from Service*

Containment Area Sump (Radioactive) Partially Removed from Service*

Fuel Handling Building Area Sump (Radioactive) Available Penetration Building Area Sump (Radioactive) Available Safety Injection Area Sump (Radioactive) Available Storage Tank Area Sump (Radioactive) Partially Removed from Service*

Auxiliary (Control) Building Area Sump (normally non-radioactive) Available Radwaste Area Sump (Radioactive) Available East Turbine Building Area Sump (normally non-radioactive) Available West Turbine Building Area Sump (normally non-radioactive) Available North Industrial Area Sump (normally non-radioactive) Available BPS Neutralization Sump [Holding] (normally non-radioactive) Available South Yard Facility Decon Tank and Sump (normally non- Available radioactive)

  • Since collection of fluids in these sumps is unlikely, the pumps have been removed.

9.3.1.1 Design Bases The design bases for the sump and drain systems are as follows:

A. The design and arrangement of the nonradioactive drainage systems ensure that potentially radioactive materials will be diverted to the radioactive sumps if contamination should occur. In some cases this is ensured by administrative means.

B. The radioactive sumps and drain system collects potentially radioactive liquid wastes, at atmospheric pressure, from equipment and flood drainage of the radwaste building, fuel handling building, Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump (if contaminated), penetration area, and the safety injection area. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.

C. Systems that are not potentially radioactive are provided for the collection and disposal of storm drainage, oily waste, sanitary drainage, and clear water waste. Water is separated from oil and sediment using the East Oily Waste Holding Sump separator.

November 2016 9-55 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. Sump pumps are designed to discharge at a flowrate adequate for preventing sump overflow during normally anticipated drainage periods. During heavy rain, the Turbine Building Sumps may overflow onto the condensate system pipe trench and water will accumulate temporarily on the floor of the 7 elevation of the turbine building. Flooding of the condensate system pipe trench and 7 elevation of the turbine building is inconsequential as there is no operating equipment that would be impacted by flooding (non-essential operating equipment protected by pedestals/berms) and/or there are no areas requiring access for operator action in the permanently defueled condition.

E. The sumps for potentially radioactive drainage are fitted with covers and liners (except as noted).

Codes and standards applicable to the floor drainage systems are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. Generally, equipment and floor drainage collection piping from the areas of potential radioactivity is constructed in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0. All other drainage systems comply with the requirements of the Uniform Plumbing Code.

9.3.1.2 System Description 9.3.1.2.1 General Description The arrangement for nonradioactive drain systems is such that they only serve areas where no radioactivity is expected. The nature of the sanitary waste system makes it unlikely that radioactive wastes would enter through this path. The Unit 2 and 3 area storm drain system are conveyed to the Units 2 and 3 circulating water system intake.

In the permanently defueled condition, the MSIV sump is used for collection and discharge of rain water and does not have the potential to become radioactive, but discharges into the respective units East Turbine Building sump that has a monitored release path.

The North Industrial Area (NIA) Yard Sump effluents are only conveyed to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall. The NIA yard sump is normally non-radioactive. However, due to historical contamination events, the NIA discharge path is monitored as described in Section 9.3.1.2.3.2 G.

The arrangement for potentially radioactive drain systems is such that they serve areas where radioactivity is not normally expected, but has the potential to become contaminated. The radwaste area sump collects radioactive and potentially radioactive water from various sources.

Several non-radioactive and potentially radioactive drains and sumps discharge into the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump. The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump discharge is monitored for radioactivity with radiation monitor 2RE7821. If radioactivity is detected, the radiation monitor alarms to CDAS and trips the sump pumps. The contaminated water is manually diverted to the radwaste area sump for processing. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.

November 2016 9-56 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS If no radioactivity is detected, the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump normally discharges to the East Oily Waste Holding Sump where oil and sediment is separated [nonradioactive contaminants] and conveyed to the storm drains that discharge into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake.

9.3.1.2.2 Component Description 9.3.1.2.2.1 Cleanouts In all collection system piping from areas of potential radioactivity, cleanouts are provided, when practicable, at the base of each vertical riser, where the change of direction in horizontal runs is 90º, at offsets where the aggregate change is 135º or greater, and at maximum intervals of 50 feet. Cleanouts are welded directly to the piping and located with their access covers flush with the finished floor or wall.

9.3.1.2.2.2 Equipment Drains Drain lines from equipment that may be pressurized during drainage, and where the flow is by a direct or indirect connection to the floor drain system, are equipped with valves that may be throttled, so that the equipment discharge flow will not exceed the gravity flow capacity of the drainage header at atmospheric pressure.

9.3.1.2.2.3 Floor Drains All floor drains are installed with rims flush with the low-point elevation of the finished floor.

Floor drains in areas of potential radioactivity are welded directly to the collection piping. Floor drains in areas where there is no potential for radioactivity are provided with caulked or threaded connections.

9.3.1.2.2.4 Traps Inlets to all drainage systems, except those in areas of potential radioactivity and those in storm drainage and gravity collection service, are provided with a water seal in the form of a vented P-trap to minimize entry into the building of vermin, foul odors, and toxic, corrosive, or flammable vapors. Air pressure vent lines to the outside atmosphere are provided downstream of the P-traps to prevent excessive backpressures that could cause blowout or siphonage of the water seal. Traps are not installed at inlets in areas of potential radioactivity in order to preclude either a potential for an accumulation of radioactivity in the trap or difficult maintenance of seal water level.

9.3.1.2.2.5 Collection Piping In areas of potential radioactivity, the collection system piping for the liquid system is stainless steel. Potentially radioactive chemical waste and detergent waste collection system piping is stainless steel. Where necessary to vent potentially radioactive liquid waste collection systems, connections are provided to the gaseous radwaste system. Offsets in the piping are provided November 2016 9-57 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS where necessary for radiation shielding. The fabrication and installation of the piping provides for a uniform slope that induces waste to flow in the piping at a velocity of not less than 2 ft/s.

Equipment drainage piping is terminated not less than one and one-half nominal pipe diameters above the finished floor or drain receiver at each location where the discharge from equipment is to be collected. The final connections are made after the equipment is installed in its proper location.

9.3.1.2.2.6 Pumps Redundant sump pumps are provided in the Unit 2 East Turbine Building and Fuel Handling Building sumps. Other area sumps are fitted with a single pump. Individual pump capacities are determined by the expected normal maximum inflow from the associated drainage subsystem.

Pumps are capable of starting eight times per hour for one day without damage. Pumps are submersible with local control (auto/manual/off).

9.3.1.2.2.7 Leakage Detection A. Spent Fuel Pool There are 59 separate 3/4-inch lines located on the spent fuel pool liner plate that discharge to the spent fuel pool leak detection compartment located inside the fuel handling building. This arrangement allows the operator to determine which area of the liner plate may be leaking and to take corrective action if warranted. The spent fuel pool leak detection compartment discharges to the fuel handling building sump.

B. Radwaste Area Each separate drain header in the radwaste area discharges to a leak detection compartment located in the radwaste area sump room. In addition there are local sumps located outside of tank and filter rooms.

9.3.1.2.2.8 Collection Sumps Portions of some systems, which are at too low an elevation-to-drain by gravity to the designated collection point, drain to a collection sump from which the waste is pumped to an elevation sufficient to enter the gravity drainage portion of that system from above.

The various sump parameters are tabulated in Table 9.3-4.

9.3.1.2.3 System Operation The various subsystems drain directly to the appropriate collection point by gravity. Sump pumps have two options; they can be started manually or automatically. The subsystems and their operation are described in subsequent paragraphs according to their classification as nonradioactive or potentially radioactive.

November 2016 9-58 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Manual operation of the sump pumps is maintained when needed for the following purposes:

Analysis for chemical and radioactivity contamination Prevent overflow of radwaste sump Prevent oil contamination of radwaste sump Leakage observation and leakage source determination The following sump pumps are normally controlled in automatic operation via a float-type switch. The control circuit provides the ability for manual operation. When the sump level rises to a preset point, action of the float switch (integral to the pump) starts the pump.

Diesel Generator Building Sump Intake Structure Area Sump Oily Waste Sumps Sanitary Drainage and Sewage Treatment Plant MSIV Area Sumps Fuel Handling Building Area Sump Penetration Building Area Sump Safety Injection Area Sump Auxiliary (Control) Building Area Sump Radwaste Area Sump East Turbine Building Area Sumps West Turbine Building Area Sumps BPS Neutralization Sumps (repurposed as an additional holding sump)

The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps do not have pumps. A temporary submersible pump is used and manually controlled for the West Oily Waste Holding Sump. The West sump is normally empty and only used for a few conditions as described in Section 9.3.1.2.3.1 H.

The North Industrial Area Yard Drain Sump pumps are operated automatically, as described in Section 9.3.1.2.3.2 G.

The Radwaste Area Sump, Unit 2 East Turbine Building Area sump, the Auxiliary Building Area Sump, the North Industrial Area Yard Drain sump, and the East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps are shared by Unit 2 and Unit 3. All other areas have identical sumps and sump pumps in each unit.

9.3.1.2.3.1 Nonradioactive Sumps A. Diesel Generator Building Sump (MW832)

The Diesel Generator Building Sumps are located just outside the diesel generator building. It collects normal equipment and floor drainage from this area. Each unit is provided with one submersible sump pump. The Unit 2 sump pump discharges to the November 2016 9-59 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS East Oily Waste Holding Sump. The Unit 3 sump pump discharges into the Unit 3 East Turbine Building Sump.

B. Intake Structure Area Sump (MW833)

The Intake Structure Area Sumps are located in the intake structure area and collects normal equipment and floor drainage. Each unit is provided with one submersible pump.

The sump pumps normally discharge to the East Oily Waste Holding Sumps but can also discharge to the West Oily Waste Holding Sump.

C. Oily Waste Sump (MW834)

The Oily Waste Sumps are located near the unit circulating water system gates on elevation 30-ft. The sump collects drainage from the following areas:

Area equipment and floor drains Clean and Dirty Lube Oil Storage Tank Area Each unit is provided with one submersible pump. Both units sump pumps normally discharge into the Unit 2 East Oily Waste Holding Sumps where it is processed of oil contaminants (nonradioactive) and released to the Unit 2 circulating water system intake via storm drains. Alternatively, the sump pumps can discharge into the Unit 2 West Oily Waste Holding sump.

D. Storm Drainage The Unit 2 and 3 storm drainage system collects water resulting from precipitation on all Unit 2 and 3 building roofs and areaways, paved and unpaved surfaces, and irrigation runoffs outside the buildings and conveys it to the intake structure.

E. Sanitary Drainage and Sewage Treatment Plant The sanitary drainage system collects liquid wastes and some entrained solids discharged by all plumbing fixtures located in areas not sources of potentially radioactive waste, and conveys them to the plant sanitary waste treatment system. The Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) is located in the North Industrial Area. The sewage treatment plant overflow is routed to the NIA sump. The STP discharges to the Unit 2 circulating water system outfall.

November 2016 9-60 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.3-4 SUMP PARAMETERS Project Elevation Pump Gorman-Dimensions (ft) Pump Sump Classifi- Capacity Rupp Pump Remarks ft. in. Long x Wide x Deep Head (ft) cation (gal/min) Curve Nonradioactive:

Diesel generator building 32C* 30 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 95 20 S2F-E1-1 See Note 1 for Unit 3 S3B-1 Trapezoidal-plan Intake structure area 43C* (-)7 5 (9.0x9.6x11.3x8.0)x15.0 275 58 dimensions, Note 1 S3A-1 Oily waste area sump 43C* 30 0 14.5x18.0x21.1 145 80 Note 1 South Yard Facility oil

- 104 6 21.25x13x13.25 (inches) - - N/A Dimensions are in inches Interceptor MSIV Area Sump 43C* 18 0 (trench) 105 50 S2E-1 Notes 1 and 3 East and West Oily Waste 43C* 30 0 multiple N/A N/A N/A Note 4 Holding Sumps Sewage Treatment Plant

- 14 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A 100,000 GPD capacity (STP)

Potentially radioactive:

Fuel handling building 32ND 17 6 4.5x5.5x6.0 95 20 S2F-E1-1 Note 1 Penetration area 32ND 9 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 85 25 S2F-E1-1 Note 1 Safety injection area 32ND (-)15 6 9.5x7.5x9.0 45 65 S2E-1 Note 1 Auxiliary building 32C* 9 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 85 25 S2F-E1-1 Notes 1 and 2 BPS Neutralization Sump 43C* 7 0 12x30x8 115 35 S2B-1 Notes 1 and 5 (holding)

Radwaste area 32ND 9 0 14.0x16.0x15.0 100 40 S2B-1 Note 1 November 2016 9-61 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.3-4 SUMP PARAMETERS (cont.)

Project Elevation Pump Gorman-Dimensions (ft) Pump Sump Classifi- Capacity Rupp Pump Remarks ft. in. Long x Wide x Deep Head (ft) cation (gal/min) Curve South Yard Facility decon

- 105 0 6.0x6.0x4.0 80 12 N/A Note 2 sump South Yard Facility decon Shower tank

- 105 6 (100 gallons) N/A N/A N/A Unit 2 East turbine plant 32C* 7 0 4.5x5.5x8.0 250 95 S4C-1 Notes 1 and 2 area Unit 3 East turbine plant 32C* 7 0 4.5x5.5x8.0 115 35 S2B-1 Notes 1 and 2 area Unit 2 and 3 West turbine 32C* 7 0 4.5x5.5x6.0 165 20 S2B-1 Notes 1 and 2 plant area North Industrial Area Yard 2000 100 Controls and discharge 43C* 15 0 19x43x14 N/A Drain Sump 4000 60 piping are 32ND Notes:

1. Flow will vary depending on operating condition (variable system demand).
2. No liner is required.
3. MSIV area sump is for collection of rain water; non-radioactive sump that discharges into a monitored path 2RE7821.
4. A temporary submersible sump is used to manually transfer to the east oily waste holding sump. Treated water from east sump empties into the Unit 2 storm drains by way of overflow. The storm drains empty into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake. Releases are unmonitored.
5. Repurposed as a holding sump for potentially radioactive liquids.

November 2016 9-62 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS F. South Yard Facility Oil Interceptor The oil interceptor is located in the cold machine shop. It collects floor water from this area. The oil is manually cleaned and the water is gravity discharged to the sewer system. The South Yard Facility Oil Interceptor is not shown on Control Room /

Command Center drawings. See Controlled Drawing 48716 for aerial view of oil interceptor (OI-1).

G. MSIV Area Sump (MW848)

In the permanently defueled condition, the Units 2 and 3 MSIV Area Sumps do not have the potential to become contaminated. The MSIV Area sump is used for collection of rain water in the MSIV area. Each unit is provided with one submersible pump. The sump pump discharges into its respective units East Turbine Building Sump.

H. East and West Oily Waste Holding Sump and Oil Separator (MW1251)

The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps are unique to Unit 2 and located in front of the Unit 2 Emergency Diesel Generator Building on elevation 30-ft. The east sumps two incoming collection lines are equipped with commercial syphon breakers to prevent syphoning. The west sumps single collection line does not require a syphon breaker.

The East and West Oily Waste Holding Sumps receive and hold liquids from the following:

Either units Oily Waste Sumps Either units Intake Structure Sumps Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump (if not contaminated)

Unit 2 Diesel Generator Building (east sump only)

The East Oily Waste Holding sumps provide water separation from oil and sediments and discharge to:

Storm drain that conveys to Unit 2 circulating water system intake (via overflow of treated water)

Truck Disposal The West Oily Waste Holding Sump is not normally used and is intended for the temporary storage of oily waste water awaiting processing. The west sump is normally empty. It could be used in situations where processing facilities are not available or drainage exceeds processing capabilities. The west sump could also be used to store waste water that has emulsions or chemicals which cannot be treated. The west sump is November 2016 9-63 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS manually pumped, with temporary submersible pumps, to transfer water to the East Oily Waste Holding Sump.

The East Oily Waste Holding Sump is to provide for the normal processing of oily waste water. The sump has an oil water separator and is divided into multiple areas:

Inlet pool is where oily waste water enters the system for processing. The inlet pool capacity is approximately 375 gal/in. The inlet pools overflow weir has a normally closed drain valve which is operated via reach rod to allow draining.

The oil separator assemblies has three racks; one coalescer and two separators, all divided into six equal areas. Oil and water weir separator height is 95 with approximately 24 below for sludge storage.

Oil and water weirs are used in directing oil and water into the proper storage section. The oil weir is 1-1/2 higher than the water weir to provide a maximum water capacity of 400 gpm.

An oil storage section for separated oil is provided for transferring separated oil to a tanker truck for disposal. The oil storage section capacity is 10,500 gallons (875 gals/foot x 12 feet).

Treated water is temporarily stored and empties into the storm drain (by overflow). The storm drains convey into the Unit 2 circulating water system intake.

The raw water containing oil and sediments passes in the horizontal direction between the closely spaced plates in the pack. Laminar flow conditions are established while the water flows across the pack from the inlet to the outlet side. Laminar flow conditions are essential conditions for the effective separation of the oil, water, and solids. In the course of passing from the pack inlet to pack outlet, the oil rises to the top of the plates and slides up the incline of the plate to the top of the process tank and the solids settle to the bottom of the plates and slide down the incline to the bottom of the process tank.

9.3.1.2.3.2 Potentially Radioactive Sumps A. Fuel Handling Building Sump (MW841)

This sump is located in the fuel handling building and collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage. The pumps discharge to the radwaste area sump. Pump control switches are installed locally.

B. Penetration Area Sump (MW842)

This sump is located in the penetration area between the containment and the fuel handling building, and collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage. The pumps discharge to the radwaste area sump. Pump control switches are mounted locally.

November 2016 9-64 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS C. Safety Injection Area Sump (MW843)

This sump is located in the safety equipment building on the safety injection side. It collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage from this area plus some potential ground water intrusion. The pumps discharge to the radwaste area sump. Pump control switches are mounted locally.

D Auxiliary Building Sump (SA2419AUXSUMP)

This sump is located on the Control Room / Command Center side of the auxiliary building, and collects normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage from the area. The pump discharges to Unit 2 East Turbine Plant Area Sump. Sump pump control switches are mounted locally.

E. Radwaste Area Sump (MW845)

This sump is located in the radwaste building. It collects all normal and potentially radioactive equipment and floor drainage from the radwaste building, the discharge from all potentially radioactive sumps as discussed above, and from the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump if it becomes contaminated. The radwaste sump pumps discharge to the chemical waste tanks T-064. The chemical waste tank and processing of liquid radwaste is discussing in Chapter 11. Pump control switches are mounted locally.

F. East (MW835) and West (MW836) Turbine Plant Area Sumps These sumps collect all normal equipment and floor drainage from the turbine plant area.

Additionally, the Units 2 and 3 East Turbine Building sumps have been repurposed in the permanently defueled condition for the following functions.

The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump also collects drainage from the following:

Unit 2 MSIV area sump Unit 2 BPS sump Unit 2 West Turbine Plant Area sump Common Auxiliary Building sump The Unit 3 East Turbine Building sump also collects drainage from the following:

Unit 3 MSIV area sump Unit 3 BPS sump Unit 3 West Turbine Plant Area sump November 2016 9-65 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Common Auxiliary Building sump Unit 3 Diesel Generator Building sump In the permanently defueled condition, the Unit 3 East Turbine Building sump pump discharges into the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump.

The Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump pump normally discharges into the East Oily Waste Holding Sump for processing (nonradioactive). An alternate alignment would be to the West Oily Waste Holding Sump which is normally empty. The East Oily Waste Holding sump separates water from oil and sediments. Treated water overflows into the storm drains that empty into the Unit 2 circulating system intake.

However, if the Unit 2 East Turbine Building sump should become contaminated, radiation monitor 2RE7821 alarms on high radiation level to the CDAS and trips the Unit 2 East Turbine Building Sump pumps. The discharge is manually diverted to the Radwaste Area Sump for processing. Processing of liquid radwaste is discussed in Chapter 11.

G. North Industrial Area Yard Drain Sump (MW828)

This sump collects water resulting from precipitation on paved and unpaved surfaces within the North Industrial Area (formerly Unit 1 yard area), areas near the AWS building, the sewage treatment plant overflow and dewatering of ground water from Unit 1 decommissioning. The sump normally discharges to the Unit 2 outfall. Because of contamination events at Unit 1, the yard drain sump is credited as a liquid radioactive effluent release point and equipped with a continuous radiation monitor. The sump radiation monitor alarms on high radiation level and stops the pump(s).

The sump has two pumps of different capacity which do not run simultaneously. The smaller pump will manage normal rainfall. The larger pump will manage up to a 50 year storm. The pumps are normally controlled in automatic operation. An ultrasonic-type level indicating controller controls the sump pumps. When the sump level rises to a preset point, actuation of the first ultrasonic level controller setpoint starts the small pump. When the pump lowers the sump level to a point just above the pump volute, the ultrasonic level setpoint resets, stopping the pump. If the level continues to rise, a second ultrasonic level controller setpoint starts the larger pump and stops the smaller pump. If the level still continues to rise, a third setpoint of the ultrasonic level controller actuates an alarm in the Control Room / Command Center which advises the operators of a potential flooding condition. After the pump lowers the sump level to a preset point, the ultrasonic level setpoint resets, stops the large pump and restarts the small pump. The ultrasonic level switch is configured such that a loss of instrument power or instrument failure will cause a trouble alarm, alerting the operators of a malfunction.

November 2016 9-66 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The sump is a reinforced concrete structure designed in accordance with Uniform Building Code. It has a cover and is not lined. The sump inlet piping is PVC and the discharge is Stainless Steel.

H. BPS Neutralization Sump (MW846)

In the permanent defueled condition, the Units 2 and 3 BPS neutralization sumps have been repurposed as additional holding sumps for storing potentially radioactive water if the normal process sumps are full or unavailable. The sump has an operating volume of approximately 17,000 gallons, 2 HP pump motors, and sump pumps rated at approximately 180 gal/min at 10 feet of total developed head. The sump pumps discharge to the East Turbine Plant Sump. As additional sump volume is required, other sumps will discharge into this sump using portable submersible pumps.

I. South Yard Facility Decon Tank and Sump The South Yard Facility Decon Sump and pump are not shown on Control Room /

Command Center drawings. See Controlled Drawing 48717 for piping isometric of decon area sump, pump (P-1/P-001), and the connection to the sewer line.

All potentially radioactive liquids generated in the South Yard Facility Building are routed to a sump located in the Decontamination Shop. Liquids from the areas of the building that are designed for processing radioactive materials reach the sump from the floor. Liquids from the Decon Shower are collected in a tank and trucked to the plant for release through a credited liquid effluent release point, such as the Turbine Plant Sump.

Water collected in the Decon Sump is mixed, sampled, and normally discharged to the sanitary sewer system in the South Yard. However, when activity is detected, the sump is drained and transported to a credited liquid effluent release point, such as the Turbine Plant Sump, for release.

9.3.1.3 Safety Evaluation An evaluation of radiological considerations for normal operation and postulated spills and accidents is presented in Chapters 11 and 15.

9.3.1.4 Tests and Inspections 9.3.1.4.1 Preoperational Testing All waste collection systems from areas of no radioactivity potential were tested for 15 minutes at a hydrostatic test pressure equal to a 10-foot head of water. All collection systems from areas with a radioactivity potential are hydrostatically tested to 15 lb/in.2g in accordance with ANSI B31.1.0.

November 2016 9-67 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.3.1.4.2 Operational Testing Capability The operability of equipment and floor drainage systems dependent on gravity flow can be checked by normal usage. Portions of these systems, dependent upon pumps to raise liquid waste to gravity drains, may be checked through instrumentation and alarm registry in the Control Room / Command Center.

9.3.1.5 Instrumentation Applications For leak detection purposes, a level alarm is provided in the CDAS for the Fuel Handling Building Sump and the Radwaste Building Sump levels.

9.

3.2 REFERENCES

1. National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit CA0109282, Order No. R9-2015-0073, December 16, 2015.

November 2016 9-68 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4 HEATING, VENTILATING, COOLING, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of the Heating, Ventilating, Cooling, and Air Conditioning Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.

Systems Status Containment Building Ventilation Systems Removed from Service Auxiliary Building Heating, Ventilating, and Air Partially Removed from Service Conditioning Systems Support Building Ventilation Systems Partially Removed from Service This section describes the air conditioning, heating, cooling, and ventilation systems employed in the containment building, auxiliary building, and support buildings and structures. The outside ambient air temperatures used as the basis for all heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system designs are 36°F minimum and 85°F maximum except for the South Yard Facility building which uses 35°F minimum.

9.4.1 CONTAINMENT BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEMS The Containment Building Ventilation Systems have been removed from service as indicated in the table below.

Systems Status Containment Normal Cooling System Removed from Service Large Volume Purge and Recirculation Cleanup System Removed from Service CEDM Cooling System Removed from Service Reactor Cavity Cooling System Removed from Service Lower-Level Circulation System Removed from Service Tendon Gallery Ventilation System Removed from Service Mini-Purge System Removed from Service MSIV Enclosure and Penetration Area Cooling System Removed from Service Containment Emergency Cooling Units Removed from Service Dome Air Circulating Units Removed from Service November 2016 9-69 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2 AUXILIARY BUILDING HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS The normal and emergency auxiliary building HVAC systems are discussed in this subsection.

Normal auxiliary building HVAC systems include several subsystems and ducting that serve the various areas of the auxiliary building. Emergency auxiliary building ventilation systems include ventilating, and air conditioning subsystems that service the auxiliary building. Following is the status of these systems.

Systems Status Normal Auxiliary Building HVAC Systems Partially Removed from Service Emergency Auxiliary Building HVAC Systems Partially Removed from Service Normal Chilled Water System Removed from Service Emergency Chilled Water System Removed from Service Chilled Water System (New) Available 9.4.2.1 Normal Operation - Auxiliary Building HVAC Systems The auxiliary building HVAC systems are described in this subsection.

9.4.2.1.1 Design Bases The auxiliary building normal HVAC system is designed to:

A. Maintain the ambient air temperature at a level which permits continuous personnel comfort and equipment safety and operation.

B. Minimize the possibility of exfiltration from the radwaste area, the turbine laboratory located in the Control Room / Command Center complex, the control access area located in the health physics and locker rooms, and the battery rooms.

C. Prevent combustible concentrations of hydrogen gas from accumulating within the battery rooms.

D. Not collapse and cause damage to safety-related equipment during a design basis seismic event.

E. Maintain the space design conditions presented in Table 9.4-4.

Codes and standards applicable to the auxiliary building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

November 2016 9-70 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-4 NORMAL OPERATION - AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SPACE DESIGN CONDITIONS Elevation Temperature (°F)

Summer (Dry Winter (Dry System (ft) (in) Type(a)

Bulb) Bulb)

Control Room / Command Center 30 0 VAC 80 and 65% 68 Mezzanine Level 39 2 RH(a) (max)*

Central Alarm Station 30 0 VAC 80 and 65% RH 68 (max)*

Computer room 30 0 VAC 80 and 65% RH 68 (max)*

Public Address and Radio Room and 9 0 VAC 85 (cooling 70 Communications Equipment Room mode) 104 (max)

ESF(c) switchgear rooms, 50 0 V 104 (max) 50 Lobby/Corridors West, and Vital Power/Distribution rooms Radwaste area - General V 104 (max) 50 Battery rooms 9 0 V 104 (max) 77 50 0 V 77(b)

Chiller rooms 9 0 V 95 50 Health physics Zone I 70 0 HVAC 80* 68 Health physics Zone II 70 0 HVAC 80* 68 Communication Room 70 0 AC 85(normal), 50 95(max) a) HVAC-Heating, ventilating, air conditioning; AC-Air conditioning; HV-Heating and ventilating; V-Ventilation; RH-Relative Humidity b) Max annual average battery temp = 77°F.

c) The term Engineered Safety Feature (ESF - here and elsewhere in this chapter) is used for historical descriptive purposes only. In the permanently defueled condition there are no ESF systems.

November 2016 9-71 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2.1.2 System Description 9.4.2.1.2.1 General Description The auxiliary building HVAC systems are shown on the following controlled drawings.

40082 40099 40174A 40177B 40083 40173A 40174ASO3 40177BSO3 40084 40173ASO3 40174B 40177C 40085 40173B 40174C 40178A 40095 40173C 40174CSO3 40178ASO3 40096 40173D 40177A 40178B 40097 40173DSO3 40177ASO3 40178BSO3 These HVAC systems consist of the following:

Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems for Health Physics Zones I and II.

Ventilating and air conditioning systems for the following areas:

- Control Room / Command Center complex

- Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room

- Communication Room

- Radwaste Room 337 on 37 ft elevation.

Ventilation systems for the following areas:

- ESF Switchgear Rooms

- Chiller Rooms

- Battery Rooms

- Radwaste Area Continuous exhaust system Following is a description by area.

A. Control Room / Command Center Complex The Control Room / Command Center complex includes the Control Room /

Command Center, Control Room / Command Center cabinet area, computer rooms, turbine lab, and other facilities at the 30 ft elevation needed to support operations personnel in their day to day activities, as well as in the event of an accident. The mezzanine area including all areas at elevation 39 ft-2 in., is also part of the Control November 2016 9-72 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Room / Command Center complex. The mezzanine area does not require operator access.

The Control Room / Command Center VAC system is common to both Units 2 and 3 and is arranged for ease of access, control, and monitoring. The VAC unit is located at the 9 ft elevation. There is also a duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit. The duct heater and ventilation unit are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.

The Control Room / Command Center is maintained at positive pressure compared to ambient and the other non-radioactive air conditioned areas are maintained at a slightly positive pressure compared to ambient while potentially contaminated areas are maintained at a slightly negative pressure compared to ambient. The turbine laboratory hood exhaust is directed to the plant vent stack through the plant continuous exhaust system.

B. Radwaste Area Two (2) air handling units and two (2) exhaust fans, located at elevation 85 ft, serve the radwaste area. The radwaste area is maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient to minimize the possibility of exfiltration of building air to the outside atmosphere. The radwaste area ventilating system is common for Units 2 and 3.

Two (2) water cooled fan coils provide cooling to the Radwaste Building Room 337 on 37 ft elevation to offset the heat loads from transformers and other electrical equipment installed as part of the Cold and Dark power distribution system.

C. Elevation 50 ft Engineered Safety Feature (ESF) Switchgear rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms, Cable Spreading Galleries, Cable Riser Galleries, Battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, Lobby, Motor Control Center, Evacuation Shutdown Panel room, HVAC room and Corridors.

A separate ventilation system is provided for each unit. The supply fans are located on the roof at elevation 85 ft. The exhaust fans are located at elevation 68 ft of the intake structure. The air distribution system is a once-through system. The SWGR rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms and the general areas are maintained at a slight positive pressure compared to ambient. However, battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, which are being served by the previously classified Class 1E Battery rooms normal exhaust system, are maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient.

In addition to the areas listed above, the Unit 2 ventilation system serves the Evacuation Shutdown Panel room and the Job Ticket Dispersal area and the Respirator Test Booth at elevation 70 ft (unique to Unit 2).

November 2016 9-73 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. Health Physics Zones I and II Health physics Zones I and II are located at elevation 70 ft. The air conditioning units are located at elevation 85 ft. Transfer fans and exhaust fans are located at elevation 70 ft of the auxiliary building.

The Health Physics Zone I area which includes the Hot Sample Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, Radio Chem Counting Rooms, and Multi-Channel Analyzer (MCA) Lab are served by one air conditioning. The air conditioning unit consists of an air cooled condensing unit and an air handling unit equipped with pre-filter HEPA filters, electric heating coils, Direct Expansion (DX) cooling coils and fan.

A portion of the air supplied to the MCA Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab and Hot Sample Lab including a small quantity of air from the ceiling space and the fume hoods in the Radio Chem Lab and Hot Sample Lab is exhausted through the continuous exhaust plenum to the plant vent stack.

A portion of the air supplied to the MCA Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, Radio Chem Counting Rooms and HP Counting Room is returned to the air conditioning unit and mixed with the outside air stream for further cooling or heating.

The Health Physics Zone II area which includes Office Areas, Chemical Storage Area, Toilets, Kitchen, and vestibules is served by one air conditioning unit. The air supplied by this unit is exhausted to the atmosphere through exhaust fans A-150, 151, 152, 153 and 155, and to the plant vent stack via a transfer fan, A-154 serving the continuous exhaust plenum.

E. Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room and the air handling unit serving these rooms are located at elevation 9 ft. The Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room are maintained at a slight positive pressure compared to ambient. This system is common to Units 2 and 3.

A communication room is located at elevation 70 ft and is served by two air handling units. One air handling unit is mounted in the room with the associated air cooled condenser mounted on the roof of the auxiliary building and the second air handling unit is mounted outside of the room (in the Cable Riser Gallery) with the associated air cooled condenser mounted on the roof of the auxiliary building. This system is common to Units 2 and 3.

F. Chiller Rooms The chiller rooms and the ventilating unit are located at elevation 9 ft. The exhaust fan is located at elevation 50 ft of the intake structure. The chiller rooms are maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient. This system is common to Units 2 and 3.

November 2016 9-74 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS G. Battery Rooms The ESF battery rooms are located at elevation 50 ft and no longer contain battery banks. A separate ventilating system is provided for each unit. The ventilation unit is located at elevation 85 ft of the auxiliary building. The exhaust fan is located at elevation 68 ft of the intake structure. This exhaust fan also serves the battery room previously classified as non-Class 1E at elevation 50 ft. The ESF battery rooms are maintained at slight negative pressure compared to ambient.

H. Continuous Exhaust System The continuous exhaust system consists of a large plenum mounted on the auxiliary control building roof at elevation 98 ft. Two out of three fans are normally operating to provide the required boosting so that the plant gaseous effluent can be discharged to the plant vent stacks for dilution. This includes effluents coming from the Units 2 and 3 fuel handling buildings, from the Units 2 and 3 penetration buildings, radwaste building, control area turbine lab, control area fume hoods, and the control area health physics. The continuous exhaust plenum is maintained at a negative pressure, compared to ambient between (-) 3.0 to (-) 2.0 inches W.C. The plant vent stacks are continuously monitored for radioactivity.

I. Chilled Water There is no chilled water system remaining at SONGS. Three HVAC units utilize remotely located chillers. These chillers are located as follows:

E881 is a 45 ton chiller located on the roof of the Control Building. It services ME220 which cools the 70 ft. Control Building area.

E882 is a 45 ton chiller located on the roof of the Fuel Handling Building. It serves ME883 and ME884 which cools the Electrical Distribution Room which is located on 37 ft. elevation of the Radwaste area.

E888 is a 100 ton chiller located on the roof of the Unit 2 Salt Water Pump Building. It services ME295 which cools the Control Room / Command Center Complex and ME411 which cools the telecommunications rooms on the 9 ft.

elevation of the Control Building.

9.4.2.1.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of the normal HVAC systems are listed in Table 9.4-5.

November 2016 9-75 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A. Control Room / Command Center Complex The VAC system for the Control Room / Command Center complex consists of the following:

Two outside air intakes One air handling unit Dampers Associated ductwork The air handling unit consists of moderate- or high-efficiency pre-filters, a fan section, and a chilled water cooling coil. There is an electric duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit used (if required) during extreme cold temperatures. The duct heater and the ventilation unit are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.

Chilled water to the air handling unit for the Control Room / Command Center complex is provided by chiller E888.

B. Radwaste Area The ventilation system consists of two 50% air handling units and two 50% exhaust fans. Each air handling unit consists of moderate-efficiency pre-filters and fan section, backdraft and volume control dampers, and associated ductwork.

Two water cooled fan coils provide cooling to Radwaste Building Room 337 on 37 ft elevation. Chilled water is provided to the fan coils by an air-cooled chiller (E882) installed on the Fuel Handling Building roof. The cooling is sufficient to offset the heat loads from transformers and other electrical equipment installed as part of the Cold and Dark power distribution system.

The Truck Bay Area supply ducts and exhaust ducts are provided with motor operated dampers (8 total). These dampers are interlocked with the main truck door such that the truck door cannot be opened unless all dampers are closed.

C. Elevation 50 ft ESF Switchgear rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms, Cable Spreading Galleries, Cable Riser Galleries, Battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, Lobbies, Motor Control Center, Evacuation Shutdown Panel Room, HVAC rooms, and Corridors.

The ventilation system serving the above areas consists of one air handling unit, one exhaust fan, outside air intake with volume control dampers, and associated ductwork.

The air handling unit consists of a moderate efficiency pre-filter and fan section.

November 2016 9-76 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS D. Health Physics Zones I and II The HVAC system for the health physics area is divided into two zones. Zone I consists of one air conditioning unit. The air conditioning unit consists of an air cooled condensing unit and an air handling unit equipped with pre-filters, HEPA filters, electric heating coils, DX cooling coils and an air cooled condensing unit. The Zone I air conditioning system serves the Hot Sample Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, Radio Chem Counting Rooms, HP Counting Room and MCA Lab. A portion of the air supplied to the MCA Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab and Hot Sample Lab and the fume hoods in the Radio Chem Lab and Hot Sample Lab, including a small quantity of air from the ceiling space, is exhausted through the continuous exhaust plenum to the plant vent stacks by the transfer exhaust fan. The balance of the supply air distributed to the rooms is conveyed through ducting back to the air conditioning unit and mixed with the outside air stream for further cooling or heating. The dose assessment computers are located in Radio Chem Counting Room 420.

The Zone II HVAC system is served by one air handling unit, ductwork, and five exhaust fans. The air handling unit consists of pre-filters, electric heating coils, chilled water cooling coils, and supply air fan. The following rooms/groups of rooms are being served by one exhaust fan complete with ductwork, volume control dampers, and louvers which discharge directly to the atmosphere.

A-153 Kitchen A-150 REP and ALARA, Field Badge/TLD Issue, Electrical Test Admin and Electrical Test GRP A-151 Lobby, corridors, chem storage, women's toilet, and chem storage A-152 Radwaste and Decon, HP Tech work area, janitor, corridor, custodians, and men's toilet A-155 Electrical SWGR, chem storage, OSC staging and multipurpose area Transfer fan A-154 directs the air exhausted from the HP office, whole body counter, vestibule, corridor, chem storage, HP storage, HP and ICC, DPT, personnel decon and the space above the ceiling to the continuous exhaust plenum up to the plant vent stacks.

Chilled water to the air handling unit for the Health Physics Zone I is provided by chiller E881.

E. Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room The VAC system for the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room located at elevation 9 ft consists of one dual mode air handling/ventilation unit, supply and return ductwork, manually operated dampers, backdraft dampers, and relief dampers. The air handling units consist of moderate November 2016 9-77 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS efficiency pre-filters, a chilled water cooling coil, and a fan. The Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room are maintained at a slight positive pressure compared to ambient. Dampers, backdraft dampers, and relief dampers are also provided so that air supplied to the rooms can be diverted to the adjacent corridors. The air handling unit can also be used as a ventilation unit. In the ventilation mode, ventilation air will be extracted from Room 107, distributed to the rooms and be diverted to the adjacent corridors. The normal positions of the dampers and backdraft dampers located in the air distribution system are changed in order to operate the air handling unit as a ventilation unit.

The communications room located at elevation 70 ft of the auxiliary building is cooled by two split type air conditioning system. Each system consists of an (one in the room and one outside of the room) air cooled condensing unit mounted on the auxiliary building roof at elevation 85 ft, ductwork and controls. Each air handling unit consists of a medium efficiency pre-filter, a DX cooling coil, and fan section.

Chilled water to the air handling unit for the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room is provided by chiller E888.

F. Chiller Rooms The ventilating system for the chiller rooms consists of one air handling unit, one exhaust fan, and associated ductwork. The ventilating unit consists of a moderate-efficiency pre-filter and a fan section.

G. Battery Rooms The ESF battery rooms located at elevation 50 ft of the auxiliary building no longer contain battery banks. Those rooms are served by two separate (one system per unit) ventilating systems, which consist of a supply air fan with moderate efficiency pre-filters, an exhaust fan, and associated ductwork. The one exhaust fan remains in-service for the Unit 3 battery room previously designated as non-Class 1E located at the 50 ft elevation. These rooms are maintained at a slight negative pressure compared to ambient.

H. Continuous Exhaust System The continuous exhaust system is composed of three fans, three motor-operated dampers, four manual shut-off dampers, associated ductwork, and controls.

I. Chilled Water Chilled water is provided to the Control Room / Command Center complex and the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room air handling units (E295 and E411) cooling coils by an air-cooled 100 ton chiller (E888) installed on the roof of the salt water cooling pump room.

November 2016 9-78 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Chilled water is provided to the Health Physics Zone II air handling unit (E220) by an air-cooled 45 ton chiller (E881) installed on the roof of the Control Building 85 ft elevation. The air-cooled chiller also provides chilled water to the Cabinet Area air handling units (E423 and E426) discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.

Chilled water is provided to two water cooled fan coil units (E883 and E884) to the Radwaste Building Room 337 (new Cold & Dark switchgear room) on the 37 ft elevation by an air-cooled 45 ton chiller (E882) installed on the roof of the Fuel Handling Building.

Table 9.4-5 AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Control Room /

Command Center Public Address & ESF Switchgear, Complex Radio Rm and Vital Power/ Radwaste Control Room Communications Distribution and Radwaste Room 337 Item and Other Rooms Equipment Room Electrical Areas Area (El 37 ft)

Air Conditioning /

Ventilating Supply E295 E411 (AC Mode) E430 E433, E434 E883, E884 Unit Water Cooled Type Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Fan Coils Blow-through Draw-through Draw-through Draw-through N/A Roof N/A Floor mounted Floor mounted Roof mounted mounted Number One One One (Unit 2) Two (Total) Two (Common) (Common) One (Unit 3) (Common) (Common)

Flowrate each, ft3/min 35,705 1,440 36,100 36,100 N/A (Unit 2) 34,215 (Unit 3) 4.0 (Unit 3) N/A Total pressure, in. w.g. 5 3.2 4.5 4.5 (Unit 2)

Motor hp, each 50 3 50 50 N/A Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt N/A Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h

  • 1,152,000 49,980 N/A N/A 15 Ton (each)
  • Cooling coil capacity is nominal.

November 2016 9-79 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Control Room / PA and Radio ESF Switchgear, Vital Command Room and Comm Item Power/Distribution and Radwaste Area Center Equipment Room Electrical Areas Complex 24-24 x 24 x 2 (Unit 2)

Pre-filter 24-24 x 24 x 12 (Unit 2) 24-24 x 24 x 2 (Unit 3) 6-12 x 24 x 2 (Unit 3)

Quantity 24-24 x 24 x 12 1-24 x 24 x 6 24-24 x 24 x 6 24-24 x 24 x 12 (Unit 3) 6-12 x 24 x 12 (Unit 3) 2 Pre-filters 4-12 x 24 x 6 4-12 x 24 x 12 24-24 x 24 x 12 4-24 x 24 x 12 (Med Eff)

Pressure drop 0.30 (Pre-filter) 0.33 0.33 0.33 clean/dirty, in. w.g. 0.58 (Medium Eff Filter)

> 55% average 25% (Pre-filter) 55% average dust 55% average dust Efficiency dust spot 90% (Medium Eff Filter) spot atmospheric spot atmospheric atmospheric spot atmospheric November 2016 9-80 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item ESF Switchgear Area Exhaust Fan A165 Type Vane-axial One (Unit 2)

Number One (Unit 3) 33,235 (Unit 2)

Flowrate, each ft3/min 31,355 (Unit 3)

Total pressure, in. w.g. 1.4 Motor hp, each 15 Drive Direct November 2016 9-81 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION PA and Radio Room and Health Physics Item Battery Rooms Chiller Rooms Comm Equipment Room Zone II Air Conditioning / E411 (Ventilation Mode) A355 A051 E220 Ventilating Supply Unit Type Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Draw-through Draw-through Draw-through Draw-through Ceiling Floor mounted Floor mounted Roof mounted mounted Number One One (Unit 2) One One (Common) One (Unit 3) (Common) (Common)

Flowrate each, ft3/min 1,440 4,540 9,550 26,325 Total pressure, in. w.g. 3.2 3.25 2.0 4.5 Motor, hp, each 3 5 10 50 Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Cooling coil capacity, N/A N/A N/A 1,347,200 Btu/h Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION PA and Radio ESF Battery Health Physics Item Room and Comm Chiller Rooms Rooms (El. 50 ft) Zone II Equipment Room Heating coil N/A N/A N/A 170.8 (OSA) E288 capacity, kW 24-24 x 24 x 6 Pre-filter Quantity 4-20 x 16 x 2 3-24 x 24 x 6 8-16 x 25 x 2 4-12 x 24 x 6 Pressure drop 0.1 0.33 0.17 0.33 clean, in. w.g.

20% average dust 55% average dust 20% average dust 50% average dust Efficiency spot atmospheric spot atmospheric spot atmospheric spot atmospheric November 2016 9-82 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS - NORMAL OPERATION Battery Chiller Health Physics and Locker Rooms Continuous Item Rooms Rooms Zone II Exhaust El 50 ft Exhaust A169 A052 A152 A153 A150 A151 A155 A154 A310, 311, Fan 312 Radwaste Corridors Rep ALARA Chem Storage HP, DPT Decon, HP Chem Kitchen Elect Test Multi-Purposes Personnel Techs Storage Rooms and Switchgear Decon Toilets Rooms Vane-axial Vane-Type Explosion Vane-axial Vane-axial Centrifugal Vane-axial Vane-axial Vane-axial Centrifugal axial Proof One Number One One One One One One One 3 (Unit 2)

One (Unit 3)

Flowrate, 7,820 78,000 -

each 6,111 10,500 2,650 430 6,340 3,235 5,970 (Note 1) 85,000 ft3/min Total pressure, 0.76 0.90 0.95 0.95 1.0 0.83 1.00 1.5 6.8 (nominal) in. w.g.

Motor hp, 2 3 2 0.5 2 1 3 5 150 each Drive Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Direct Belt Note 1: Actual flow rate has been measured to be 10,475 ft3/min. There is no impact to associated rooms design differential pressure.

November 2016 9-83 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item Radwaste Area Health Physics and Locker Rooms Zone I Hot Sample Lab, Radio Chem Lab, Radio Chem Instrument Lab, MCA Lab, and ceiling Transfer Fan A192, A193 A378 Type Vane-axial Centrifugal Number Two One Flowrate, ft3/min 39,050 6,150 Total pressure, in. w.g. 2.85 8.47 Motor, hp 30.0 15 Drive Direct Belt November 2016 9-84 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item Health Physics and Locker Area Communications Room 70 ft elev.

Air Handling Unit (cont.)

3,250 (lead)

Flowrate ft3/min 3,000 (back-up) 3.25 (lead)

Total pressure, in. w.g.

0.76 (back-up) 5 (lead)

Motor hp, each drive 2 (back-up)

Belt Cooling coil 113,090 (lead) capacity, BTU/hr 70,015 (back-up) 2-24 x 24 x 4 (lead)

Pre-filter Qty./Size 2-16 x 25 x 2 (back-up)

Efficiency 20% average dust spot, atmosphere Condensing Unit Type Air cooled, vertical propeller mounted on roof (2) 1/4 (lead)

Condenser Fan Motor (Qty.) Hp (2) 1/4 (back-up) 6,500 (lead)

Air quantity, ft3/min 5,000 (back-up)

(1) 19.4@ 460V, 3 phase (lead)

Compressors, (Qty.) RLA (1) 12.8@460V, 3 phase (back-up)

Refrigerant R22 November 2016 9-85 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item Health Physics Zone I Air Cooled Condensing Units E814 Type Roof Mounted Quantity 1 Compressors (2) per condensing unit Capacity 514,000 Btu/hr kW Rating 43 Refrigerant R-22 Condenser Coil Face Area 35.4 sq. ft.

Condenser Fans Quantity per unit 2 CFM 26,120 total Fan Motor (2) - 1/2 Hp November 2016 9-86 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Health Physics Area Item Zone I Air Conditioning / Ventilating Supply Unit A512 Type Roof Mounted Number One (Common)

Flowrate each, ft3/min 12,850 Total pressure, in. w.g. 7.5 Motor, hp each 25 Drive Belt Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h 490,280 Heating coil capacity, kW 74 (E837)

Table 9.4-5, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS NORMAL OPERATION Item Health Physics and Locker Area Zone I Pre-filter HEPA (8) 24 x 24 x 11 1/2 (HEPA)

Quantity - in. (8) 24 x 24 x 2 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g. 0.17 (1.0 HEPA), (Note 1)

Efficiency 20% average dust spot atmospheric

1) The acceptance criterion for the pre-installation (manufacturer) test is greater than 99.97 % removal of 0.3 micron minimum particle monodisperse generated DOP aerosol.

November 2016 9-87 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2.1.2.3 System Operation A. Control Room / Command Center Complex One air handling unit provides cooling to the Control Room / Command Center.

Outside air is mixed with recirculated air and is filtered through pre-filters, is cooled to the required design temperature, and is discharged into a duct system which distributes the air to the computer rooms, Control Room / Command Center, Control Room /

Command Center work area, mezzanine area, cabinet areas, shift superintendents office, central alarm station, supervisors office, electrical equipment, offices, Nuclear Operations Assistant (NOA) area, foremans office, instrument repair room, lobby, turbine laboratory, man trap, and corridors. Two fan coil units supply air to the Control Room / Command Center cabinet areas for additional cooling and are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2. The ventilation unit and duct heater are discussed in Section 9.4.2.2.

The exhaust air from the turbine laboratory is discharged to the continuous exhaust system by the turbine laboratory transfer fan.

The exhaust air from the NOA area and offices, lunch area, kitchen, men's and women's toilets, janitor's room, and foreman's office is exhausted to the atmosphere by differential air flow and is not supplied with a central exhaust fan.

B. Radwaste Area Two air handling units each interlocked with an exhaust fan provide ventilation to the Radwaste area. Outside air that is filtered through pre-filters is delivered to areas having low or no radioactivity. The air then goes to areas with a potential for having progressively higher activity levels. The exhaust air from these areas is discharged to the continuous exhaust plenum by the exhaust (transfer air) fans.

All supply and return ventilation ducts (eight) for the radwaste building loading dock area are fitted with motor-operated dampers which are interlocked with the main truck door such that the truck door cannot be opened unless all dampers are closed. A local control panel is provided with position indicating lights for each damper, an alarm for dampers out of position, and a control switch for the main truck door. Interior doors are self-closing and may be padlocked shut.

C. Elevation 50 ft ESF Switchgear rooms, Vital Power/Distribution rooms, Cable Spreading Galleries, Cable Riser Galleries Battery rooms previously classified as non-Class 1E, Lobbies, Motor Control Center, Evacuation Shutdown Panel room, HVAC rooms, and Corridors.

The elevation 50 ft electrical areas are provided with 100 percent outside air by means of an air handling unit located at the elevation 85 ft roof. A separate ventilation system is provided for each unit. During operation, outside air is passed through pre-filters November 2016 9-88 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS and is discharged to a duct system for distribution to the electrical areas. Exhaust air is collected from the areas through a network of ducting and is discharged by an exhaust fan to the atmosphere. The exhaust fan is interlocked with the air handling unit. On an area fire detector actuation, the normal air handling unit is deactivated.

D. Health Physics Zones I and II The Zone I air conditioning unit operates continuously but trips on fire detector actuation. The air conditioning unit consists of an air cooled condensing unit and air handling unit. Return air is mixed with outside air and is filtered through the pre-filters and HEPA filters and is cooled or heated before it gets distributed to the areas to maintain the design temperature. The Zone I air handling unit is interlocked with the fume hood transfer exhaust fan.

The Zone II air handling unit operates continuously but trips on fire detector actuation or if any transfer fan serving the area stops. Outside air is filtered through the pre-filters and is cooled or heated before it gets distributed to the areas to maintain the preset temperature supply duct temperature.

E. Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room Recirculated air and makeup air drawn from Room 107 is filtered through pre-filters, cooled, and is discharged into a duct system which distributes the air to the 99 ft elevation Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room.

The air handling unit fan may serve as a ventilation unit. Ventilation air will be extracted from Room 107 by opening and closing the appropriate dampers. This allows ventilation air to be distributed to the rooms and be diverted to the adjacent corridor through the duct mounted damper. Operation of this fan is controlled by a hand switch located in the Public Address and Radio Room and Communications Equipment Room.

The air in the 70 ft level communication room is cooled by a split type air conditioning system consisting of an air handling unit and two air cooled condensing units. The required room temperature is controlled by a thermostat, one for each unit.

F. Chiller Rooms The three Chiller Rooms are served by one ventilation system. One supply fan and one exhaust fan provide the ventilation to all three rooms. An exhaust fan exhausts the air directly to the atmosphere. The exhaust fan is interlocked with the supply fan.

G. Battery Rooms Outside air is filtered through pre-filters and is discharged into a duct system that distributes the air to the four ESF battery rooms (per Unit) at elevation 50 ft to November 2016 9-89 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS maintain the required design temperature. The room air combined with exhaust air from the non-ESF battery room is exhausted directly to the atmosphere. If the hydrogen concentration in any battery room becomes high, an alarm sounds in the Control Room / Command Center.

H. Continuous Exhaust System Three 50%-capacity exhaust fans (any two fans are normally operating and the third fan is a standby) serve the entire plant by continuously maintaining the exhaust plenum under negative pressure. Effluents from the fume hoods, laboratories, fuel handling area, radwaste area, and safety equipment and penetration buildings are drawn from the plenum and are discharged to the atmosphere through the Units 2 and 3 plant vent stacks.

9.4.2.1.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the auxiliary building normal HVAC system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-5.

9.4.2.1.3 Safety Evaluation Inasmuch as these systems have no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.

9.4.2.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are generally accessible for periodic inspection during normal plant operation. Systems air balance test and adjustments to design conditions were conducted during the plant preoperational test program implementation. Instruments are calibrated during testing. Automatic controls are tested for actuation at the proper setpoints. Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.

Each system is operated and tested initially for flow capacity and mechanical operability.

Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. Fans are initially tested in accordance with AMCA standards.

9.4.2.2 Emergency Operation - Auxiliary Building VAC Systems There is no emergency operation for the Auxiliary Building ventilation in the permanently defueled plant condition. Equipment in this section was repurposed for permanently defueled plant operation. Although ESF and emergency may be used throughout this section, they no longer refer to a safety function in the permanently defueled plant condition.

The auxiliary building ventilation unit described in this subsection includes components that function during permanently defueled plant operation within the Control Room / Command Center complex.

November 2016 9-90 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.2.2.1 Design Bases A. The auxiliary building ventilation unit is designed to maintain the space design conditions of Table 9.4-6 to permit continuous personnel comfort, access, equipment safety, and operation in conjunction with the normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1.

Codes and standards applicable to the auxiliary building ventilation unit are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA and SMACNA Standards, IEEE Standards 323 and 344, Regulatory Guides 1.26 and 1.52, and the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1970.

9.4.2.2.2 System Description 9.4.2.2.2.1 General Description The Auxiliary Building Emergency VAC systems are shown in the following controlled drawings.

40095 40175A 40178A 40179E 40096 40175ASO3 40178ASO3 40180A 40098 40175B 40178B 40180B 40173A 40175BSO3 40178BSO3 40180BSO3 40173ASO3 40177A 40179A 40180C 40173B 40177ASO3 40179B 40180D 40173C 40177B 40179C 40173D 40177BSO3 40179D 40173DSO3 40177C 40179DSO3 These drawings consist of the following:

Emergency air conditioning systems for the following area:

- Control Room / Command Center cabinet area Ventilation for the following area:

- Control Room / Command Center complex November 2016 9-91 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS A. Control Room Complex The Control Room / Command Center complex includes the Control Room / Command Center, cabinet area, computer rooms, turbine laboratory, and other facilities at the 30 ft elevation needed to support operations personnel in the permanently defueled plant condition. The mezzanine area, at elevation 39 ft-2 in., is also included as part of the Control Room / Command Center complex.

The Control Room / Command Center complex ventilation unit is common to both Units 2 and 3, and is arranged for ease of access, control, and monitoring. The ventilation unit is located at the 30 ft elevation.

The ventilation unit is initiated by manual action and maintained at positive pressure compared to ambient in conjunction with operation of the Normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1.

A duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit is provided for extreme cold weather.

Chilled water is provided to the Control Room / Command Center cabinet area air handling units by chiller E881. Chilled water is discussed in Section 9.4.2.1.

Table 9.4-6 EMERGENCY OPERATION - AUXILIARY BUILDING VAC SPACE DESIGN CONDITIONS Temperature Elevation

(°F)

System Type(a)

Summer Winter ft in (Dry Bulb) (Dry Bulb)

Control Room / Command Center cabinet area 30 0 VAC(b) 80 N/A a) AC - Air conditioning V - Ventilating b) Duct heater provided upstream of ventilation unit for extreme cold weather.

November 2016 9-92 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-7 AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS EMERGENCY OPERATION(a)

Item Control Room / Command Center Complex Cabinet Rooms Emergency Ventilation A206 E423 (Unit 2)

Horizontal Type E426 (Unit 3) draw-through Horizontal floor mounted 1 (Unit 2)

Number 1 1 (Unit 3)

Nominal Flowrate, each, 10,700 (Unit 2) 2,050 ft3/min 10,225 (Unit 3) 2.56 (Unit 2)

Total pressure, in. w.g. 10.60(b) 2.39 (Unit 3)

Motor hp, each 7-1/2 10.0 Drive Direct Direct Cooling coil Capacity, 264,650 (Unit 2)

N/A Btu/hr 253,740 (Unit 3)

Heating coil capacity, kW N/A 4.8 (E296) a) See Controlled Document 90034, Q-List for equipment classification information.

b) Total static pressure November 2016 9-93 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-7, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS EMERGENCY OPERATION Control Room / Command Center Item Complex Ventilation Pre-filter Quantity 1 Size, in. 24 x 24 x 6 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g. 0.33 Efficiency, % (average dust spot 55 atmospheric)

HEPA Filter Quantity 1 Size, in. 24 x 24 x 12 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g. 1.95 Table 9.4-7, cont.

AUXILIARY BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS EMERGENCY OPERATION Item Control Room / Command Center Complex Ventilation Quantity 1 set Pressure drop, in. w.g. 3 9.4.2.2.2.2 System Operation The Control Room / Command Center complex ventilation system is provided with a ventilation unit with an upstream duct heater. The subsystem consists of one ventilation supply unit and one electrical duct heater. The ventilation supply unit has HEPA filters through which fresh air is added to the recirculation circuit of the normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1. The November 2016 9-94 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS ventilation unit is manually operated. The duct heater upstream of the ventilation unit is operated during extreme cold weather conditions.

The supply air is based on a constant-volume principle.

The supply air is cooled to the required design temperature by the normal HVAC system discussed in Section 9.4.2.1 and is discharged into a duct system that distributes the air to the following areas: computer rooms, Control Room / Command Center, mezzanine area, cabinet areas, work areas, Central Alarm Station, Supervisor office, NOA office, fan rooms, shift superintendent's office, foreman's office, instrument repair room, electric room, telecommunication room, offices, lobby, turbine laboratory, kitchen, lunch rooms, and hall, men's and women's locker rooms, man trap, and vestibules.

There is one fan-coil unit in each Unit 2 and Unit 3 cabinet area located at elevation 50 ft for additional cooling.

9.4.2.2.2.3 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the auxiliary building ventilation system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-7.

9.4.2.2.3 Safety Evaluation In the permanently defueled plant condition the ventilation system (previously referred to as the emergency VAC system) has no safety function. Therefore, no safety evaluation is provided.

9.4.2.2.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are generally accessible for periodic inspection.

A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program. Instruments are calibrated during testing. Automatic controls are tested for actuation at the proper setpoints. Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.

Each system is operated and tested initially with regard to flow paths, flow capacity, and mechanical operability. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. Fans are tested in accordance with standards of the AMCA. HEPA filters of emergency ventilation supply units are subjected to the following tests before installation:

A. Media tensile test.

B. Sequential test.

November 2016 9-95 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS C. Efficiency penetration test, dioctylphthalate penetration (DOP), in accordance with MIL-STD-282. Penetration will not exceed 0.05% for 0.3-micron diameter homogeneous particles of DOP at rated air flow.

9.4.3 SUPPORT BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEMS This subsection provides system descriptions for ventilation systems for the fuel handling building, safety equipment building, turbine building, diesel generator building, penetration building, electric and piping tunnels, intake structure, auxiliary feedwater pump room, the safety equipment building elevator machine room and South Yard Facility. Following is the status of each of the ventilation systems in these areas.

System Status Fuel Handling Building Ventilation System Partially Removed from Service Safety Equipment Building HVAC System Partially Removed from Service Turbine Building HVAC System Partially Removed from Service Diesel Generator Building Ventilation System Removed from Service Penetration Building and Electric Piping Tunnels Partially Removed from Service Ventilation System Intake Structure Ventilation System Removed from Service Auxiliary Feedwater Pump Room Ventilation System Removed from Service Safety Equipment Building Elevator Machine Room Removed from Service Full Flow Condensate Polishing Demineralizer Removed from Service Building Control Room and Laboratory Room South Yard Facility Ventilation Systems Available 9.4.3.1 Fuel Handling Building Ventilation System The fuel handling building heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system described in this subsection includes those systems that function within the fuel handling building during normal fuel handling and storage operations and subsequent to a postulated fuel handling accident.

System Status Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust Subsystem Partially Removed from Service Fuel Handling Building Post-Accident Cleanup Removed from Service Subsystem Fuel Pool Pump Room Emergency Cooling Removed from Service Subsystem November 2016 9-96 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.3.1.1 Design Bases The fuel handling building HVAC system is designed to:

A. Maintain the ambient air temperature at a level that permits continuous personnel access and equipment operation.

B. Minimize the possibility of exfiltration during normal operations.

Protection of the fuel handling building ventilation system from wind, tsunami, and tide effects as well as flood design and missile protection is discussed in Chapter 3.

Codes and standards applicable to the fuel handling building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of ARI, AMCA, and SMACNA standards.

9.4.3.1.2 System Description 9.4.3.1.2.1 General Description The fuel handling HVAC system is shown schematically in the following controlled drawings.

40090 40177A 40177ASO3 40180C 40179B 40179C The Fuel Handling HVAC System consists of the Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust subsystem.

The system is located within the fuel handling building (elevation 45 ft) and penetration area (elevation 95 ft) and is arranged for ease of access, control, and monitoring as applicable. The exhaust fan removes more air than is supplied. The extra air is made up by infiltration from the outside and from adjoining areas of the auxiliary building, thus minimizing the possibility of exfiltration.

The fuel handling building doors are provided with self-closers to prevent an open door from disrupting fuel handling building ventilation.

9.4.3.1.2.2 Component Description The normal ventilation supply subsystem includes outside air intake louvers, two manually operated isolation dampers, two 100% supply air units (one operating and one on standby) with moderate-efficiency pre-filters, two isolation dampers, air supply, ductwork, and associated controls.

The normal ventilation exhaust subsystem includes six manually operated dampers, exhaust ductwork, backdraft dampers and two 100% transfer air fans (one operating and one standby)

November 2016 9-97 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS discharging to the continuous exhaust plenum from where it is exhausted to the atmosphere through the plant vent stack.

Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust subsystem equipment classification is listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

9.4.3.1.2.3 System Operation The fuel handling building normal ventilation supply and exhaust subsystem operates during normal operation. The air handling unit draws outside air through the pre-filter and discharges into a duct system which distributes the air to fan rooms, pump rooms, and the new fuel storage area. Air is first delivered to clean spaces, from where it flows toward areas of progressively higher potential activity levels. The exhaust air from these spaces is discharged to the continuous exhaust plenum by the transfer air fan, from where it is exhausted to the atmosphere through the two plant vent stacks. Fuel handling building temperature at pool level is maintained between 45°F and 109.2°F during normal operation.

9.4.3.1.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the fuel handling building HVAC systems described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-8.

9.4.3.1.3 Safety Evaluation The fuel handling building normal ventilation subsystems do not have safety functions.

Therefore, no safety evaluation is provided.

9.4.3.1.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are generally accessible for periodic inspection during normal plant operation. A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions was conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program. Instruments are calibrated during testing. A preoperational test was conducted to verify that a negative pressure exists in the spent fuel pool area when the normal ventilation system is in operation.

November 2016 9-98 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-8 FUEL HANDLING BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Normal Ventilation Supply and Exhaust System Item Supply Air Unit Exhaust Air Unit A359, A360 A316, A317 Type Horizontal draw-through Fan only Number 2 (one standby) 2 (one standby)

Flowrate each, ft3/min. 21,280 22,628 Fan Type Centrifugal Vane-axial Drive Belt Direct No. of fans in each unit 1 1 Total pressure, each, in. w.g. 2.75 2.3 Motor hp, each 20 20 Nominal/Minimum Cooling coil N/A N/A capacity each, Btu/hr Pre-filter Quantity and size, in 15 - 24 x 24 x 6 N/A 3 - 24 x 12 x 6 Pressure drop, clean, in. w.g. 0.33 N/A Efficiency, % 55 N/A (Average dust spot atmospheric) N/A 9.4.3.2 Safety Equipment Building Ventilation System The safety equipment building ventilation system described in this subsection includes those subsystems that function during shutdown operating conditions to control the environment for equipment and operating personnel as applicable. There are no longer safety systems in these areas. These subsystems include the following:

1. The safety equipment building air conditioning equipment room normal ventilation subsystem
2. The safety equipment building lobby area ventilation subsystem 9.4.3.2.1 Design Bases The safety equipment building ventilation system during normal plant operation is designed to maintain the following ambient temperatures:

November 2016 9-99 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Summer Dry Bulb Winter Dry Bulb Area Temperature Temperature Maximum (°F) (°F)

Lobby area 75 70 Air conditioning equipment room 104 N/A Protection of the safety equipment building HVAC system from wind and tornado as well as missile protection is discussed in Chapter 3.

Codes and standards applicable to the safety equipment building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA and SMACNA standards and the Uniform Mechanical Code, 1970. The Seismic Category I portions of the system are also designed to IEEE 323 and 344.

9.4.3.2.2 System Description 9.4.3.2.2.1 General Description The safety equipment building HVAC system is shown in the following controlled drawings.

40087 40175ASO3 40175BSO3 40175A 40175B The cooling systems are primarily required for heat removal function. The safety equipment building lobby area is in Unit 2 only, and the air conditioning subsystem for this area operates for personnel comfort.

9.4.3.2.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of the safety equipment building ventilation system are listed in Tables 9.4-9.

A. Safety Equipment Building Air Conditioning Equipment Room Normal Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one cooling unit located in the air conditioning room No. 017 at elevation 8 ft. The unit includes a moderate-efficiency pre-filter, a fan section, galvanized steel housing, ductwork, and associated controls.

November 2016 9-100 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B. Safety Equipment Building Lobby Area Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one ventilation unit located in the safety equipment building lobby area at elevation 8 ft. The unit includes a moderate-efficiency pre-filter, a fan section, galvanized steel housing, and ductwork.

Table 9.4-9 SAFETY EQUIPMENT BUILDING VENTILATION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS - NORMAL OPERATION Safety Equipment Item A/C Room 017 Bldg. Lobby Area Ventilation Unit E412 E516 Type Horizontal draw-through Horizontal draw-through ceiling mounted ceiling mounted One (Unit 2) One (Unit 2)

Number One (Unit 3) Only Flowrate, each ft3/min 1,450 2,500 Total pressure, in. w.g. 2.4 2.24 Motor, hp each 11/2 2 Drive Belt Belt Pre-filter Quantity, each Two Two (Unit 2 only)

Units 2 and 3 Size 16 x 20 x 2 25 x 20 x 2 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g. 0.17 0.12 Efficiency, %

20 20 (Average dust spot atmospheric) 9.4.3.2.2.3 System Operation A. Safety Equipment Building Air Conditioning Equipment Room Normal Ventilation Subsystem November 2016 9-101 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS This subsystem draws the outside air from the turbine building and delivers filtered air through ductwork to the A/C Equipment Room 017. The room air is exhausted to the continuous exhaust system through the penetration and safety equipment building exhaust system described in Section 9.4.3.4.

B. Safety Equipment Building Lobby Area Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem is operated manually from the MCC 1A.

This subsystem mixes approximately 80% of room air with 20% outside air drawn from the turbine building. The ventilation unit delivers filtered air through ductwork to the safety equipment building lobby area, the clean clothing room, and the guard room.

9.4.3.2.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the safety equipment building HVAC system described in this subsection are shown in Tables 9.4-9.

9.4.3.2.3 Safety Evaluation In the permanently defueled condition, there are no safety functions performed by the Safety Equipment Building HVAC system. Therefore, no safety evaluation is provided.

9.4.3.3 Turbine Building HVAC System The turbine building HVAC system described in this subsection operates as needed with SONGS in the permanently defueled condition. Following is a listing of the status of each subsystem.

Structures / Systems / Components Status Turbine Building General Area Ventilation Subsystem Removed from Service Switchgear Room and D6 Battery Room Ventilation Partially Removed from Service Subsystem Lube Oil Room Ventilation Subsystem Removed from Service Excitation-Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) Room Air Removed from Service Conditioning Subsystem Steam Air Ejector And Vacuum Pump Exhaust Subsystem Removed from Service D7 Battery Room And Battery Charger Room Ventilation Removed from Service Subsystem UPS (previously classified as non-Class 1E) Room Air Partially Removed from Service Conditioning Subsystem November 2016 9-102 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.3.3.1 Design Bases The turbine building HVAC system is designed to:

A. Maintain the following space design conditions Dry Bulb Temperature (°F)

Winter Summer Switchgear room N/A 104 D6 Battery room (El. 7 ft) 77 95 UPS (previously classified as non- Class 1E) area N/A 104 B. Maintain combustible concentration of hydrogen gas below the recommended limit of 4% of the battery room volume Codes and standards applicable to the turbine building HVAC system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of ARI, AMCA, SMACNA, and UL standards.

9.4.3.3.2 System Description 9.4.3.3.2.1 General Description The turbine building HVAC system described in this subsection is shown in shown in the following controlled drawings:

40177B 40177BSO3 40152D 40152DSO3 The system is available for manual operation for the permanently defueled plant condition.

9.4.3.3.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of the turbine building HVAC system are listed in Table 9.4-11.

A. Switchgear Room and D6 Battery Room Ventilation Subsystem (Unit 2 Only)

This subsystem includes one ventilation supply air unit serving the switchgear and D6 battery room, one electric duct heater in the battery room supply air duct, and one battery room exhaust fan.

November 2016 9-103 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The ventilation supply air unit is located in the turbine building at elevation 56 ft and consists of an outside air louver, a moderate-efficiency pre-filter, a fan section, galvanized steel housing, ductwork, and associated controls.

No forced exhaust is required for the switchgear room in the permanently defueled plant condition.

The battery room exhaust unit is located on the battery room roof and consists of an in-line fan and associated ductwork.

B. UPS (previously classified as non-Class 1E) Air Conditioning Subsystem This subsystem consists of two 100% redundant capacity heat pump units for Unit 2 only. These provide space cooling to the UPS area located on the 7 ft-0 in. elevation in the turbine building. (The UPS equipment located here is the battery charger, the inverter, the switchgear, and the control panel. The UPS battery is located in the existing battery room adjacent to the UPS area.) The heat pump units are located at elevation 7 ft-0 in. in the turbine building.

November 2016 9-104 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-11 TURBINE BUILDING HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Switchgear and Battery Room Ventilation System Previously classified Exhaust Air Units Non-Class 1E UPS Supply Switchgear D6 Battery System Air-Cond.

Item System Air Unit Room Room A363 A300 E974, E975 Type N/A Build-up unit Fan only Built-up unit Number of units 1 N/A 1 2 (Unit 2)

Flowrate, Each, ft3/min 30,980 N/A 1,000 2,700 (Unit 2)

Fan Type Vane-axial N/A Vane-axial Centrifugal Drive Belt N/A Direct Belt Total pressure, in. w.g. 2.5 N/A 1.0 1.2 (Unit 2)

Motor hp 30 N/A 1 2.9 (Unit 2)

Cooling capacity, Btu/hr N/A N/A N/A 70,000 (Unit 2) 21.5 (E506)

Heating coil capacity, kW N/A N/A (Duct heater in 25.5 (Unit 2) supply air duct)

Pre-filter 4-16x16x2 Quality 15 -24 x 24 x 6 N/A N/A (Unit 2)

Pressure drop Clean, in. w.g. 0.33 N/A N/A 0.40 (Unit 2)

Efficiency, % (average dust 55 N/A N/A 90 (Unit 2) spot atmospheric) 9.4.3.3.2.3 System Operation A. Switchgear and D6 Battery Room Ventilation Subsystem (Unit 2 Only)

This subsystem is manually operated from the local control panel.

The ventilation supply air unit operates continuously during normal operation and distributes the air through ducts to the switchgear room and the D6 battery room.

During winter operation, the battery room space thermostat controls the electric duct heater located in the supply air duct and maintains a 77°F space temperature. The electric duct heater is turned off automatically to prevent burnout if the airflow switch, located in the battery room supply air duct, detects no airflow.

November 2016 9-105 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The air from the switchgear room is naturally exhausted to the surrounding environment. No forced exhaust is required for the switchgear room in the permanently defueled plant condition. Battery room air is exhausted to the atmosphere through an exhaust fan and associated ducts. The battery room exhaust fan operates continuously.

Combustible gas detectors are located in the battery room to detect a combustible gas (hydrogen) concentration (2%) which is well below its explosive limit. An alarm will be annunciated in the Control Room / Command Center upon detection of the combustible gas concentration.

B. UPS (Previously classified non-Class 1E) Air Conditioning System (Unit 2) The UPS system (Previously classified non-Class 1E) heat pump units are automatically and manually controlled from an electrical panel located inside the UPS room. The two heat pump units are 100% redundant capacity, with recirculating air.

Thermostats located on the electrical panel, controls the system's cooling capacity.

9.4.3.3.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the turbine building HVAC system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-11.

9.4.3.3.3 Safety Evaluation Because the turbine building HVAC system has no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.

9.4.3.3.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Fans are tested and rated in accordance with standards of the AMCA. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program.

9.4.3.4 Penetration Building Ventilation System The ventilation system described in this subsection is for the penetration building at normal operating conditions.

9.4.3.4.1 Design Bases The ventilation system for the penetration building is designed to maintain the space temperature at 104°F maximum dry bulb in summer and 36°F dry bulb in winter in the electrical penetration and piping penetration areas.

November 2016 9-106 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Protection of this VAC system from wind and tornado, flood, and missiles is discussed in Chapter 3.

Codes and Standards applicable to this ventilation system are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List. The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA, SMACMA, and ARI Standards.

9.4.3.4.2 System Description 9.4.3.4.2.1 General Description The ventilation systems for the penetration building and electric piping tunnels are shown in Controlled Drawings 40086, 40087, 40175B, 40175BSO3, 40187A, and 40178SO3.

In the penetration building, the ventilation unit for the piping penetration area is located at elevation 30 ft and the ventilation unit for the electrical penetration area is located at elevation 45 ft. The exhaust fan is located at elevation 95 ft. The locations of supply and exhaust fans for electric and piping tunnels are shown in Controlled Drawings 40086 and 40087.

9.4.3.4.2.2 Component Description Design data for major components of ventilation systems for the penetration building and the electric and piping tunnels are listed in Table 9.4-13.

Penetration Building

1. Piping and Penetration Area The air handling unit consists of a moderate-efficiency pre-filter and a fan section.
2. Electrical Penetration Area The air handling unit consists of a moderate-efficiency pre-filter and a fan section.

November 2016 9-107 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-13 PENETRATION BUILDING AND ELECTRIC AND PIPING TUNNELS VENTILATION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Penetration Building Item Electrical Area Piping Area Ventilating Supply Unit E361 E360 Type One horizontal Horizontal draw-through draw-through One (Unit 2) One (Unit 2)

Number One (Unit 3) One (Unit 3)

Flowrate, each ft3/min 18,830 11,150 Total pressure, in. w.g. 4.14 4.48 Motor, hp each 25.0 15.0 Drive Belt Belt Cooling coil capacity, Btu/h N/A N/A Pre-filter 8 - 24 x 24 x 6 4 - 24 x 24 x 6 Quantity, each 6 - 12 x 24 x 6 4 - 12 x 14 x 6 Pressure drop clean, in. w.g. 0.33 0.33 Eff % dust spot atmospheric 55 55 November 2016 9-108 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-13, cont.

PENETRATION BUILDING AND ELECTRIC AND PIPING TUNNELS VENTILATION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Penetration Building Item A037 Transfer Fan (Penetration and safety equipment building)

Type Vane axial One (Unit 2)

Number One (Unit 3)

Flowrate, each ft3/min 9,000 Total pressure, in. w.g. 2.4 Motor, hp each 7.5 Drive Direct 9.4.3.4.2.3 System Operation Penetration Building

1. Piping Penetration Area Outside air is mixed with recirculated air, is filtered through pre-filters, and is discharged into a duct system. The duct system distributes the air to the piping penetration areas on elevations 15 ft and 30 ft, the fan room at elevation 30 ft, and the piping tunnel and corridor on elevation 9 ft. Part of the room air is exhausted through the continuous exhaust system by the exhaust fan. Area supply fans are interlocked with the exhaust fan.
2. Electrical Penetration Area Outside air is mixed with recirculated air, is filtered through pre-filters, and is discharged into a duct system. The duct system distributes the air to the electrical penetration areas on elevations 45 ft and 63 ft-6 in., the fan room at elevation 45 ft, and personnel monitor area, monitor vestibule, emergency decontamination room, and electrical penetration room at elevation 63 ft-6 in.

Part of the room air is exhausted through the continuous exhaust system by the exhaust fan. The electrical penetration area supply fans are interlocked with the exhaust fan.

November 2016 9-109 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.4.3.4.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the penetration building and electric and piping tunnels ventilation system described in this subsection are shown in Table 9.4-13.

9.4.3.4.3 Safety Evaluation Because these systems have no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.

9.4.3.4.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Fans are tested in accordance with the standards of the AMCA. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. A system air balance test and adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program.

Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.

Instruments are calibrated during testing.

9.4.3.5 South Yard Facility Ventilation Systems The normal and emergency operation systems for the South Yard Facility are discussed in this subsection.

9.4.3.5.1 Design Bases The south yard facility normal HVAC system is designed to:

A. Maintain the ambient air temperature at a level which permits continuous personnel comfort and equipment operation.

B. Minimize the possibility of exfiltration from the hot machine shop, decontamination shop, and REMS work area during normal operation.

The system is designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of AMCA and SMACNA Standards, Uniform Mechanical Code, and UL Standards for Seismic Class III, Quality Class IV.

9.4.3.5.2 System Description 9.4.3.5.2.1 General Description The South Yard Facility HVAC System consists of the following subsystems:

A. Second floor air conditioning subsystem including HP access control November 2016 9-110 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS B. Hot machine shop, REMS rebuild area, hot tool room, REMS work area, decontamination shop, and Mixed Waste Room heating and ventilation subsystem C. Refueling mock-up area heating and ventilation subsystem D. Paint shop, carpentry shop, cold machine shop, rigging test room heating and ventilation subsystem E. Restricted holding area heating and ventilation subsystem F. Welding area heating and ventilation subsystem G. REM holding area heating and ventilation subsystem H. Electrical room ventilation subsystem I. Telecommunication room air conditioning subsystem All subsystems operate during normal operation. The subsystem listed in 9.4.3.5.2.1 B above, shuts down under emergency conditions.

9.4.3.5.2.2 Component Description Design data for major component of the South Yard Facility HVAC subsystems are listed in Table 9.4-17.

A. Second floor Air Conditioning Subsystem An air conditioning unit, located outside in the mechanical room on the second floor, and four roof exhaust fans serve the office area on second floor and M&TE, cold tool room, and computer room on the first floor. The subsystem consists of an air handling unit with economizer, 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, refrigerant cooling coil, fan section, weatherproof steel housing, supply and return duct and associated control. The exhaust fans are centrifugal type and are connected to the exhaust ducts.

B. Hot Machine Shop REMS Rebuild Area, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth corridor, Corridor #2, Counting Room, Supply Room, REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop, and Mixed Waste Room HVAC Subsystem This subsystem consists of a heat pump unit located on the roof, two air handling units located in the hot machine shop and REMS work area and two exhaust fans located in the REMS holding area.

The heat pump consists of an economizer, 30% efficiency filter, additional electric heating coil, refrigerant cooling coil, fan section, weatherproof steel housing, supply duct, isolation dampers, and associated control.

November 2016 9-111 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The air handling unit located in hot machine shop consists of 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, isolation dampers, and associated control.

The air handling unit located in REMS work area consists of 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, isolation dampers, and associated control.

The exhaust subsystem, located in REM holding area, consists of two axial fans, exhaust duct, isolation damper, and associated controls.

C. Refueling, Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one air handling unit located in the room and one exhaust fan located on the roof.

The subsystem consists of an air handling unit with 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, and associated control. The exhaust fan is centrifugal type. No duct required.

D. Paint Shop, Carpentry Shop, Cold Machine Shop, and Rigging Test Room, Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of two air handling units located in the cold machine shop.

Five exhaust fans located on the roof and one exhaust fan for the rigging test room located on the wall.

The air handling units consist of a 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, and associated control.

The cold machine shop exhaust fans are centrifugal type. No duct work required.

The rigging test room exhaust fan is centrifugal type. No duct required.

The carpentry shop and paint shop exhaust fans are centrifugal type and connected to exhaust duct work.

E. Restricted Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of an electric room unit heater and an exhaust fan.

November 2016 9-112 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS F. Welding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of an air handling unit located outside in the mechanical room on the second floor, one exhaust fan located on the roof, and a welding exhaust fan located in the cold machine with the exhaust duct to the roof.

The air handling unit consists of a 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, weatherproof steel housing, supply duct, and associated control. The exhaust fans are centrifugal type and are connected to the exhaust ductwork.

G. REMS Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of one air handling unit located in the REMS holding area and two roof exhaust fans. The air handling unit consists of 30% efficiency filter, electric heating coil, fan section, steel housing, supply duct, and associated control. The exhaust fans are centrifugal type. No duct required.

H. Electrical Room; Ventilation Subsystem This subsystem consists of a wall intake louver and one wall centrifugal exhaust fan.

I. Telecommunication Room; Air Conditioning Subsystem This subsystem consists of a wall heat pump unit with recirculation.

9.4.3.5.2.3 System Operation A. Second Floor Air Conditioning Subsystem The air conditioning unit and the exhaust fans (interlocked with air conditioning unit) are manually started from the local panel or from the computer. The room thermostats, discharge air sensor and dry bulb control modulate the return air damper, outside air damper, zone dampers, bypass damper on the unit, heating coil and compressor to satisfy the room demand. The unit can operate with 100% outside air. The unit is set back for night time. Actuation of the fire alarm will secure the air conditioning unit.

B. Hot Machine Shop, REMS Rebuilt Area, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth corridor, Corridor #2, Instrumentation Storage, Supply Room, REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop, Heating, and Mixed Waste Room Ventilation Subsystem

1. Normal Operation The exhaust fans (one standby) and the air handling units are switched on from the local panel or from the computer (air handling units are interlocked with the exhaust fans). The room thermostats will actuate the heating coils if the temperature drops below 65°F.

November 2016 9-113 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The negative pressure (outside doors closed) is controlled by the static pressure sensors located in the hot machine shop, decontamination shop, REMS work area and outdoor reference pressure sensors. The air handling unit fan speed is modulated to maintain the building pressure < - 0.1 in. W.G.

The outside door cannot be opened if the inside doors in the room are not closed.

When the outside door opens, the air handling unit serving REMS work area is automatically turned off and vice versa.

2. Emergency Condition If one of the effluent radiation monitors alarms, the heat pump, the two air handling units, the exhaust fan are shut off and the associated dampers fail closed to isolate the subsystem from the outside. If the fire alarm is actuated, the unit supplying the area is turned off.

C. Refueling; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling unit and the exhaust fan (interlocked with the air handling unit) is switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat, set at 65°F, controls the heating coil of the air handling unit. If the fire alarm is actuated, the unit is turned off.

D. Paint Shop, Carpentry Shop, Cold Machine Shop, Rigging Test Room; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling units and the exhaust fans (interlocked with the air handling units) are switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostats, set at 65°F, control the heating coils of the air handling units. When the heating coils are on, the supply fans of the air handling units and exhaust fans are turned on the low speed. If the fire alarm actuates, the units supplying the area are turned off.

E. Restricted Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The unit heater is switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat set at 65°F controls the heater. The same room thermostat set at 80°F in the summer controls the exhaust fan.

F. Welding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling unit and the room exhaust fan are switched on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat set at 65°F controls the heating coil of the air handling unit. The welding exhaust fan is switched on when the welding hoods are operated.

The welding exhaust fan is interlocked with the room exhaust fan which stops when November 2016 9-114 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS the welding exhaust fan starts and vice versa. If the fire alarms actuates, the unit supplying the area is turned off.

G. REMS Holding Area; Heating and Ventilation Subsystem The air handling unit and the exhaust fans (interlocked with the air handling unit) are turned on locally or from the computer. The room thermostat, set at 65°F, controls the heating coils of the air handling units. When the heating coils are on, the supply fan of the air handling unit and the exhaust fans are turned on the low speed. If the fire alarm actuates, the supply unit is turned off.

H. Electrical Room; Ventilation Subsystem The exhaust fan is turned on locally or from the computer. The exhaust fan is controlled by the room thermostat set at 85°F.

I. Telecommunication Room; Air Conditioning Subsystem The unit is turned on locally or from the computer.

9.4.3.5.2.4 System Performance Parameters The performance parameters for the South Yard Facility HVAC described in this subsection are shown in the Table 9.4-17. The space design conditions are shown in the Table 9.4-18.

9.4.3.5.3 Safety Evaluation Inasmuch as these systems have no safety design bases, no safety evaluation is provided.

9.4.3.5.4 Inspection and Testing Requirements Each component is inspected prior to installation. Components of each system are accessible for periodic inspection during normal operation. A system air balance test and an adjustment to design conditions is conducted in the course of the plant preoperational test program.

Instruments are calibrated during testing. Automatic controls are tested for actuation at the proper setpoints. Alarm functions are checked for operability and limits during preoperational testing.

Each system is operated and tested initially with regard to flow capacity and mechanical operability. Ductwork is tested for leakage during installation. Fans are tested in accordance with AMCA standards.

November 2016 9-115 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17 SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Hot Machine Shop, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Corridor #2 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop HVAC System Exhaust Air Units Supply Air Units Item Hot Tool Room, Hot Corridor #2 Supply Air Machine Shop, Beta Booth REMS Work Supply Room, Unit Break / Personnel Corridor, Decontamination Area Heating Exhaust Air Toilets Counting Assembly Decon Shop, and Mixed Waste and Ventilation Units Room A/C Room Heating and Units Unit Ventilation Unit Air Conditioning / Ventilation Single Package Package Roof Horizontal Horizontal Type Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Roof Top Heat Fan Only Top Draw-Thru Draw-Thru Pump No. of Units 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 (1 stand-by)

Flowrate, 8,050 860 1,740 410 2,250 12,620 2,500 19,980 Each Ft3/min Fan Type Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Tube-Axial Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Direct Total Pressure, in. 1.8 (External) 5/8 5/8 3/8 0.6 (External) 2 2 3 w.g.

Motor HP 7.5 1/3 0.5 1/4 1 7.5 2 20 Cooling Capacity, 248,480* N/A N/A N/A 100,520* N/A N/A BTU/H Heating 56 N/A N/A N/A 16.5 131 27 Capacity, kW

  • Values in this table are nominal rated values. Refer to calculation for design values.

November 2016 9-116 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.

SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Hot Machine Shop, Hot Tool Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Corridor #2 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop and Mixed Waste Room HVAC System Exhaust Air Units Supply Air Units Item Exhaust Supply Air Corridor #2 Hot Tool Room, Hot Machine Shop, REMS Work Air Unit Break / Personnel Supply Room, Beta Booth Corridor, Decontamination Toilets Area Heating and Units Assembly Decon Counting Room Shop, and Mixed Waste Room Heating Ventilation Units A/C Unit and Ventilation Unit Air Conditioning / Ventilation Pre-filter 2-18x24x2 Quantity 16x25x1 4-16x25x2 2-20x20x2 4-24x24x2 N/A N/A N/A N/A Pressure Drop 0.28 0.28 0.28 Clean, in.w.g.

Efficiency, %

(Average Dust Spot 30 30 30 30 Atmospheric)

Air-Cooled Condensing Unit (for 2nd Floor Air Conditioning System)

A. Compressor B. Condenser Coil C. Condenser Fan Type: Semi-hermetic Coil Face Area: 24.75 sq. ft. No. of Rows: 2 Quantity: 2 No. of Rows: 3 Flowrate: 10,000 CFM Capacity: 248,480 BTU/H* Fins/Inch: 15.7 HP: 3/4 each Refrigerant: R-22 Air-Cooled Condensing Unit (for Supply Room, Counting Room)

A. Compressor B. Condenser Coil C. Condenser Fan Type: Hermetic Coil Face Area: 8 sq. ft. No. of Rows: 1 Quantity: 2 No. of Rows: 3 Flowrate: 6500 CFM Capacity: 100,520 BTU/H* Fins/Inch: 15 HP: 3/4 Refrigerant: R-22 November 2016 9-117 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.

SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Refueling Ventilation Paint Shop, Carpentry Shop, Cold Machine Shop, Rigging Test Room, Ventilation System System Item Exhaust Air Units Supply Air Exhaust Unit Supply Air Units Unit Cold Machine Carpentry Rigging Paint Shop Shop Shop Test Air Conditioning / Ventilation Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Type Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Draw-Thru Draw-Thru Draw-Thru No. of Units 1 1 1 1 3 (One Stand-By) 1 1 1 3

Flowrate, Each Ft /min 3,300 3,200 14,400 14,000 13,400 1,200 500 1,765 Fan Type Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Total Pressure, in.w.g. 2 1/8 2.5 2.5 1/8 7/8 1/4 1/8 Motor HP 2 1/3 10 10 1-1/2 1/3 1/4 1/3 Cooling Capacity, BTU/H N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Heating Capacity, kW 36 N/A 80 80 N/A N/A N/A N/A Pre-filter Quantity 2-20x25x2 4-16x20x2 4-16x20x2 4-16x25x2 4-16x25x2 1-20x20x2 1-20x20x2 N/A 1-20x25x2 1-20x25x2 N/A N/A N/A N/A Pressure Drop Clean, in.w.g. 0.28 0.28 0.28 Efficiency, % (Average Dust 30 30 30 Spot Atmospheric)

November 2016 9-118 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.

SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Restricted Holding Area Ventilation REMS Holding Area Ventilation Welding Area Ventilation System System System Exhaust Air Units Exhaust Air Unit Heater Exhaust Unit Supply Air Unit Supply Air Unit Unit Room Welding Item Air Conditioning / Ventilation Propeller Type Horizontal Horizontal Type Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Fan Only Wall Mounted Draw-Thru Draw-Thru No. of Units 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Flowrate, Each Ft3/min 620 3,500 4,700 4,900 4,900 4,800 2,400 Fan Type Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Centrifugal Drive Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Belt Total Pressure, in.w.g. 1/4 2 3/8 2-1/2 2 0.5 Motor HP 1/5 3/4 3 3/4 3 3 0.5 Cooling Capacity, BTU/H N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Heating Capacity, kW 7.0 N/A 50 N/A N/A 27 N/A Pre-filter Quantity 3-20x25x2 3-20x25x2 Pressure Drop Clean, in.w.g. N/A N/A 0.28 N/A N/A 0.28 N/A Efficiency, % (Average Dust 30 30 Spot Atmospheric)

November 2016 9-119 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.4-17, cont.

SOUTH YARD FACILITY HVAC SYSTEM PERFORMANCE PARAMETERS Telecommunication room Air Electrical Room Ventilation System Item Conditioning Outside Air Intake Exhaust Air Unit Recirculation Unit Air Conditioning / Ventilation Type Fan Only Wall Air Conditioning No. of Units 1 1 3

Flowrate, Each ft /min 1,400 175/125 Fan Not Required (Outside air is drawn thru Type Louver) Centrifugal Drive Belt Total Pressure, in. w.g. 1/8 Motor HP (watt) 1/4 (600)

Cooling Capacity, BTU/H N/A 5400 Heating Capacity, kW N/A N/A Pre-filter Quantity Pressure Drop Clean, in. w.g. N/A N/A Efficiency, % (Average Dust Spot Atmospheric)

November 2016 9-120 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS TABLE 9.4-18 SOUTH YARD FACILITY SPACE DESIGN CONDITION Temperature (°F)

Pressure System Type(a) Summer Winter in. w.g.

(Dry Bulb) (Dry Bulb)

Second Floor Air Conditioning 78 and 50%

- Offices and Occupied Areas HVAC 70 N/A RH (max)

- Toilets, Lockers and Shower 78 and 50%

HVAC 70 N/A Areas RH (max)

Hot Machine Shop, Counting Room, Supply Room, REMS Work Area, Decontamination Shop, Beta Booth Corridor and Mixed Waste Room

- Hot Machine Shop HV 95 65 negative -0.1 78 and 50%

- Counting Room, Supply Room HVAC 70 negative RH (max)

- REMS Work Area HV 95 65 negative -0.1

- Decontamination Shop HV 95 65 negative -0.1

- Beta Booth Corridor HV 95 65 negative-0.1

- Mixed Waste Room HV 95 65 negative-0.1 Refueling HV 95 65 Cold Machine Shop Rigging Test HV 95 65 N/A Room Restricted Hold Area HV 95 55 N/A Welding Area HV 95 65 N/A REMS Holding Area HV 95 55 N/A Electrical Room V 104 50 N/A Telecommunication HVAC 78 N/A N/A a) HVAC - heating, ventilation, air conditioning HV - heating and ventilation November 2016 9-121 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5 OTHER AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Not all subsystems of Other Auxiliary Systems are required to support permanent plant shutdown or defueled operations. The status of these subsystems is listed in the table below. Design Basis, Licensing Basis, and operational information contained in this section has been updated to reflect the current status. Although the subsystems removed or partially removed from service no longer support operation, they may still contain fluids, gases, or other hazards such as energized circuits, compressed air, radioactive material, etc. Equipment may not have been physically removed from the plant. See General Arrangement Drawings, P&IDs, and One Line diagrams for the current plant configuration.

System Status Fire Protection System Partially Removed from Service Communications Systems Available Lighting Systems Available Diesel Generator Fuel Oil Storage and Removed from Service Transfer System Diesel Generator Cooling Water System Removed from Service Diesel Generator Starting System Removed from Service Diesel Generator Lubrication System Removed from Service Diesel Generator Combustion Air Intake Removed from Service and Exhaust System 9.5.1 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM The fire protection system (FPS) is designed to prevent, detect, contain, and manually extinguish fires in the plant.

The FPS, where referred to in this section, includes fire detection and extinguishing systems and equipment. It is exclusive of such design elements as physical separation, barrier separation, and burning characteristics of combustibles, which limit the propagation of fire but do not actively extinguish it. These design elements are considered, however, when analyzing the results of a fire in an area of the plant where a loss of in-service components and systems in that area would jeopardize spent fuel pool functions or an area with the potential for a radiological release due to a fire in the plant. The maximum postulated fire in an area is termed the credible fire, as opposed to the design basis fire which postulates the complete combustion of all fuel in an area regardless of available active or passive fire protection.

The FPS water supply and pumping equipment are shared by Units 2 and 3. Fire suppression and fire detection systems are being removed from service or physically removed as combustibles or other hazards are removed from the affected fire zones. Other fire protection equipment described below is provided for each plant individually.

November 2016 9-122 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The fire water supply system is also used to support other plant systems in the event of a design base fire in certain fire areas. See the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis, Section 3.0.

9.5.1.1 Design Bases A. Structures, systems, and components important to safety are designed and located to minimize, consistent with other safety requirements, the fire hazard.

Noncombustible and heat-resistant materials are used whenever practical throughout the units to minimize potential fires (including duration, severity, and intensity in any combustion zone) in accordance with 10CFR50 General Design Criterion 3, Fire Protection. In-Situ Combustible Loading, 90035CT, provides information on the combustible loading and fire severity in various areas of the plant.

B. The existing fire barriers provide defense-in-depth protection for the independent SFP cooling and SFP makeup functions.

C. The FPS is not a safety-related system. FPS components, however, are designed so that seismic loadings do not cause loss of function of plant structures, systems, or components important to safety, in compliance with 10CFR50 General Design Criterion 3, Fire Protection.

D. FPS components are designed so that their inadvertent operation does not result in loss of function of plant structures, systems, or components important to safety, in compliance with 10CFR50 General Design Criterion 3, Fire Protection.

E. The FPS is designed to minimize the effects of fires consistent with the postulated type, location, duration, severity, and fire loads in the Fuel Handling, Penetration, Auxiliary Radwaste, and Auxiliary Control Buildings. Other plant areas which are protected by means of manual fire protection (with use of adjacent fire hydrants and hoses) are accessible with respect to heat, smoke, toxic combustion products, and radiation.

F. The plant fire protection water supply system is capable of supplying rated flow with the largest pump out of service. The fire protection water supply system is rated to supply simultaneously the maximum flow for any automatic sprinkler system or water spray system and 750 gal/min for fire hoses, assuming the shortest fire main flow path is valved out of service.

G. The fire protection water supply yard main is arranged so that each branch line from the main may be supplied with water from the pumps by alternate flow paths.

Two-way hydrants are installed at a maximum of 300-foot intervals along the main which will ensure adequate coverage of plant areas by fire truck hoses.

H. Hydraulically balanced automatic sprinkler systems, ordinary or extra-hazard automatic sprinkler systems, and hydraulically designed automatic water spray systems are installed in areas with a high fire potential which cannot otherwise be November 2016 9-123 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS protected by separation or by limiting the quantities of combustibles. As combustible hazards are removed, water spray and wet-pipe sprinkler fire suppression systems are removed from service in accordance with SO123-FP-1.

Criteria for determining the need for remaining systems are in compliance with the Nuclear Mutual Limited (NML) guide, Property Loss Prevention Standards for Nuclear Generating Stations (June 1974).

I. Standpipes, inside hose connections, and fire hose stations are provided in areas adjacent to and within stair towers and other points in accordance with applicable National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), and NEIL regulations and recommendations.

J. Portable fire extinguishers are provided throughout normally accessible areas of the plant in accordance with applicable NFPA, and NEIL regulations and recommendations.

K. Alarms are provided in the Control Room / Command Center upon activation of automatic fire protection systems. Fire and smoke monitoring and detection systems are installed in areas where a potential for fire exists to damage spent fuel pool function and / or radiological release due to a fire. These systems alarm in the Control Room / Command Center.

L. Two FPS water supply jockey pumps are provided to maintain system pressure and to minimize cycling of the main fire pumps.

M. Portions of standpipes and hose connections are designed to withstand a design basis earthquake. The water supply to these standpipes is from a seismically-qualified water tank via a hose connection and a seismically-qualified pump.

9.5.1.2 System Description The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.

9.5.1.3 Safety Evaluation The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.

9.5.1.4 Tests and Inspections The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.

9.5.1.5 Component Description The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.

November 2016 9-124 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5.1.6 System Operation The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.

9.5.1.7 Personnel Organization, Qualification and Training The specific content of this section is discussed in the Updated Fire Hazards Analysis.

9.5.2 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS The communication systems include internal (in-plant) and external (out-of-plant) communications designed to provide convenient and effective operational communications among various plant locations and between the plant and locations external to the plant.

9.5.2.1 Design Bases Various communication systems are provided in the plant to ensure reliable communication during maintenance and under normal and emergency conditions. The design bases of these systems are:

A. A telephone system, two-way radio system, and a public address system (PA) are provided to accomplish onsite communication between the Control Room /

Command Center and various plant locations.

B. Public and Private Telephone System Network and a radio system is provided to permit plant-to-offsite communication on a continuous basis. These systems are not required to operate subsequent to a design basis accident (DBA).

C. The plant has communication circuits to the SCE and SDG&E dispatching centers.

Alternate systems are provided from the station to the SCE dispatcher.

D. The emergency evacuation alarm system is designed to warn personnel to evacuate the exclusion area in the event of a design basis accident. The emergency evacuation alarm system is designed to remain functional subsequent to a design basis earthquake in all seismically qualified buildings. The plant public address paging system speakers can also function as emergency evacuation alarms. The Units 2 & 3 emergency evacuation alarm system also actuates the Reservoir Thunderbolt siren. An isolation relay has been utilized to isolate it from the Units 2 & 3 QC II system.

E. The communication systems are provided with diverse power sources as listed in Table 9.5-2. The main equipment cabinets and power supplies are located in separate areas to minimize losses from fire.

F. The communication systems conform with applicable local codes, standards, ordinances, and Federal Communication Commission regulations. The emergency November 2016 9-125 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS evacuation alarm system is designed to conform to the standards indicated in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

G. Functional communication tests will be performed between all operating stations to demonstrate system capabilities.

9.5.2.2 System Description The plant communication systems are illustrated schematically in the following controlled drawings.

35980 35982 35984 35986 35981 35983 35985 The locations of telephones and public address speakers are shown on the station lighting and communication plan drawings.

9.5.2.2.1 In-Plant Communication Systems 9.5.2.2.1.1 SCE PAX Telephone System The primary means of communication within the plant is a distributed, multi-switch Private Branch Exchange (PBX). The switches are interconnected with a fiber optic transmission system. The switch locations are in the AWS building, SCE Microwave building, and Elevation 70 ft of the Units 2 and 3 Control Building.

This system, commonly referred to as Private Automatic Exchange (PAX), provides station-to-station private line communications with any PAX telephone onsite, including the command center, and between the plant and the external SCE PAX system. Interconnection to the Public Address (PA) System is also provided.

Cables between PAX node locations are routed underground in concrete-encased duct banks, conduits or covered cable trays to protect the cable from being severed accidentally. All communication cables within the plant have fire resistant insulation or are routed in conduit, in nonsafety-related cable trays or with an aluminum sheath to resist damage. Communication cabling entering plant communication rooms from outside the building are routed using SCE Communication System Practices which may include small amounts of non-flame resistant cable insulations.

The PAX exchange is powered by 48-volt battery supplies located near each telephone switch.

9.5.2.2.1.2 Public Address System The Unit 2 and 3 paging system consists of a central rack of 48-volt amplifiers powered by the Unit 2 and 3 communication battery. Paging speakers utilize self-contained matching transformers and are distributed between amplifiers for increased reliability in the event a given November 2016 9-126 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS amplifier or speaker fails. Access to the PA system may be obtained from select PAX telephone positions using a dedicated number or by a priority override from the Control Room / Command Center operator telephone and CAS. A tone generator is included to provide siren signals over the paging speakers throughout the plant.

9.5.2.2.1.3 Emergency Evacuation Alarm System For buildings previously classified as quality class II, an emergency evacuation alarm system consisting of electronic sirens installed throughout the buildings, two motor-driven roof-mounted sirens, and strobe light visual alarms (in high background noise areas of the containment) are provided. Also, an additional motor-driven Reservoir Thunderbolt siren has been provided near the bluff north of the plant. The sirens and strobe lights are actuated manually from the command center. The perimeter PA system is used for paging individuals within the exclusion area and to notify the general public along the plant perimeter in case of an emergency which would require evacuation of the area adjacent to the site. The perimeter paging system cabinet (2/3L-210) is located in the Auxiliary Control Building. The perimeter speakers are operated from microphones in the Unit 2 and 3 shift manager's office. They are driven from amplifiers in the Unit 2 and 3 communication room. For nonsafety-related buildings the tone generator connected to the public address amplifiers provides plant evacuation siren signals. In addition emergency sirens and strobe lights located in each containment building can be activated independently by pushbuttons located in its associated main Control Room / Command Center panel. Emergency Evacuation Alarm System equipment classifications are listed in Controlled Document 90034, Q-List.

9.5.2.2.1.4 Two-Way Radio Portable, UHF two-way radios are available for voice communication among plant personnel.

The UHF radio system is a multi-channel trunked configuration in the 800 MHz band. Channels are assigned to functional organizations by a central controller on an as needed basis.

If the PAX is not available, hand-held portable transceivers and fixed radio consoles are available for communications. UHF repeater stations assure coverage virtually throughout the plant except for prohibited and dead zone areas noted in the security plan. Power sources for the radio system are as listed in Table 9.5-2.

9.5.2.2.2 Public Offsite Communication System ATTs Telephone Company commercial telephone system interfaces with the plant PAX system.

Extensions are installed in the command center, supervision offices, and maintenance and administrative areas throughout the plant. The PAX system provides direct dialing to locations outside the plant, both local and long distance, and also between extensions within the plant.

November 2016 9-127 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5.2.2.3 Private Offsite Communication System The private offsite communication system provides communication between the plant and offsite locations, including security forces and remote points in the power system.

9.5.2.2.3.1 Security Force Communication Multiple communication methods to offsite security forces exist. The public offsite communication system described in Section 9.5.2.2.2 is used as one method. One other method consists of a radio communication system with Law Enforcement Agency (LEA).

Telephone lines are available in the SAS, CAS and in the command centers operator telephone turrets. The Law Enforcement Agency radio link may be accessed from radio consoles in the CAS and SAS.

9.5.2.2.3.2 Power System Communications Communication with offsite locations in the power system is provided by means of a private communications network described below:

A. SCE PAX Dial Trunking Forty-eight dial trunks connect the plant PAX system into the external SCE company PAX dial system via the Santa Ana Central Exchange, 24 dial trunks connect the plant PAX system directly to the central system in SCE (Rosemead), and seventy-two dial trunks connect the plant via the Alhambra Central Exchange. This interconnection uses a combination of multiplexed channels and routes.

B. San Diego Gas & Electric Communications Four (4) direct tie lines from Santa Ana to SDG&E are available on SCE/SDG&E private network by means of multiplex microwave channels to the load dispatcher.

Alternative channels and fiber optics to SDG&E are available via the SCE PAX system and the telephone company facilities.

C. U.S. Marine Corps Communications There is a radio communication on a USMC frequency between the command center staff and the U.S. Marine Corps Headquarters Fire Station. Communications via the PTSN exists from the CAS and the SAS to offsite agencies.

Radio communication on a USMC talk group is provided between the command center staff and the U.S. Marine Corps Headquarters Fire Station. Also radio communications on a USMC talk group is provided between CAS and US Marine Corps Provost Marshall.

November 2016 9-128 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS Table 9.5-2 COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS POWER SUPPLIES System Power Supply SCE PAX telephone system at AWS Power source for same building as respective node building, SCE microwave building, control building, and elevation 70 ft.

Units 2 and 3 -

PA system Communication battery, common to Units 2 and 3, control building, elevation 9 ft SCE PAX dial trunking Communication battery, common to Units 2 and 3, SDG&E circuits control building, elevation 70 ft 480VAC/48VDC backed by Diesel Generator System radio repeaters, Control Redundant 48 VDC with local 30 minute battery Room / Command Center radio backup. Battery chargers are powered from 480 consoles, and Central Alarm Station VAC (Diesel Generator backup) Bus 2BQ.

(CAS) radio consoles.

Radio consoles at other locations Local 110 VAC power Portable radio (hand held units) Self-contained battery packs Emergency evacuation alarm system A. AC power from either unit via manual transfer switch B. The Reservoir Thunderbolt siren receives power from MCC 2BQ.

Commercial Telephone Company Telephone Company power NRC emergency notification system EOF2 Power source (ENS)

D. NRC Emergency Notification Telephone System (ENS)

A dial line to the NRC Operations Center in Bethesda, Maryland is provided within the Control Room / Command Center.

2 The SONGS Permanently Defueled Emergency Plan (PDEP) no longer includes an Emergency Operations Facility (EOF); however, the legacy name for this building is still used.

November 2016 9-129 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS E. Health Emergency System Ambulance mobile units are equipped with cellular phones to communicate with SONGS and local hospitals.

9.5.2.3 System Operation Diverse systems are provided to ensure means of in-plant and plant-to-offsite communications.

The in-plant communication systems are provided with reliable batteries and/or ac power supply sources to ensure constant communications between all areas of the plant. Table 9.5-2 lists the different communication systems and their corresponding sources of power. Table 9.5-3 summarizes onsite communication system capabilities during accidents.

Table 9.5-3

SUMMARY

OF ONSITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM CAPABILITIES AND NOISE CONSIDERATIONS DURING ACCIDENTS Communication Systems Available and Max Maximum Background Noise for Anticipated Effective Communication(b)

Station Sound Levels(a) PAX PAX Paging (dBA) Telephone Telephone Speaker (dBA) Jack (dBA) (dBA)

Control Room / Command 70 92(b)

Center ESF switchgear rooms 75 92(b) 92(b)(d) 100(b)(c)

Piping Penetration room Elevation 9 ft-0 in. 80 92(b) 92(b)(d) 100(b)(c)

Elevation 30 ft-0 in. 85 92(b) 118(e)(c) 100(b)(c)

Radwaste building Elevation 9 ft-0 in. and 24 80 92(b) 92(b)(d) 100(b)(c) ft-0 in.

(a)

Reference 3 (b)

Reference 1 (c)

Based on data supplied by vendors (d)

Telephone handset (e)

Ear-muff type headset November 2016 9-130 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS 9.5.2.4 Safety Evaluation Safety evaluation applies to equipment described in Section 9.5.2.1, item D.

A. The emergency evacuation alarm system has been designed to provide a signal that will be audible throughout the exclusion area.

Power for the system is obtained from a common motor control center located in the auxiliary building, which is energized through an automatic transfer switch from load LDC02 or a dedicated communications diesel generator. An exception is the Reservoir Thunderbolt siren powered from MCC 2BQ.

B. The sirens, loudspeakers, microphones, amplifiers, power supplies, and circuits for the emergency evacuation alarm system, and their supports, are designed in accordance with Seismic Category I requirements as specified in Chapter 3. An exception is the Reservoir Thunderbolt siren which is Quality Class III Seismic Category II. New cables associated with repowering the 800 MHz system distributions panels are not seismically qualified.

9.5.2.5 Tests and Inspections Systems of the types described above are conventional and have a history of successful operation at existing plants. Most of these systems are in routine use and this will ensure their availability.

Those systems not frequently in use will be tested at periodic intervals to ensure operability when required.

9.5.3 LIGHTING SYSTEMS The plant lighting systems and their components are not safety-related, although some are qualified to Seismic Category I standards, as described in Section 9.5.3.3. All lighting levels are designed to be equal to, or in excess of, the levels stipulated in IES Lighting Handbook (1972).

Discussion and evaluation of the electric power systems are contained in Chapter 8.

9.5.3.1 Design Bases The components of the lighting systems are protected from winds, floods, and missiles only to the extent that protection provided for specific equipment may also protect components of other systems physically within that protected area. These components require quality assurance documentation only on the seismic analysis of seismic supports. Protection from wind and tornado effects, flood design, and missile protection is discussed in Chapter 3.

The design basis of the lighting systems is that area lighting intensities provide the illumination required for comfort and worker efficiency in the performance of the visual activities required in that area.

November 2016 9-131 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS The lighting systems conform with applicable local codes, standards, and ordinances. Generally, design of the plant lighting systems follows the guidance provided by the Handbook of the Illuminating Engineering Society.

9.5.3.2 System Description Plant lighting is divided into three categories; normal, emergency, and essential. Normal and essential lighting have their power supplied from the SONGS Ring Bus distribution system described in Chapter 8.

Emergency lighting power is supplied from either repurposed station batteries, or from self-contained battery packs (fluorescent and sealed beam) that are energized from the Ring Bus distribution system.

9.5.3.2.1 Component Description 9.5.3.2.1.1 Normal Lighting The normal lighting system provides plant illumination for the two units. Most of the normal lighting load is supplied from two double-ended load centers, each consisting of two 750 kVa, 4160-208Y/ 120-volt, indoor, dry-type transformers, low-voltage drawout main circuit breakers, and molded-case feeder circuit breakers. The load centers are common to both units.

Areas remote from the lighting load center are serviced by 480-208Y/120-volt dry-type transformers, powered from the SONGS Ring Bus distribution system. All ac lighting transformers have grounded neutrals.

All fixtures and lamps are rated for 120V-ac service. Incandescent lamps are installed in the containment structure, safety equipment building, piping penetration rooms, radwaste building, and fuel handling building.

9.5.3.2.1.2 Emergency Lighting Emergency lighting is installed in critical areas of the plant likely to be occupied by operating personnel (except in those areas noted in Section 9.5.3.2.1.3) and in exit corridors where minimum illumination is required for safety.

In the permanently defueled condition, Appendix-R Safe Shutdown and Appendix R 8-hour lighting is no longer required for San Onofre Units 2 and 3.

9.5.3.2.1.3 Essential Lighting The essential lighting system provides a minimum amount of battery-backed lighting in several areas. The essential lighting system is served through battery backed AC power supplies or by self-contained battery powerpacks. The main Control Room / Command Center and associated November 2016 9-132 Rev 3

San Onofre 2&3 UFSAR (DSAR)

AUXILIARY SYSTEMS corridors are served by 2 battery backed AC power supplies, each made up of batteries, a battery charger, an inverter, and a transfer switch. The other areas are served by the self-contained battery powerpacks, each consisting of a luminary with lamps and a power unit with batteries, battery charger, and inverter-ballast combination. The units are designed to provide continuous-rated illumination for a minimum of 90 minutes in the event of loss of input ac power. The supplies are wired such that, under normal conditions about half of the essential lights are supplied from one unit and the other half are supplied by the other unit.

9.5.3.3 Evaluation The essential lighting system that serves the Control Room / Command Center and all supports of other lighting systems installed in Seismic Category I structures are designed in accordance with Seismic Category I requirements as specified in Chapter 3 and are consistent with paragraph c.1.n of Regulatory Guide 1.29. The components and supporting structures of any system, equipment, or structure that is not Seismic Category I, and whose collapse could result in the loss of a required function through either impact or flooding, are analytically checked to determine that they will not collapse when subjected to seismic loading.

9.5.3.4 Tests and Inspections The ac lighting circuits and the essential lights are normally energized and require no periodic testing. The essential backup power supply which consists of battery charger, batteries, transfer switches, and inverter are inspected and tested periodically to ensure the operability of the automatic switches and other components in the system.

9.

5.4 REFERENCES

1. Updated Fire Hazards Analysis, San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 1, 2 and 3, Southern California Edison Company.
2. Smith, A. J., Considerations in the Design of Communications Systems for Power Plants, IEEE Power Engineering Society Transaction Paper No. T75 090-6, September 6, 1974.
3. WR-83-30, Ambient Noise Survey for San Onofre Nuclear Generating Station Units 2 and 3, Wyle Laboratories.

November 2016 9-133 Rev 3

Rev: 7 Amended: April 2009 TL: E047999